Skip to main content

Full text of "Aircraft in peace and the law"

See other formats


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 
AT  LOS  ANGELES 


AIRCRAFT  IN   PEACE 

AND   THE   LAW 


^f* 


MACMILLAN  AND   CO..   Limited 

LONDON   .    BOMBAY   .    CALCUTTA   .    MADRAS 
MELBOURNE 

THE   MACMILLAN  COMPANY 

NEW   YORK   .    BOSTON   .    CHICAGO 
DALLAS   .    SAN  FRANCISCO 

THE   MACMILLAN  CO.  OF  CANADA.    Ltd. 

TORONTO 


AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE 

AND    THE    LAW 


BY 

J.    M.     SPAIGHT 

O.B.E.,    LL.D.,    AUTHOR    OF    "  AIRCRAFT    IN    WAR,"    KTC 


MACMILLAN     AND     CO.,     LIMITED 
ST.     MARTIN'S     STREET,     LONDON 

I  9  I  9 


COPYRIGHT 


o 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER   I 

AIR    FRONTIERS 

PAGE 

The  Great  War  and  the  sovereignty  of  the  air — The  attitude  of  Ger- 
many— The  attitude  of  Great  Britain — Theorj^  before  the  War — 
The  Paris  Conference  of  igic — Weakness  of  the  case  for  free 
circulation — Pre-war  legislation  presumed  sovereignty — Air 
frontiers  bolted  and  barred  in  August,  1914 — The  closure  of  the  air 
f^  frontiers  a  thorough  one — The  principle  of  sovereignly  established 

— The  International  Convention  and  sovereignty  in  the  air.        .  1 

^\N  CHAPTER   n 

THE   NATIONALITY  AND   REGISTRATION   OF  AIRCRAFT       ^ 

Nationality  and  registration  as  conditions  precedent  to  international 
circulation — The    selection    of    a    nationality  :     five    possible 
choices — (i)  The  nationality  of  the  country  of  construction — 
(2)  The    nationality    of    the    country    of    registration — (3)  The 
nationality   of   the    country    of   the   owner's   domicile- — (4)  The 
-r              nationality  of  the  owner's  own  country  of  nationalitj- — i'^)  The 
^              nationality  of  the  country  of  the  port  d'attache — The  maritime 
>-              precedent  a  misleading  one — The  nationality  and  registraticn  of 
-^-             ships — The     difference     between    seacraft    and     aircraft — The 
"  home  "  or  "  headquarters  "  country  as  governing  nationality- — 
The  case  of  aircraft  belonging  to  corporations — The  purpose  of 
registration — Registration  as  a  "  live  "  record — Weakness  of  the 
arguments  as  to  the  necessity  for  providing  for  (i)  some  law  to  be 
applied  in  the  air  ; — and  (ii)  diplomatic  protection  and  military 
requisition — A   possible  solution   of  the  problem — The  nation- 
ality of  the  crew 12 

CHAPTER   HI 

THE   CERTIFICATION    OF   AIRCRAFT  AND   PILOTS 

The  object  and  method  of  safety  provisions- — The  safety  provisions 
of  the  Automobile  Convention — The  safely  provisions  of  the 
Maritime  Conventions — The  Convention  en  Safely  of  Life  at  Sea 
— The  Merchant  Shipping  Acls — Safety  provisions  for  air 
locomotion — Ihe  purpose  of  safely  certilication  in  Ihc  case  of 


'  V>  'V  ^  fv 


vi  CONTENTS 


PAGE 


aerial  locomotion  unprecedentedly  wide — The  difficulty  of  certi- 
fying airworthiness — An  early  expert  view  as  to  certification  of 
airworthiness — The  pre-war  regulations  and  projects  :  (a)  Those 
requiring  certification  of  the  machine — {b)  Those  requiring 
certification  of  the  pilot,  but  not  of  the  machine — Certification 
of  passenger-carrying  aircraft — A  Lloyd's  Register  for  aircraft — 
The  Convention  of  1919  and  the  certification  of  airworthiness — 
Certification  under  the  Air  Navigation  Regulations — Period  of 
validity  of  certificates — The  certification  and  licensing  of  pilots 
and  crews — The  testing  and  licensing  authority — An  inter- 
national standard  for  pilots'  certificates 28 

CHAPTER   IV 

ENTRY   AND   LANDING   OF   FOREIGN   AIRCRAFT 

The  formalities  to  be  observed  by  the  international  aviator — The 
Franco-German  Accord  of  1913 — The  Home  Office  Regulations 
of  191 3 — -Free  Zeppelin  rides  for  officials — The  severity  of  the 
British  pre-war  rules — The  leaving  certificate  and  the  prior 
notification  of  a  flight — The  system  of  air  corridors  of  entry — The 
necessity  for  corridors  of  entrance— Where  an  aviator  must,  and 
may,  land — The  pre-war  regulations  as  to  landing — Landing 
on  private  property — The  strange  doctrine  C71JHS  est  solum  .  .  . — 
The  right  to  fly  over  private  property — -The  absurdity  of  private 
ownership  of  the  clouds — M.  Passion's  formula^The  right  to 
land  in  private  property — The  difficulty  of  knowing  private 
ground — The  protection  of  the  human  birds  of  the  air — Techni- 
cal progress  the  probable  solvent  of  the  legal  difficulties        .        .        44 

CHAPTER   V 

CUSTOMS 

A  question  of  administration  rather  than  law — The  proposals  made 
at  Paris  in  1910  and  1919 — Pre-war  legislation  as  to  customs — 
The  views  of  Judge  Meyer  and  Dr.  Wiirth — The  turning  of  the 
customs  frontier— Customs  houses  must  move  inland — The 
system  of  manifests — Smuggling  by  air — The  goods  suitable  for 
illicit  air  running — The  prevention  of  air  smuggling — Recent 
regulations  for  aerial  customs  control — The  International  Con- 
vention of  1 9 19 — The  special  privileges  of  postal  and  certain 
other  kinds  of  aircraft — -The  rules  of  Annex  H  of  the  Conven- 
tion— The  "  customs  hours  " — The  examination  of  dutiable  goods 
— Forms  of  entry  of  imported  goods — Drawback  on  exports        .        5i 

CHAPTER   VI 

DAMAGE 

The  various  kinds  of  damage — The  difficulty  of  legislating  inter- 
nationally— The  general  principle  of  law  as  to  Third  Party 
Damage — The  exceptions  :  Rylands  v.  Fletcher  and  other  cases — 
The  French  law  as  to  damage — French  judicial  interpretation 
of  the  law  in  aircraft  cases — The  plea  of  force  majeure  in  air- 
craft damage  cases — The  doctrine  of  absolute  liability — The 
theory  of  fault  and  the  theory  of  risk — 'The  theory  of  risk  and  the 


CONTENTS  vii 

.      •  PAGE 

development  of  aviation — Absolute  liability  the  only  equitable 
rule — The  view  of  the  Civil  Aerial  Transport  Sub-committee — 
The  American  view,  and  the  practical  arguments  for  it — The 
enforcement  of  the  right  to  indemnification — The  proposal  of  the 
Comite  Juridique — The  proposal  of  Professor  Hans  Sped — A 
possible  variant  of  the  Sperl  proposal — Another  possible 
solution — Acceptance  of  the  doctrine  of  absolute  liability 
essential  to  its  success — The  assessment  of  the  damage        .        .        74 

CHAPTER   VII 

COLLISIONS   AND   WRECKS 

Air  collision  and  international  regulation — The  rules  of  the  Syndicat 
General,  19 10 — The  rules  drawn  up  at  the  Paris  Conference,  1910 
— The  rules  issued  with  the  Decrets  of  1911-1913 — The  rules  of 
the  Convention  of  1919  :  (i)  Lights  ;  — (ii)  Landing  and  distress 
signals  ; — (iii)  Rules  of  the  road  ; — (iv)  Rules  for  taking  off 
and  alighting — The  enforcement  of  Flying  Regulations — The 
jurisdiction  and  law  to  be  applied — The  proposals  of  MM. 
Fauchille  and  Von  Bar — The  view  of  Dr.  Guibe — The  dual  aspect 
of  an  avoidable  collision — The  need  for  constructive  legislation — 
British  law  as  to  maritime  collision — French  law  as  to  maritime 
collision — Wrecks  [epaves)  :  M.  Fauchille's  proposals — The  dis- 
cussion of  wrecks  at  the  Comite  Juridique — The  terms  proposed 
and  agreed  at  Paris,  191 9 — Pre-war  legislative  proposals  as  to  aerial 
\vrecks — The  disposal  of  maritime  derelict  and  wreck — The  dis- 
posal of  aerial  wreck — Notification  of,  and  first  aid  after,  crashes .       89 


CHAPTER  VIII 

LAW   IN  THE   AIR 

Icarus  and  the  Law — The  nature  of  the  problem — The  four  classes  of 
wrongful  acts — -Contraventions  of  Flying  Regulations — Con- 
traventions of  Defence,  Immigration,  or  similar  enactments — 
"  Common  law  "  crimes  and  torts— Extradition  an  inadequate 
solution — The  execution  of  foreign  judgments — States  not 
interested  in  acts  done  within  passing  aircraft — The  "  Law  of  the 
Flag  "  :  some  early  proposals — The  case  for  applying  the  law  of 
the  flag — The  doctrine  of  the  "  Volume  frontier  " — The  essential 
difference  between  air  and  sea  travel — The  machina  itself  turned 
deus — The  case  for  "  analysing  the  load  " — The  choice  of  a  juris- 
diction and  a  law — The  Home  Office  view  in  1911 — Jurisdiction 
in  civil  cases — The  analogy  of  the  "  law  maritime  "—The  two 
cases  :  (a)  the  air  journey  within  a  given  country  ; — {b)  the  air 
journey  to  or  from  abroad — The  difference  between  crimes  and 
torts — The  "  normal  "forum  for  crimes — Crimes  and  torts  affect- 
ing the  subjacent  State — Torts  committed  in  the  air — Contracts 
made  in  the  air — Last  wills  and  testaments — Questions  of  an 
aircraft  crew's  discipline,  wages,  etc. — Summary  of  the  ])ro- 
posals  as  to  jurisdiction — The  necessity  for  detailed  rules — 
Military  aircraft  and  exterritoriality — The  definition  of  military 
aircraft — The  difficulty  of  both  definition  and  prol)il)ition — 
Public  (non-military)  aircraft  and  exterritoriality  ....      106 


viii  CONTENTS 


PAGE 


Appendix  I — Paris  Convention  on  International  Air  Navigation,  1919 
— Text  of  Convention,  with  Annexes  A  (Marking  of  Aircraft), 
B  (Certificates  of  Airworthiness),  C  (Log-books),  D  (Rules  as  to 
Lights  and  Signals,  and  Rules  of  the  Air),  E  (Minimum  Qualifica- 
tions necessary  for  obtaining  certificates  as  Pilots  and  Navigators), 
H  (Customs).  [Note. — Two  technical  Annexes,  F  and  G,  are 
omitted) I37 

Appendix  II — Air  Navigation  Regulations,  1919 — Text  of  the 
Regulations,  with  Schedules  I  (Registration  of  aircraft),  II  (Li- 
censing of  personnel).  III  (Certificates  of  airworthiness  for 
passenger  aircraft,  and  periodical  overhaul  and  examination  of 
such  aircraft),  V  (Log-books),  VI  (Prohibited  areas),  VIII  (Rules 
as  to  aircraft  arriving  in  or  departing  from  the  United  Kingdom) . 
{Note. — Schedules  IV  (Registration  and  nationality  marks)  and 
VII  (Rules  as  to  lights  and  signals  and  rules  of  the  air)  are 
omitted  as  the  same  rules  are  given  in  Annexes  A  and  D  of  the 
International  Convention,  Appendix  I) 182 

Appendix  III — Precedents,  drawn  from  the  Great   War,  bearing  on 

the  question  of  the  sovereignty  of  the  air 203 

Bibliography 217 

Index 229 


I 


J 


AIRCRAFT    IN    PEACE 

AND    THE    LAW 

CHAPTER    I 

AIR  FRONTIERS 

The  Great  War  and  the  Sovereignty  of  the  Air 

The  Sub -Committee  of  the  Civil  Aerial  Transport 
Committee,  in  its  report  of  2  January,  1918,  makes  the 
following  statement  : — 

"  Since  the  outbreak  of  war  the  principle  of 
State  sovereignty  over  the  air  has  been  generally 
claimed,  and,  except  by  Germany,  recognised  ; 
Holland,  Denmark,  and  Switzerland  have  con- 
sistently regarded  the  passage  of  belligerent  air- 
craft over  their  territory  as  an  unneutral  act,  and 
taken  active  steps  to  vindicate  their  rights." 

This  statement  of  the  position  goes  at  once  too  far 
and  not  far  enough.  It  implies,  first,  that  Germany 
disputed  the  principle  of  air  sovereignty  and  that  all 
other  Powers  concerned,  including  Great  Britain,  did 
not  ;  and,  secondly,  that — the  purpose  being  to  show 
the  general  enforcement  by  neutral  Powers  of  their  air 
sovereignty — the  instances  of  opposition  to  belligerent 
entry  are  furnished  by  the  three  neutral  States  expressly 
named.  The  fact  is — to  dispose  of  the  second  point 
first— that  Norway,  Sweden,  Spain,  China,  Italy 
(while  neutral),  Bulgaria  (while  neutral),  and  Roumania 
(while  neutral)  also  closed  their  air  frontiers  to  bclli- 

B 


2  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

gerent  aircraft  and  interned  any  airmen  who  penetrated 
their  atmosphere.^  Instances  are  given  in  Appendix 
III,  in  which  the  writer  describes  in  more  detail  than 
could  be  given,  without  loss  of  perspective,  in  this 
chapter  the  action  taken  by  various  Powers  to  prevent 
belligerent  entry  of  their  air. 

The  Attitude  of  Germany 

As  regards  the  other  point,  it  is  true,  first,  that 
German  airships  and  aeroplanes  did  repeatedly  cross 
the  frontiers  of  neutral  States,  and,  secondly,  that  no 
scruples  of  conscience  would  have  deterred  Germany 
from  sending  her  aircraft  over  neutral  territory  any 
more  than  they  deterred  her  from  sending  her  columns 
of  route  into  Belgium  in  August,  19 14.  On  the  other 
hand,  it  is  unquestionably  true  that  Germany  again 
and  again  admitted  most  specifically  the  principle  of 
the  sovereignty  of  the  air,  in  so  far  as  such  an  admission 
is  implied  in  the  issue  of  orders  to  airmen  not  to  fly 
over  neutral  territory,  in  the  expression  of  regret 
when  they  did  so,  and  in  the  punishment  and  removal 
from  the  corps  of  aviators,  in  some  cases,  of  those  who 
failed  to  comply  with  the  instructions  given.  Of  course, 
in  her  orders  and  apologies,  Germany  may  not  have 
been  sincere  ;  but,  as  the  entry  of  her  aircraft  into 
neutral  air  meant  the  loss  to  her  of  a  large  number  of 
aeroplanes  by  internment,  of  at  least  one  airship  owing 

[R.D.I.  =  Revue  de  Droit  International  Public ;  R.J.L.A.  = 
Revue  Juridique  Internationale  de  la  Locomotion  A^rienne.] 

1  The  circumstances  of  the  war  gave  occasion  for  no  similar  protest 
or  action  by  Serbia,  but  that  State's  views  as  to  aerial  frontiers  are 
clear  from  the  Regulations  which  were  issued  in  the  Official  Journal 
of  Serbia  of  21  February — 16  March,  1913.  "  In  time  of  mobilisa- 
tion and  of  war,"  said  Article  12,  "no  foreign  aircraft  whatever 
(whether  private,  public,  police,  etc.)  may  fly  over  Serbian  territory, 
except  with  the  special  permission  of  the  Ministers  of  the  Interior 
and  of  War.  It  is  strictly  forbidden  for  a  foreign  militaiy  aircraft 
to  fly  over  Serbian  territory,  even  in  time  of  peace."  Article  13 
adds :  "  All  machines  flying  over  Serbian  territory  in  time  of 
mobilisation  and  of  war,  without  permission  and  the  identity  mark, 
will  be  regarded  as  machines  of  the  Enemy  State  and  treated  as  such." 
(R.J.L.A.,    1914,   p.    159.) 


I  AIR  FRONTIERS  3 

to  fire  from  the  neutral  State's  forces,  and  of  many 
scores  of  skilled  aviators,  it  is  unlikely  that  she  delibe- 
rately authorised  or  encouraged  her  flying  officers  to 
cross  the  frontiers  of  neutral  States. 

The  fact  that  belligerent  aircraft  fly  into  neutral 
atmosphere  cannot  be  taken  as  proof  that  the  State  to 
which  they  belong  declines  to  recognise  the  principle 
of  air  sovereignty.  French,  British,  Belgian,  and 
Italian  aircraft  occasionally,  though  perhaps  not  to  the 
same  extent  as  German,  penetrated  neutral  atmosphere. 
Indeed  the  most  unfortunate  incident  of  the  whole 
war  in  this  respect  was  one  in  which  a  British  machine 
was  concerned.  This  w^as  the  incident  of  the  night  of 
29-30  April,  19 1 7,  when  bombs  were  dropped  on  the 
Dutch  village  of  Zierikzee  in  Schouwen  Island  and 
three  persons  were  killed  and  about  a  hundred  houses 
damaged.  After  a  prolonged  inquiry  the  British 
Government  accepted  the  view  that  the  bombs  were 
dropped  by  a  British  airman  and  expressed  its  profound 
regret.  Beyond  any  question  w^hatever  the  aff"air  was 
a  pure  accident  which  was  deeply  regretted  by  the 
British  authorities  and  flying  services.  It  is  only 
referred  to  here  to  show  that  the  actions  of  a  State's 
airmen  cannot  be  regarded  as  conclusive  evidence  of 
an  intention  on  the  State's  part  deliberately  to  violate 
neutrality. 

The  Attitude  of  Great  Britain 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  only  Power  which  made  any 
official  reservation  from  acceptance  of  the  principle  of 
sovereignty  v/as  Great  Britain.  The  British  reply  to 
the  Swiss  protest  against  the  passage  of  British  and 
French  aircraft  over  Swiss  territory,  on  the  occasion 
of  the  Friederikshafen  raid  in  November,  1914,  ex- 
pressed regret  and  stated  that  the  airmen  had  been 
given  orders  to  avoid  Swiss  territory,  but  added  that 
"  the  orders  given  to  the  aviators  and  the  expression 
of  regret  were  not  to  be  interpreted  as  a  recognition  by 

13  2 


4  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

the  British  Government  of  the  existence  of  a  sovereignty 
over  the  air."  There  is  no  record  of  any  other  Power, 
beUigerent  or  neutral,  on  any  occasion  making  a  similar 
reservation.  "  There  is  now,"  says  Professor  Rolland 
of  Nancy,  speaking  of  the  right  of  States  to  close  their 
aerial  frontiers,^  "  a  veritable  custom.  No  belligerent 
has  protested  against  the  attitude  of  Switzerland, 
Holland,  and  Norway  when  these  States  have  published 
prohibitions  [of  entry  of  their  air].  England,  no  doubt, 
has  reserved  her  opinion  on  the  question  of  the 
sovereignty  over  aerial  space.  But  the  right  to  pro- 
hibit passage  may  result  from  something  other  than  the 
sovereignty  of  the  subjacent  State.  .  .  .  The  pro- 
hibitions issued  seem  to  have  been  regarded  as  quite 
natural  almost  everywhere.  All  the  elements  of  a 
custom  are  here  combined  :  practice,  a  doctrinal 
solution  in  agreement  with  it,  public  opinion  to 
support  it." 

Theory  before  the  War 

This  general  recognition  of  the  right  of  a  State  to 
close  its  air  frontiers  is  a  remarkable  phenomenon  in 
view  of  the  early  history  of  the  question.  It  was  one 
which  was  much  debated  in  the  years  from  1909  to 
1914,  and,  so  far  as  the  weight  of  expert  opinion  went, 
the  theory  that  commanded  the  greater  number  of 
votes  was  that  which  conceived  aerial  circulation  as 
free.  The  opponents  of  this  theory,  v/riters  like  Dr. 
Jenny  Lycklama  in  Holland,  Professor  Arnaldo  de 
Valles  in  Italy,  M.  Guibe  in  France,  Professor  Sir 
Erie  Richards  and  Dr.  Harold  Hazeltine  in  England, 
brought  forward  strong  practical  arguments  for  the 
contention  that  State  sovereignty  extended  into  the 
air  and  emphasised  the  point  that  the  other  view  was 
based  on  a  confusion  between  the  air  as  an  element 
and  the  air  as  a  space.  To  the  hard-shell  champions 
of  free  circulation,  however,  their  views — as  one  of 
their    critics    said — were  demodees  and  out  of   tune 

2  R.D.I.,   1916,  p.  577. 


I  AIR  FRONTIERS  5 

with  the  needs  of  the  time.  The  air,  they  repeated, 
was  of  its  nature  insusceptible  of  appropriation. 
"  Why  copy  Artaxerxes,"  cried  M.  Henry-Coiiannier, 
"  in  scourging  the  disobedient  sea  .?  "  ^  England,  said 
Baron  de  Stael-Holstein,  in  upholding  the  sovereignty 
of  the  air,  simply  showed  that  she  had  not  arrived  at 
comprehending  the  principle  of  the  interdependence 
and  reciprocity  of  nations  and  the  doctrine  of  inter- 
national servitudes.*  The  International  Law  Associa- 
tion, indeed,  approved  the  principle  of  State  sovereignty, 
in  its  session  at  Madrid  in  1913.^  It  is  true  that  it 
added  to  its  acceptance  a  proviso  that  "  liberty  of 
passage  of  aircraft  ought  to  be  accorded  freely  to  the 
aircraft  of  every  nation  "  ;  but  sovereignty  remains 
sovereignty  whatever  limiting  formula  may  be  tacked 
on  to  the  substance  of  the  admission,  and  even  a 
"  servitude  of  innocent  passage "  does  not  greatly 
affect  a  State's  mastery  of  its  air  if  that  mastery  is 
accepted.  The  International  Law  Association  stood 
alone  among  the  learned  expert  bodies.  The  Institute 
of  International  Law  accepted  the  principle  of  free 
circulation  (Session  of  Madrid,  1911).^  So  did  the 
Comite  juridique  international  de  1 'Aviation  (Session 
of  Paris,  1911)."^  The  majority  of  the  representatives 
of  the  European  States  who  met  in  an  official  conference 
at  Paris  in  19 10  were  in  favour  of  the  same  principle. 
In  fact,  it  would  have  prevailed  there — it  trembled  in 
the  balance,  when  the  British  representatives  sent  the 
sword  of  sovereignty  clanging  into  the  scales.  Thence- 
forward the  freedom  of  the  air  was  a  lost  cause. 

The  Paris  Conference  0/  1910 

There  is  a  myth  that  the  proceedings  of  the  inter- 
national official  Conference  of  191  o  were  shrouded  in 

3  R.J.L.A.,  1911,  p.  4.  «  K.J.I>.A.,   1912,  p.   309. 

'  Report  of  28th  Conference  of  International  Law  Association, 
1914. 

^  Annuaire  de  I'Instiiut  de  Droit  Inlernadonal,    191 1,   y>-   34'^- 
'  R.J.L.A.,   191 1,  p.  201. 


6  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

baffling  secrecy  during  eight  long  years  and  that  the 
report  of  the  Civil  Aerial  Transport  Committee  first 
let  in  light  upon  them  in  1918.  In  cold  fact,  all  that 
was  of  importance  in  the  proceedings  and  their  results 
was  disclosed  before  the  war  by  Catellani  in  Italy 
(Le  Droit  aerien,  translation  by  M.  Bouteloup,  Paris, 
191 2)  and  by  Blachere  in  France  {Uair  voie  de  com- 
munication et  le  droits  Paris,  191 1).  There  was  never 
very  much  mystery  about  the  fact  that  the  Conference 
failed  to  agree  upon  the  question  of  the  freedom  or 
sovereignty  of  the  air.  Its  failure  is  a  sufficient 
answer  to  those  who  ask  whether  the  question  is  not  a 
purely  academic  one  or  whether  there  is  any  real 
difference  between  freedom  with  a  reservation  to  the 
subjacent  States  of  all  rights  necessar}^  for  their  pro- 
tection and  full  sovereignty  with  an  understanding 
that  innocent  passage  shall  be  allowed  as  a  matter  of 
comity.  A  question  that  was  academic  or  immaterial 
would  never  have  wrecked  a  Conference  of  practical 
officials. 

Weakness  of  the  Case  for  Free  Circulation 

The  weakness  of  the  doctrine  of  free  circulation  is 
that  its  basis  is  unsound.  As  Professor  Merignhac  of 
Toulouse  has  observed,^  those  who  claim,  like  M. 
Fauchille — the  protagonist  of  the  doctrine  of  freedom 
— that,  while  circulation  is  free,  subjacent  States  have 
all  the  rights  necessary  for  their  preservation,  must 
have  something  on  which  to  base  those  rights,  and 
that  something  can  be  nothing  more  or  less  than 
sovereignty.  There  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  such 
sovereignty  will  be  used  to  trammel  flight,  that  a 
country  like  Switzerland,  which  has  no  tidewater 
frontiers,  will  be  stifled  in  the  air.  International 
practice  and  special  conventions  will  suffice  to  clear  the 
aerial  passages.  No  view  is  practicably  possible  save 
that  which  regards  the  air  above  a  State  as  the  public 

s  R.D.I.,   1914,  p.   209. 


I  AIR  FRONTIERS  7 

domain  of  that  State — '*  the  King's  airways,"  as  we 
might  term  our  British  air.  It  does  not  follow  that 
the  aerial  corridors  will  be  closed  to  foreign  aircraft, 
any  more  than  our  rivers  are  closed  to  foreign  vessels 
or  our  roads  to  foreign  automobiles. 


Pre-war  Legislation  presumed  Sovereignty 

Before  the  war  there  were  signs  and  tokens  that  the 
doctrine  of  sovereignty  was  winning  the  day.  The 
British  Aerial  Navigation  Acts  of  191 1  and  1913 
assumed  for  Great  Britain  the  power  to  close  her  aerial 
frontiers,  and  regulations  issued  by  the  Home  Ofhce 
under  those  Acts  forbade  the  passage  of  aircraft  over 
great  tracts  of  the  coast-line  of  Great  Britain.  Ger- 
many and  France  similarly  prohibited  the  crossing 
of  extensive  portions  of  their  air  frontiers.^  The 
closing  of  the  air  frontiers  was  the  occasion  of  much 
concern  to  the  champions  of  flight.  *'  England  has 
begun  it,"  said  the  Bulletin  Officiel  of  La  Ligue 
Nationale  Aerienne  in  1914,^^^  '*  Russia,  Italy,  Austria 
have  followed,  then  France  has  been  obliged  to  con- 
form ;  they  have  forbidden  flight  over  large  stretches 
of  their  territories,  and  if  this  continues,  soon  all  the 
frontiers  will  be  closed  to  aerial  navigation."  ^^  "  The 
regulations  issued  by  the  Great  Powers,"  wrote 
another  technical  journal  in  November,  191 3, -"^ 
"  amount,  under  pretext  of  ensuring  national  defence, 
to  a  prohibition  of  passage  from  State  to  State." 
"  As  to  the  passage  from  France  to  Germany,"  wrote 
M.  Ernest  Archdeacon  in  1913,^^  "  it  appears  certain 

^  R.  Piogey,  Des  regies  de  droit  international  applicables  a  I'aviation, 
pp.  57  ff..  Ill  ff. 

10  R.J.L.A.,  1914.  p.  24. 

"  Already  in  1912  the  German  authorities  in  Upper  Alsace  had 
issued  confidential  instructions  to  the  f>;endarmes,  customs  officers 
and  forest-guards,  authorising  them  to  fire,  where  necessary,  upon 
foreign  airmen  whose  acts  were  "  of  a  nature  to  compromise  the 
order  or  security  of  the  empire."     (R.J.L.A.,    IQ12,   p.   336.) 

"  R.J.L.A.,  IQ14,  p.  28.     See  also  R.J.L.A.,  1913.  PP-  308-318. 

"  R.J.L.A.,    1913,   p.   291. 


8  AIRCRAFT   IN  PEACE  chap. 

that  no  aviator  will  dare  to  attempt  it  with  this  fan- 
tastic draught-board  of  prohibited  zones."  There 
was  some  exaggeration  here,  but  there  was  unquestion- 
ably, in  the  action  of  the  Powers,  a  clear  indication 
that  the  Governments  were  tending  towards  the  view 
which  Great  Britain  upheld  at  Paris  in  1910. 

That  view,  in  fact,  amounted  after  all  to  a  claim 
that  England  was  England,  France  France,  and  so  on. 
The  very  words  of  the  French  Presidential  Decret  of 
21  November,  1911,^ — -"  La  circulation  en  France  des 
aeronefs  militaires  etrangers  est  interdite  "  ^^ — are  a 
claim  that  the  French  clouds  are  France.  England 
is  England  and  France  is  France  :  that  is  the  doctrine 
of  sovereignty  and  it  is  the  only  sound  one. 

Air  Frontiers  Bolted  and  Barred  in  August^  19 14 

The  moment  war  came  the  air  frontiers  closed  with 
a  Janus-like  clang.  Article  10  of  the  French  Decret 
of  24  October,  191 3,  had  already  provided  for  the 
complete  interdiction  of  aerial  navigation  in  the  event 
of  a  total  or  partial  mobilisation,  and  the  order  for 
mobilisation  was  sufficient  to  bring  this  prohibition 
into  force.^^  A  French  Decret  of  31  July,  1914, 
further  specifically  prohibited  flight  over  French 
territories  and  waters.^^  A  Home  Office  Order  in 
England  forbade  flying  over  the  whole  area  of  the 
United  Kingdom  and  the  coast-line  and  territorial 
waters,  except  within  three  miles  of  a  recognised 
Aerodrome.  Holland,  Switzerland,  and  Italy  forbade 
the  entry  of  foreign  aircraft  into  their  air. 

The  Closure  of  the  Air  Frontiers  a  Thorough  One 

It  is  important  to  observe  that  the  rules  issued  or 
enforced  by  the  neutral  Powers  and  recognised  by  the 
belligerents  assimilated  neutral  atmosphere  to  neutral 

"  R.J.L.A.,  1911,  p.  305.      15  Piogey,  op.  cit.,   p.  113. 
IS  R.D.I.,  1916,  p.  590, 


I  AIR  FRONTIERS  9 

territory.  Before  the  war  it  was  an  open  question 
whether,  even  if  sovereignty  of  the  air  was  claimed,  it 
would  amount  to  much  more  than  the  atteiiuated 
sovereignty  which  a  State  exercises  over  its  territorial 
waters.^ '^  As  regards  entry  from  the  coast-line,  espe- 
cially, it  had  been  urged  that,  like  warships,  belligerent 
aircraft  should  be  allowed  to  seek  asylum  and  effect 
the  necessary  repairs,  leaving  again  within  a  defined 
period,  if  they  came  from  the  sea.^^  But,  in  the  practice 
of  the  war,  no  such  entry  was  allowed.  Aircraft 
coming  into  neutral  atmosphere  over  maritime  and 
over  land  frontiers  were  treated  alike.  When  the 
L.19  was  fired  at  and  hit  by  the  Dutch  troops  in 
Ameland  on  i  February,  1916,  the  Deutsche  Tages- 
zeitung  claimed  that  a  belligerent  airship  had  as  much 
right  to  land  for  repairs  on  neutral  soil  as  a  damaged 
warship  had  to  enter  a  neutral  port  for  that  purpose. 
The  other  German  papers  hailed  this  doctrine  with 
delight  and  the  Berliner  Tageblatt  was  much  abused 
because  it  stated  that  the  Dutch  were  entirely  justified 
in  firing  upon  the  airship.  In  a  letter  to  the  Times 
(12  February,  1916),  Dr.  Pawley  Bate  pointed  out 
that  the  German  claim  was  already  disposed  of  by  the 
German  Professor  Wehberg  of  Diisseldorf,  who  had 
correctly  formulated  the  rule  as  follows  :  A  water- 
plane  which  has  lost  the  power  of  flight  and  is  only 
able  to  propel  itself  through  the  water  is  properly 
assimilable  to  a  warship  and  should  be  allowed  the 
recognised  twenty-four  hours  to  effect  repairs  ;  but 
an  aircraft  which  flies  into  neutral  air  space  comes 
under  the  rules  of  land  warfare,  which  apply  to  the 
air  over  neutral  territory.  As  was  pointed  out  by 
Holland  in  an  official  reply  to  Germany  in  March, 
19 1 6,  the  very  fact  of  a  belligerent  aircraft's  entry 
into  neutral  atmosphere  justifies  the  neutral  State 
concerned  in  taking  action  to  intern  the  aircraft  or, 
if  it  does  not  land,  in  bombarding  it.     I'he  air  was  in 

^'  See  M6rignhac,  Le  domaine  adrien,   R.D.I.,   1914,  p-   -208. 
*"  See  Lycklama,  La  souverainete  adrienne,  R.J.L.A.,  lyio,  p.  311 


10  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

fact  treated  like  the  land,  as  a  domain  absolutely  closed 
to  the  belligerents,  and  the  belligerent  Governments 
made  no  such  claim  to  a  right  of  entry  for  their  air- 
craft under  force  majeure  and  of  subsequent  departure 
as  was  anticipated  by  M.  Fauchille  and  many  other 
authorities  before  the  war.  The  fact  that  the  airman 
Gilbert,  who  landed  in  Switzerland  through  engine 
trouble  in  June,  191 5,  was  sent  back  to  internment  by 
the  French  authorities  when  he  escaped  under  circum- 
stances which  involved  in  some  degree  a  breach  of 
parole,  is  significant  as  evidence  of  the  recognition  of 
a  new  rule  of  International  Law. 

The  Principle  of  Sovereignty  Established 

That  new  rule  is  that,  in  war  time,  air  frontiers  are 
closed.  It  may  be  argued  that  the  rule  results  not 
from  sovereignty  in  the  air  but  from  the  needs  of 
national  defence,  and  that  it  does  not  prejudge  the 
question  of  sovereignty  under  peace  conditions.  But 
such  an  absolute,  unconditioned  prohibition  of  passage 
as  the  war  witnessed  can  be  based  only  on  sovereignty, 
and  if  a  State  can  close  its  air  frontiers  in  war,  what 
legal  or  logical  ground  is  there  for  denying  its  right 
to  do  so  in  peace  ?  The  important  point  is  that, 
under  certain  conditions,  States  can  and  do  close  their 
air  frontiers.  If  this  does  not  amount  to  sovereignty 
in  the  air,  it  is  something  so  akin  as  properly  to  be 
called  by  that  name.  Right  or  wrong,  the  principle 
has  been  established  that  States  control  the  atmo- 
sphere over  their  territories,  and,  in  legislating  for  the 
air,  we  must  start  from  that  principle.  The  precedents 
by  which  the  principle  has  been  established  are  of  great 
historical  importance  ;  they  are  given  in  some  detail 
in  Appendix  \1\P 

18  The  establishment  of  the  right  of  States  to  close  their  aerial 
frontiers  is  destructive  not  only  of  the  view  that  there  is  no 
sovereignty,  or  that  there  is  only  a  restricted  sovereignty,  vested 
in  States  over  the  air  covering  their  territories,  but  also  of  the 
view  held  by  Catellani  in  Italy  and  D'Hooghe  in  France  that  there 


I  AIR  FRONTIERS  ii 

The  International  Convention  and  Sovereignty  in 
the  Air 

The  International  Convention  which  has  just  been 
signed  at  Paris  admits  in  expHcit  terms  the  sovereignty 
of  the  air.^'^  The  contracting  States  undertake  to 
allow  freedom  of  innocent  passage  to  one  another's 
aircraft,  but  the  strength  of  the  recognition  of 
sovereignty  is  not  abated  by  a  concession  of  this  kind. 
The  right  to  land  in  another  State's  territory,  moreover, 
is  not  admitted,  though  the  reason  for  this  implicit 
reservation  is  not  to  forbid  landing,  but  to  subject  it 
to  such  conditions  as  the  subjacent  State  may  impose. 
The  State  in  question  might  be  willing,  for  instance, 
to  afford  a  greater  freedom  in  this  respect  to  "  pleasure  " 
aircraft,  or  aircraft  which  merely  called  at  one  stopping- 
place  in  its  territory,  than  to  those  which,  by  taking 
up  passengers  or  goods  at  one  point  in  the  country 
and  setting  them  down  at  another,  in  the  course  of  a 
longer  international  service,  might  be  held  to  be 
competing  unfairly  with  the   local   aircraft  interests. 

For  the  present  the  battle  for  the  sovereignty  of 
the  air  has  been  won  ;  but  the  voices  which  clamoured 
before  the  war  for  freedom  in  the  air  may  be  beard 
again.  It  is  important  that  there  should  be  no  weaken- 
ing in  this  matter.  In  the  future  sovereignty  will  be 
as  vitally  necessary  to  national  defence  in  the  air  as 
on  the  land  or  in  the  tidewater  reaches. 

is  sovereignty  over  the  air,  and  full  sovereignty,  but  it  is  the  co- 
existent sovereignty  of  all  the  States,  not  the  sole  sovereignty  of 
the  subjacent  State.  For  this  view,  which  would  make  the  air  a 
res  communis,  see  E.  Catellani,  Le  droit  aerien,  trad.  M.  Bouteloup, 
Paris,  1912,  p.  33,  and  E.  D'Hooghe,  Droit  aerien,  Paris,  p.  9- 
^o  See  Appendix  I  for  the  text  of  the  Convention. 


CHAPTER    II 

THE    NATIONALITY    AND    REGISTRATION    OF    AIRCRAFT 

Nationality   and  Registration   as   Conditions  Precedent 
to  International  Circulation 

The  various  International  Conventions  which  have 
been  drafted,  officially  and  unofficially,  to  regulate 
aerial  circulation  agree  in  providing  that,  to  enjoy  the 
benefits  of  the  Convention,  an  aircraft  should  possess 
the  nationality  of  one  of  the  contracting  States,  that 
the  State  conferring  its  nationality  upon  an  aircraft 
should  register  it,  and  that  when  flying  over  the  other 
States'  territory  the  aircraft  should  bear  the  mark  of 
its  nationality  (''  F  "  for  France,  "  G.B."  or  "  G  "  for 
Great  Britain,  etc.)  and  its  registered  number. 

As  to  the  principles  upon  which  nationality  should 
be  conferred  there  is  some  disagreement  in  the  pro- 
jected codes  ;  and  the  question  of  the  particular  State 
in  which  an  aircraft  should  be  registered  is  also  un- 
settled. Usually  nationality  and  registration  are  treated 
as  being  necessarily  interconnected,  registration  being 
in  fact  what  confers  nationality.  As  will  be  seen 
presently,  this  interdependence  is  based  on  maritime 
precedent  and  is  of  questionable  necessity  in  the  case 
of  aircraft. 

It  is  obvious  that,  if  certain  aircraft  are  to  come 
under  the  terms  of  a  Convention,  there  must  be  some 
provision  for  securing  that  they  comply  with  the  con- 
ditions laid  down  in  that  Convention.  The  primary 
conditions  may,  for  the  moment,  be  taken  to  be  the 
possession  of  the  nationality  of  a   State  which  has 


CH.  II      NATIONALITY  OF  AIRCRAFT  13 

become  a  party  to  the  Convention,  and  the  formahty 
of  registration  which  records  or  possibly  confers  such 
nationahty. 

It  is  not  competent  for  an  International  Convention 
to  prescribe  the  terms  upon  which  a  State  may  grant 
nationality  to  an  aircraft,  any  more  than  to  dictate  the 
terms  upon  which  foreigners  may  be  naturalised.  It 
is  nevertheless  an  advantage  that  there  should  be  some 
agreement  between  States  on  the  conditions  upon  which 
nationality  should  be  granted  or  recognised.  Other- 
wise a  conflict  of  laws  will  arise,  as  indeed  has  happened 
already  in  regard  to  naturalisation  laws. 

The  Selection  of  a  Nationality  :  Five  Possible  Choices 

In  the  normal  case  no  difficulty  arises.  Where  an 
English-built  machine  is  owned  by  an  Englishman, 
domiciled  in  England,  and  is  habitually  used  in  Eng- 
land, or  at  least  is  habitually  housed  there,  the  case  is 
clear.  The  machine  is  English  for  all  purposes. 
But  one  can  imagine  a  case  in  which,  say,  a  Brazilian 
millionaire,  resident  at  Lausanne  and  domiciled  in 
Switzerland,  owns  an  Italian-built  machine  and  keeps 
it  habitually  at  Buc  in  France,  for  flying  convenience. 
What  is  that  machine's  nationality  and  where  should 
it  be  registered  } 

Five  criteria  for  the  nationality  of  an  aircraft  have 
been  proposed.     They  are  : 

(i)  The  place  of  its  construction. 

(2)  The  place  of  its  registration. 

(3)  The  domicile  of  the  owner. 

(4)  The  nationality  of  the  owner. 

(5)  The  port  d'attache  of  the  aircraft. 

(i)  The  Nationality  of  the  Country  of  Construction 

The  first  was  proposed  by  M.  Armengaudin  191 1, 
as  being  the  "  place  of  birth  "  of  the  aircraft.^     His 

1  R.J.L.A.,  iyi2,  p.  114. 


14  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

contention  was  that  an  aircraft  must  have  a  certificate 
of  navigability  before  it  takes  the  air,  and  this  certificate 
is  naturally  obtained  at  the  place  in  w^hich  the  machine 
has  been  constructed.  M.  Armengaud's  proposal, 
which  is  somewhat  similar  to  one  made  by  the  Russian 
representatives  at  the  Official  Conference  at  Paris  in 
1 9 10,  has  found  little  support  and  need  not  be  further 
considered. 


(2)  The  Nationality  of  the  Country  of  Registration 

The  place  of  registration  of  the  aircraft  was  suggested 
as  the  true  criterion  of  its  nationality  by  Sir  Thomas 
Barclay  in  191 1,  and  his  view  was  adopted  by  the 
British  sub-committee  of  the  Comite  juridique  de 
V Aviation  ;  it  was  also  approved  by  the  Institute  of 
International  Law  at  the  Madrid  Conference  of  191 1,- 
and  by  the  Commission  which  was  appointed  by  the 
F.A.I,  and  which  drew  up  an  International  Convention 
at  Brussels  in  May,  1912.^  "  According  to  the  rules 
of  the  Institute,"  says  M.  Alex.  Meyer,*  ''aircraft 
belonging  to  foreigners  may  obtain  the  nationality 
of  the  country  which  registers  them,  for  the  place 
of  registration  is  decisive."  There  is  a  good  deal  to 
be  said  for  making  the  place  of  registration,  so  long 
as  it  is  also  the  place  of  the  aircraft's  headquarters, 
or  its  *'  home,"  govern  the  nationality  of  the  aircraft, 
or  rather  such  conditional  nationality  as  an  aircraft 
needs.     The  writer  returns  to  this  question  later. 

2  R.J. L. A.,  1911,  p.  115;  1912,  p.  118;  Annnaire  de  I'lnstitui 
de  Droit  International,  191 1,  p.  346. 

3  R.J.L.A.,   1912,  p.  306. 

It  should,  however,  be  added  that,  while  the  rule  adopted  by  the 
Institute  allowed  a  State  to  register — and  therefore  to  confer  its 
nationahty  upon — a  foreign-owned  aircraft,  another  rule  which  it 
approved  recognised  the  right  of  a  State,  whose  laws  forbade  its 
subjects  to  register  their  aircraft  abroad,  to  refuse  to  recognise 
the  foreign  registration  within  its  own  jurisdiction  [Annuaire  de 
I'Institut,   1911,  p.   324;    R.D.I.,   1911,  p.  643). 

♦  Le  Droit  adrien,  in  R.J.L.A.,  1911,  p.  298. 


11  NATIONALITY  OF  AIRCRAFT  15 

(3)  The   Nationality   of  the   Country   of  the   Owner's 

Domicile 

The  domicile  of  the  owner  and  the  nationaUty  of 
the  owner  are  Hnked  in  the  Paris  draft  Convention  of 
19 ID  as  the  criteria  of  an  aircraft's  nationahty.  The 
argument  for  making  nationahty  depend  on  domicile 
is  that  residence  in  a  country  implies  a  connection  with 
it  which  may  not  exist  where  nationality  is  the  test,^ 
and  that  there  are  difficulties  in  the  way  of  making 
aliens,  long  domiciled  in  a  country,  apply  for  regis- 
tration to  the  authorities  of  their  own  national  State, 
with  which  perhaps  they  have  had  no  relations  for 
many  years. ^  The  French  Decret  of  17  December, 
19 13,  provides  for  the  French  nationality  mark, 
"  F,"  being  borne  by  aircraft  belonging  not  only  to 
Frenchmen  but  to  foreigners  domiciled  in  France.''' 
Similarly,  under  the  Automobile  Convention  of  1909, 
the  motor-cars  of  resident  aliens  are  marked  like 
those  of  subjects  of  the  country  concerned.^  The 
great  difficulty  about  domicile  is  that  an  individual 
may,  under  some  legal  systems,  have  more  than  one.® 

(4)  The  Nationality  of  the  Owner's  ozvn  Country  of 
Nationality 

The  arguments  for  giving  an  aircraft  the  owner's 
nationality  were  well  stated  by  M.  de  Lapradelle  in 
1911.^°  "They  are,"  he  said,  "three  in  number — 
two  of  them  firmly  established,  namely,  diplomatic 
protection  and  requisition  by  the  '  State  of  the  flag,' 
the  third  dependent  upon  the  solution  which  may  be 
given  later  to  the  question  of  exterritoriality,  namely, 

^  See  remarks  of  M.  Meyer  in  R.J. I.. A.,  1912,  p.  113. 

«  R.J.L.A.,  1911,  pp.  299-300.  '  R.J.L.A.,  1914,  p.  13. 

"  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  123. 

*  See  Catellani,  Droit  adrien,  p.  8/),  where  it  is  stated  that  tliis 
difficulty  was  brought  to  notice  by  an  ItaUan  representative  at 
Paris  in  1910. 

1"  R.J. LA.,  1912,  p.  ii6. 


i6  AIRCRAFT   IN  PEACE  chap. 

the  determination  of  criminal  and  civil  competence  by 
the  '  law  of  the  flag.'  ...  If  the  aircraft  of  a  German 
domiciled  in  France,  entering  Russia,  suffers  ill- 
treatment  at  the  hands  of  the  local  authorities,  which 
State,  Germany  or  France,  will  be  more  interested 
and  the  better  qualified  in  acting  for  him  ?  And 
suppose  this  same  aircraft,  belonging  to  a  German 
domiciled  in  France,  has  reason  to  complain  in  Germany 
of  the  German  authorities,  is  it  conceivable  that 
France  would  take  diplomatic  action  to  obtain  redress 
for  a  German  from  Germany  ?  .  .  .  A  second  con- 
sequence of  the  nationality  of  the  aircraft  is  the  right 
of  requisition  in  time  of  war  by  the  '  State  of  the  flag  '  ; 
is  it  not  absurd  that  the  aircraft  of  a  Frenchman  domi- 
ciled in  Germany  should  be  requisitioned  by  Germany 
and  that  of  a  German  in  France  by  France }  A 
third  consequence  of  nationality — the  only  one  more- 
over which  would  render  this  idea  indispensable — 
would  be  that,  for  crimes  and  delicts,  the  '  law  of  the 
flag  '  would  play  in  aerial  navigation  the  same  part 
as  in  maritime  navigation  ;  but,  in  this  respect,  is 
it  not  more  reasonable  that  the  law  of  the  flag  should 
be  that  of  the  owner's  nationality  rather  than  that  of 
the  domicile,  since,  for  crimes,  it  is  the  State  exercising 
diplomatic  protection  on  the  sea  and  in  spaces  not 
subject  to  States'  sovereignty,  which  enforces  order 
and  law  in  the  extent  covered  by  its  flag }  Moreover, 
the  nationality  of  the  owner  is  more  fixed  and  certain 
than  his  domicile.  For  all  these  reasons  the  criterion 
of  the  owner's  nationality  should  prevail." 

(5)  The  Nationality  of  the  Country  of  the  Port  d' Attache 

The  port  d^attache  was  suggested  as  the  criterion  of 
an  aircraft's  nationality  by  Professor  Oppenheim  of 
Cambridge  at  the  Madrid  Session  of  the  Institute  of 
International  Law  in  1911.^^  He  conceived,  however, 
that  the  port  d' attache  and  the  owner's  domicile  would 

^^  Annuaire  de  I'Insiitut,  191 1,  pp.  307,  310. 


II  NATIONALITY  OF  AIRCRAFT  17 

be  the  same.^"^  His  suggestion  aimed  at  avoiding  the 
difficuhies  which  would  arise,  in  his  view,  from 
attributing  the  owner's  nationality  to  the  machine  ; 
there  were  people,  he  pointed  out,  who  had  a  double 
nationality,  others  whose  nationality  was  doubtful, 
others  who  had  none  at  all. 


The  Maritmte  Precedent  a  Misleading  One 

In  the  present  writer's  view  the  analogy  between 
aircraft  and  ships  has  been  pressed  too  far,  and  he 
suggests  that  Professor  Oppenheim's  proposal  may  be 
found  to  embody  the  best  working  solution  of  the  diffi- 
cult question  of  nationality.  Professors  Pillet  of  Paris 
and  Meili  of  Zurich  expressed  the  opinion  at  Madrid 
that  an  aircraft  required  no  nationality  at  all,  and  Pro- 
fessor Pillet  especially  was  emphatic  that  to  assimilate 
aircraft  to  ships  was  a  profound  error. ^^  Unquestion- 
ably, however,  there  are  occasions  upon  which  an  air- 
craft must  be  treated  as  having  some  given  nationality. 
It  is  important  to  remember,  none  the  less,  that  these 
occasions  are  intermittent.  The  peculiar  nature  and 
capacity  of  an  aircraft  must  be  borne  in  mind. 

It  is  absurd  to  say,  as  M.  Pittard  does,^^  that  an 
aeroplane  is  a  *'  movable  object  pure  and  simple  " 
and  strictly  analogous  to  a  piano  !  An  aircraft  is 
siii  generis  and  something  midway  between  an  auto- 
mobile and  a  ship  ;  to  assimilate  it  entirely  to  the  latter 

^2  It  is  possible,  therefore,  that  Profe.;sor  Oppenheim  meant  by  the 
"  port  d' attache  "  simply  the  "  port  of  registry  "  and  not  the  port 
or  aerodrome  which  is  the  aircraft's  "  home."  In  that  case,  however, 
there  was  not  much  force  in  the  suggestion,  and  it  is  quite  clear  from 
the  proceedings  of  the  ComitS  juridique  de  l' Aviation  that  the  term 
was  understood  by  that  body  as  meaning  the  aircraft's  "  home 
port."  Thus  we  find  M.  Dor  saying,  in  ion,  "Ports  d'attache 
are  only  certain  towns  in  which  all  vessels  are  concentrated,  as 
dirigibles  will  concentrate  later  on,"  and  "  I  believe  there  is  practical 
advantage  in  knowing  immediately,  when  an  aircraft  causes  damage 
abroad,  where  the  aircraft  can  be  seized  and  the  judgment  executed." 
(R.J.L.A.,   1912,  p.   124.) 

'•''  Annuaire  de  I'Instiiui,  191 1,  pp.  306,  308. 

1*  K.J.L.A.,    191^.   p.    118. 

C 


i8  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

and  to  assign  it  that  full  nationality  which  historical 
reasons  have  attributed  to  vessels,  so  that,  in  French 
law  and  to  some  extent  in  British,  a  ship  is  a  floating 
part  of  the  national  territory,  would  seem  to  the  writer 
to  be  going  too  far.  Under  British  law,  as  under 
that  of  most  maritime  nations,  a  ship  possesses  the 
nationality  of  its  owners,  and  it  must  be  registered  at 
some  port  of  the  country  whose  nationality  it  holds. 

The  Nationality  and  Registration  of  Ships 

The  registration  of  ships  dates  from  the  Navigation 
Act  of  1660^^  and  was  originally  instituted  for  the 
purpose  of  restricting  British  commerce  by  sea  to 
British  ships.  It  has  long  outgrown  that  purpose,  and 
now  the  "  register  is  the  appointed  record  of  title  to 
property  in  British  ships,  and,  except  this,  and  for 
ascertaining  the  vessels  that  are  entitled  to  use  the 
British  flag,  serves  no  other  purpose."  Registration 
does  not  confer  nationality.  Nationality  results  auto- 
matically from  the  ownership  of  a  ship  by  British  sub- 
jects or  corporations,  and  Lord  Justice  Brett  laid  it 
down  in  1883  that  every  ship  owned  entirely  by  British 
subjects  is  a  British  ship,  even  though  registered  and 
under  the  flag  of  a  foreign  State  .^^ 

Registration  is,  however,  the  necessary  condition 
precedent  to  recognition  of  a  ship  as  British,  for  it  is 
the  statutory  record  that  the  ship  possesses  the  qualifi- 
cations required  to  entitle  it  to  be  regarded  as  British. 
Without  registration,  the  ship  *'  is  thereby  excluded 
from  the  statutory  provisions  limiting  the  responsi- 
bility of  her  owners  in  certain  cases  ;  and  she  is  not 
entitled  to  any  benefits,  privileges,  advantages,  or 
protection  usually  enjoyed  by  British  ships,  nor  to  use 
the  British  flag,  or  assume  the  British  national  character ; 
but  as  regards  fines  and  forfeitures,  and  the  payment  of 
dues,  and  the  punishment  of  offences  committed  on 

15  In  France,  from  the  Ordinance  of  Louis  XIV  of  1681. 
^'  Maclachlan  on  Shipping,  5th  ed.,  pp.  78-9. 


II  NATIONALITY  OF  AIRCRAFT  19 

board,  or  by  persons  belonging  to  her,  she  is  in  the 
same  position  as  a  recognised  British  ship."  ^^ 

Hence,  though  registration  in  the  case  of  ships  does 
not  confer  nationahty,  registration  and  nationahty  are 
necessarily  interconnected,  but  they  are  so  for  reasons 
which  do  not  appear  to  apply  to  the  case  of  aircraft. 
In  International  Law  the  merchant  vessels  of  a  State 
are  regarded  as  its  property.  It  exercises  adminis- 
trative and  criminal  jurisdiction  over  all  acts  done  on 
board,  w^hether  by  subjects  or  foreigners  ;  it  exercises 
full  civil  jurisdiction  over  subjects  on  board,  and  over 
foreigners  to  the  same  extent  as  if  they  were  on  the 
soil  of  the  State  ;  and  it  possesses  protective  juris- 
diction to  the  extent  of  guarding  the  vessel  against 
illegitimate  interference.  The  State  is  responsible 
for  all  acts  of  hostility  against  another  State  done  on 
the  ocean  by  a  merchant  vessel  belonging  to  it  and  must 
allow  redress  to  be  obtained  in  its  courts  for  wrongful 
acts  done  to  foreigners  by  the  vessel  or  persons  on 
board  her.^^  Given  these  responsibilities  and  these 
rights,  a  State  must  necessarily  exercise  a  stringent 
control  upon  the  admission  to  its  nationality  of  merchant 
vessels.  Registration  in  the  case  of  ships  is  an  act 
which  brings  into  being  a  formidable  list  of  rights 
and  duties. 


The  Difference  betzveen  Seacraft  and  Aircraft 

A  ship's  life  is  on  the  sea.  There,  no  law  runs  but 
that  of  its  flag,  which  is  the  law  of  the  country  to  which 
it  belongs.  The  obvious  and  inherent  characteristic 
of  aircraft,  however,  is  that  they  live  largely  within  the 
frontiers  of  a  State  ;  they  do  not  simply  touch  the 
fringe  of  a  country,  its  ports  and  territorial  waters. 
If,  as  in  the  case  of  ships,  the  owner's  nationality, 
irrespective  of  the  locality  of  the  machine,  were  to 
apply  to  aircraft,  positions  of  extreme  difficulty  would 

"  Maclachlan  on  Shipping,  p.   8i. 
'«  Hall,  International  Law,  7th  ed.,  pp.   263-6. 

C  ?. 


20  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

arise.  A  British-owned  aircraft  might,  for  instance, 
be  permanently  located  in  France  ;  it  might  never 
cross  the  French  frontiers.  To  conceive  it  as  British, 
in  the  same  way  as  a  British-owned  ship,  seems  to  be 
unsound.  Again,  an  aircraft,  because  it  passes  over 
and  lands  within  a  State,  ma}^  be  brought  into  relations 
with  foreign  authorities  and  individuals  in  a  way  in 
which  a  ship  is  not.  If  the  same  protective  juris- 
diction were  recognised,  if  the  aircraft  were,  so  to 
speak,  personified  and  nationalised  in  the  same  way  as 
a  ship,  distinct  danger  would  arise  of  international 
incidents  occurring.  The  aircraft  must  indeed  be 
regarded  as  possessing  nationality  to  a  greater  degree 
than  an  automobile,  but  it  appears  that,  in  the  one 
case  as  in  the  other,  there  is  strong  reason  for  allowing 
the  State  to  deal  with  the  individuals  responsible  for 
the  foreign  vehicle  which  enters  its  borders  without 
regard  to  the  possibility  whether  thereby  it  is  in- 
fringing the  sovereignty  of  an  independent  Power. 
If  nationality  is  allowed  to  an  aircraft,  it  should  only 
be  a  quasi-nstionsMty ,  an  attenuated  nationality,  per- 
haps a  conditional  nationality  which  will  come  into 
being  only  in  certain  circumstances,  as  when  the 
aircraft  is  passing  over  the  high  seas. 

The  *'  Home  ''  or^'  Headquarters  "  Country  as  Governing 

Nationality 

If  such  a  special  or  ^wa^z-nationality  is  all  that  an 
aircraft  need  be  allowed,  there  appears  to  be  no  strong 
reason  why  registration  should  necessarily  take  place 
in  the  country  of  the  owner's  nationality  or  why  the 
attenuated  nationality  attributed  to  the  aircraft  should 
not  be  that  of  the  country  in  which  the  aircraft  is 
normally  located.  The  owner's  responsibility  for 
damage,  etc.,  done  by  the  aircraft  need  not  be  affected 
by  its  being  so  treated.  The  aircraft  should  be  re- 
garded as  having  some  fixed  ^^  port  d' attache  ^^  or 
headquarters,  and  it  should  be  registered  in  the  country 


II  NATIONALITY  OF  AIRCRAFT  21 

in  which  the  headquarters  are  situated.  M.  Henry- 
Coiiannier  stated  in  19 10  that  an  aircraft  required  a 
''port  d'attache"  no  more  than  a  bird  does.^^  The 
analogy  is  unsound.  Actually  and  necessarily  an 
aircraft  is  housed  somewhere ;  it  has  its  "  home 
hangar."  Of  course,  it  may  change  its  "  home,"  and 
then  its  registration  and,  as  a  consequence,  its  quast- 
nationality  would  be  changed  also.  But  equally  its 
registration  and  nationality  may  be  changed  if  they 
depend  upon  the  owner's  nationality  and  if  the  aircraft 
is  sold  to  a  foreigner.'^  There  should  be  no  greater 
frequency  of  change  under  the  one  system  than  under 
the  other.  Unless  the  transfer  of  aircraft  is  subjected 
to  the  same  rules  as  the  transfer  of  ships,  and  a"  Bill 
of  Sale,"  with  its  com-plications  and  formalities,  is 
required  before  property  in  the  machine  can  pass — 
a  development  which  is  strongly  to  be  deprecated 
— one  may  expect  transfer  of  ownership  to  be  fairly 
common,  perhaps,  in  time,  as  common  as  the  transfer 
of  property  in  motor-cars.  So  far  as  fixing  the 
identity  of  a  machine  is  concerned,  there  are  decided 
advantages  in  looking  solely  to  the  aircraft's  actual 
physical  location.  It  is  probable  that  the  customs 
and  police  authorities  will  be  very  closely  in  touch 
with  all  aerodromes  in  a  country  ;  they  will  know 
what  machines  are  housed  there,  and  the  headquarters 
of  an  aircraft  will  be  a  known  or  immediately  ascertain- 
able fact  as  to  which  there  can  be  no  uncertainty. 
For  all  purposes  of  identification  and  record  it  is 
best  that  registration  should  be  local. 

The  State  in  whose  territory  an  aircraft  "  lives  " 
is  in  at  least  as  good  a  position  to  wield  a  sanction 

1^  R.J.L.A.,  1910,  p.  333.  The  French  Decret  of  17  December,  1913, 
made  it  necessary  for  a  dirigible  (only)  to  have  a  poyt  d'attache. 
(R.J.L.A.,  1914,  p.   12.) 

20  It  is  conceivable  that  commercial  aircraft  may  be  chartered, 
like  ships  ;  or  that  sporting  aircraft  may  be  leased,  like  racehorses. 
Presumably  under  such  circumstances  the  nationality  of  the  air- 
craft will  still  be  that  of  the  owner  ;  yet  the  owner  may  liave  no 
effective  control  whatever  over  the  machine.  Wlicrc  nationality 
follows  the  place  of  housing  no  dilliculty  ol  tliis  kiiul  arises. 


22  AIRCRAFT   IN  PEACE  chap. 

over  the  owner  as  the  State  whose  nationality  he 
possesses  but  in  whose  territory  he  may  neither  reside 
himself  nor  keep  his  machine.  The  first  State  has 
the  power  to  exclude  the  machine  from  its  territory 
or  to  refuse  it  flying  rights  there,  and  either  action  would 
presumably  be  a  material  deterrent  to  the  owner  who 
elected  to  locate  his  machine  in  that  particular  country. 

The  Case  of  Aircraft  belonging  to  Corporations 

One  of  the  chief  practical  objections  to  linking  the 
owner's  and  the  aircraft's  nationality,  irrespective  of 
the  machine's  situation,  is  that  the  system  is  properly 
applicable  only  to  ownership  by  individuals  or  non- 
corporate partners.  Where  a  joint-stock  company 
is  concerned  it  breaks  down,  and  must  always  break 
down  so  long  as  the  company  laws  of  the  various 
civihsed  States  lack  uniformity.  In  the  case  of  air- 
craft owned  by  limited  companies,  nationality  must 
depend  on  registration — either  the  registration  of  the 
aircraft  itself  or  that  of  the  corporation  which  owns  it. 
The  Comite  juridiqne  de  V Aviation  decided  in  igii 
that  an  aircraft  owned  by  a  limited  company  should 
have  the  nationality  of  the  company's  place  of  business 
{siege  social)?^  The  draft  Convention  drawn  up  at 
the  International  Conference  of  igio  in  Paris  gave  such 
an  aircraft  "  the  nationality  of  the  State  where  the 
company's  head  office  is  situated."  The  text 
adopted  by  the  Conference  of  1919  (see  Article  7) 
provides  that  "an  incorporated  company  cannot  be 
the  registered  owner  of  an  aircraft  unless  it  possesses 
the  nationality  of  the  State  in  which  the  aircraft  is 
registered,  and  unless  the  president  or  chairman  of 
the  company  and  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  directors 
possess  the  same  nationality,  and  unless  the  company 
fulfils  all  other  conditions  which  may  be  prescribed 
by  the  laws  of  each  State."     Under  any  of  the  above 

2^  R.J.L.A.,  1911,  p.  201. 


II  NATIONALITY   OF  AIRCRAFT  23 

rules  it  would  be  possible  to  register  an  aeroplane  in 
any  countr}^  whose  company  laws  were  favourable 
— as  most  countries'  laws  are — and  to  set  at  nought  the 
rule  which  makes  the  machine's  nationality  follow  the 
human  nationality.  All  that  would  be  necessary  would 
be  to  form  a  company — with  a  few  mock  directors — 
in  that  State  and  to  set  up  its  "  head  office  "  there  or 
comply  with  whatever  other  formality  is  prescribed. 

The  Purpose  of  Registration 

The  registration  of  aircraft,  it  is  stated  in  the  French 
official  circular  of  19  December,  191 3,  which  notified 
to  Prefects  the  Decret  of  17  December,  1913,  regu- 
lating aerial  navigation  in  France,  has  for  its  principal 
object  the  assigning  to  each  machine  of  letters  and 
numbers  which  permit  it  to  be  identified  at  any  moment 
and  in  any  place.-'-  "It  is  a  simple  administrative 
formality,"  said  Professor  de  Lapradelle,  in  January, 
1914;-^  "it  pursues  a  final  interest,  an  interest  of 
police.  It  is  without  influence  upon  nationality, 
which  must  be  that  of  the  proprietor."  Dr.  Harold 
Hazeltine  has  similarly  emphasised,  in  a  recent  lecture, 
the  unsoundness  of  the  view  that  the  mere  act  of 
registration  should  be  regarded  as,  in  itself,  conferring 
nationality.  There  is,  in  fact,  no  reason  why  regis- 
tration and  nationality,  when  it  is  the  owner's  nation- 
ality and  analogous  to  a  ship's  nationality,  should  not 
be  disconnected  ;  but  if  the  nationality  which  is  to  be 
conferred  upon  the  machine  is  not  the  full-blooded 
nationalitv  which  a  ship  possesses,  but  is  rather  akin 
to  that  attenuated  nationality  which  a  "  British  "  or 
"  French  "  or"  Italian  "  motor-car  on  tour  is  regarded 
as  having,  the  case  is  diff^erent,  and  it  can  well  be  con- 
ceded that  registration  should  confer  such  a  qunsi- 
nationality  as  is  referred  to.  But  it  would  not  in  that 
case  be  the  owner's  nationality  necessarily  ;  it  would  be 

--  R.J.L.A.,  1914,  p.  45.  -'  R.  I.L.A.,  IM14,  p.  66. 


24  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

the  "  nationality  "  of  the  country  in  which  the  air- 
craft "  Hves  "  and  is  housed. 2* 

Registration  as  a^^  Live  "  Record 

One  practical  argument  in  favour  of  such  a  system 
is  that  the  latest  and  most  authoritative  record  of  the 
aircraft's  identity  is  likely  to  be  found  in  the  country 
in  which  it  is  normally  located.  Of  course  that 
country  could  notify  the  covmtry  of  the  owner's 
nationality  of  all  changes  in  the  particulars  ;  but 
then  the  record  in  the  latter  country  will  be  a  derivative 
record,  not  an  original,  and  may  at  any  given  time  not 
be  up  to  date.  It  is  true  that  registration  does  not 
necessarily  involve  an  actual  examination,  but  if 
registration  is  to  be  an  authentic  record  of  the  identity 
and  characteristics  of  the  machine,  it  is  clearly  advisable 
that  it  should  be  carried  out,  unless  there  are  insuper- 
able objections  to  such  a  course,  in  the  country  in 
which  the  machine  is  housed  and  which  quite  con- 
ceivably it  may  never  leave.  At  least  a  test  survey, 
in  case  of  dispute,  can  be  carried  out  then,  as  it  could 
not  so  easily  be  carried  out  when  the  aircraft  is  on  the 
other  side  of  the  world. ^^ 

2*  If  the  owner's  nationality  is  stated  in  the  entry  and  certificate 
of  registration,  that  need  not  be  taken  as  establishing  the  nationality  ; 
or,  if  it  is  necessary  that  it  should  be  taken  as  proof  of  nationality, 
it  could  easily  be  provided  that  the  application  for  registration 
should  be  "  vised  "  by  the  consular  authorities  of  the  applicant 
where  the  applicant  is  a  resident  alien.  Such  a  provision  is  made 
in  the  French  Decret  of  17  December,  191 3. 

As  regards  the  contention  that,  under  such  a  system  as  is  proposed 
by  the  writer,  a  French-owned  aircraft  stationed  in  England  would 
bear  the  English  nationality  mark,  this  point  was  raised  by  M. 
Fauchille  in  1910,  when  he  stated  that  national  security  made  it 
necessary  for  foreign  aircraft  to  carry  a  distinctive  mark  so  that 
they  could  be  kept  under  special  surveillance.  To  this  Senator 
Reymond  replied  that  most  of  the  aeroplanes  then  piloted  by 
Frenchmen  belonged  to  foreigners,  and  if  all  of  them  were  marked 
as  having  foreign  nationality,  this  distinctive  sign  would  become 
banal  and  no  one  would  pay  any  attention  to  it,  with  the  result 
that  when  aircraft  which  were  really  foreign  crossed  the  frontier 
they  would  not  be  kept  under  surveillance.     (R.J.L.A.,  191 1,  p.  45.) 

2*  As  to  the  guaranteeing  of  a  reasonable  standard  of  airworthiness 
being  an  object  of  registration,  see  Catellani  [Le  droit  aerien,  p.  65), 


II  NATIONALITY  OF  AIRCRAFT  25 

Weakness  of  the  Argumefits  as   to   the  Necessity  for 
Providing  for  (i)  some  Law  to  be  applied  in  the  Air 

As  to  Professor  de  Lapradelle's  three  arguments  for 
giving  a  machine  its  owner's  nationahty,  the  last  and 
strongest,  the  argument  that  some  law  must  be  fixed 
and  recognised  as  applying  to  crimes  committed  on 
board  in  flight  and  that  that  law  should  be  the  law  of 
"  the  flag,"  the  writer  points  out  in  a  later  chapter  of 
this  book  that  the  conditions  of  maritime  and  aerial 
navigation  are  so  inherently  different  that  the  maritime 
rule  is  quite  inappropriate  to  the  domain  of  the  air. 
In  any  case,  granted  that  some  law  must  apply,  surely 
the  natural  law  to  select  is  that  of  the  aircraft's  home, 
the  country  it  comes  from  ?  With  that  country  it 
has  some  physical  connection,  some  territorial  relation  ; 
with  the  owner's  country  it  may  have  none  whatever, 
save  and  except  that  ownership.  Why  should  the  law 
of  Brazil  apply  to  a  crime  committed  in  mid-channel 
upon  such  an  aircraft  as  is  imagined  in  the  case  given 
in  page  13  ?  The  law  of  France,  to  which  the  machine 
will  presumably  return  in  due  course,  is  far  more 
appropriate. 

And  (ii)  Diplomatic  Protection  and  Military  Requisition 

As  to  Professor  de  Lapradelle's  two  other  arguments  in 
favour  of  giving  a  machine   its  owner's  nationality, 

who  points  out  that  M.  Gemma,  in  his  report  to  the  Congress  of 
Verona,  1910,  made  no  provision  for  the  international  control  of 
construction  of  aircraft  on  the  ground  that  "  the  compulsory  inscrip- 
tion of  every  machine  in  the  national  register,  communicable  to 
the  other  States,  seemed  a  sufficient  precaution."  M.  Catellani 
observes  that  the  same  idea  inspired  the  preparatory  \vork  of  the 
official  Conference  of  Paris  in  1910,  "  and  rightly  so,  for  the  verifi- 
cation of  the  aircraft,  made  before  it  is  authorised  for  use  in  loco- 
motion, suffices  to  guarantee  the  public  security  and  human  life." 
The  French  Decret  of  17  December,  1913,  regulating  aerial  navigation, 
provided  for  registration  of  an  aircraft  only  u]X)n  jiroduclion  of 
the  certificate  of  navigability.  (R.J.L.A.,  1914.  PP'  ii->2.)  The 
Massachusetts  Law  of  May,  1913,  meidc  registration  dc])endcnt 
upon  an  actual  examination  of  the  aircraft  by  an  oH'k  ial  of  the 
registering  authority,  the  Highway  Commission.  {ILJ .1..A .,  1913. 
p.  217.) 


26  AIRCRAFT   IN  PEACE  chap. 

neither  seems  to  have  very  much  weight  when  closely 
scrutinised.  The  owner^s  nationality  remains,  even 
if  his  machine  is  given  a  ^/Mflw-nationality  under  some 
other  State's  flag,  and  in  a  case  of  sufficient  importance 
to  interest  the  Foreign  Offices  he  should  be  able  to 
obtain  diplomatic  assistance  in  virtue  of  his  own 
nationality.  As  regards  military  requisition,  it  would 
be  no  breach  of  international  law  for  a  State,  becoming 
belligerent,  to  requisition  the  property  of  resident 
aliens  ;  in  cases  of  extreme  necessity  it  could  even 
justify,  under  the  right  of  angary,  the  seizing  of  neutral 
property  which  was  merely  passing  through  its  terri- 
tory. In  any  case,  if  the  liability  to  requisition  were 
made  a  condition  of  registration,  foreign  owners  who 
kept  their  aircraft  in  a  given  State  would  have  no 
ground  for  complaint  if  their  property  were  taken. 

A  Possible  Solution  of  the  Problem 

It  need  hardly  be  added  that  it  would  always  be 
open  to  a  State  to  refuse  to  register  an  aircraft  belong- 
ing to  an  individual  either  on  the  score  of  the  owner's 
nationality  or  for  any  other  reason.  If  a  State  were 
to  decide  to  attribute  its  nationality  only  to  aircraft 
owned  by  its  own  subjects  and  normally  housed  in  its 
territory,  and  only  to  register  such  aircraft,  the  point 
of  the  objections  raised  in  this  chapter  to  the  machine's 
nationality  being  governed  by  the  owner's  would  be 
met  .26 

The  Nationality  of  the  Crew 

It  is  also  open  to  a  State  to  require  that  the  attribu- 
tion of  its  nationality  to  an  aircraft  shall  be  dependent 

26  The  International  Convention  of  1919  provides  (Article  7) 
that  an  aircraft  shall  not  be  registered  by  a  State  unless  it  belongs 
wholly  to  nationals  of  that  State  ;  and,  under  Article  6  of  the 
Convention,  registration  confers  nationality  on  the  machine.  It 
is  not,  however,  provided  that  the  aircraft  must  be  housed  in  the 
country  in  which  it  is  registered,  and  consequently  the  objections 
to  which  the  writer  refers  in  the  text  are  not  removed  by  the  Con- 
vention. 


II  NATIONALITY   OF  AIRCRAFT  27 

upon  the  machine's  being  manned  by  a  pilot  or  "  crew  " 
of  the  State's  nationality.  Certain  States  impose 
such  a  condition  in  the  case  of  merchant  vessels  ;  a 
French  vessel  must  have  the  names  of  its  captain, 
officers,  and  at  least  three-fourths  of  the  crew  borne 
upon  the  imaiption  maritime,  and  a  similar  law  applies 
to  Italian  shipping.  United  States  vessels  must  be 
manned  to  the  extent  of  two-thirds  of  the  crew  by 
Americans  and  the  officers  must  be  Americans.  As 
M.  Catellani  points  out,-'^  the  nationality  of  the  pilot 
or  crew  will  in  such  a  case  be  rather  a  necessary  and 
obligatory  consequence  of  the  nationality  of  the  air- 
craft than  a  determining  element  ;  that  is,  the  crew's 
nationality  will  follow  the  aircraft's  nationality  instead 
of  governing  the  latter.  It  is  questionable  whether  a 
condition  of  this  kind  could  be  maintained  in  the  case 
of  aircraft,  the  connection  between  which  and  the 
pilot  is  more  fortuitous  and  transitory  than  that, 
between  a  marine  vessel  and  its  officers  and  crew. 
The  British  "  Air  Navigation  Regulations,  1919," 
while  requiring  applicants  for  the  registration  of  an 
aircraft  to  be  British  subjects  (except  in  special  cases 
allowed  by  the  Secretary  for  Air)  or  public  companies 
registered  and  having  their  principal  place  of  business 
in  the  United  Kingdom,  do  not  make  the  possession 
of  British  nationality  a  condition  precedent  to  obtain- 
ing a  pilot's  licence. 

-^  Droit  aerlen,  p.  82. 


CHAPTER    III 

THE   CERTIFICATION    OF    AIRCRAFT   AND    PILOTS 

The  Object  and  Method  of  Safety  Provisions 

Regulations  framed  to  secure  safety  of  inter- 
national circulation,  whether  by  land,  by  sea,  or  by 
air,  might  have  in  view  the  safety  of  two  or,  with  a 
subdivision  of  one  of  these  classes,  three  classes  of 
persons,  and  they  might  aim  at  securing  it  in  two 
distinct  ways.  In  other  words,  they  might  pursue 
either  or  both  of  two  ends  : 

A — the  end  of  the  safety  of  those  carried  in  the 
vehicle,  who  might  agnin  be  distinguished  according 
as  they  were  (i)  the  crew  or  persons  working  the 
vehicle,  and  (2)  the  passengers  or  those  carried  in  it 
but  not  working  it  ;    and 

B — the  end  of  the  safety  of  third  parties,  whether 
the  general  public  or  that  portion  of  it  which  travels 
in  other  similar  vehicles. 

They  might  pursue  these  ends  by  either  or  both  of 
two  means  : 

X — by  ensuring  that  the  vehicle  was  sound  ;    and 

Y — by  ensuring  that  the  person  or  persons  in  charge 
of  it  were  competent. 

The  question  before  us  is  whether  an  international 
Convention  should  pursue  the  ends  A  and  B  by  the 
means  X  and  Y,  or  whether  either,  and  if  so  which, 
of  the  ends,  or  again  of  the  means,  should  be  neglected. 
This  question  naturally  gives  rise  to  another,  namely, 
what  is  done  at  present  in  the  case  of  the  nearest 
existing  counterparts  of  aerial  vehicles — automobiles 


cii.  Ill      CERTIFICATION   OF  AIRCRAFT      29 

and    steamships  ?    Railway    vehicles    are    less    inter- 
national and  need  not  be  considered. 

It  is  true,  of  course,  that,  whether  aircraft,  auto- 
mobiles, or  steamships  be  in  question,  the  end  B 
cannot  be  secured  without  indirectly  achieving  end 
A  as  well  ;  but  the  point  to  consider  is  which  end  is 
primary.  Similarly,  the  persons  in  subdivision  (i) 
of  A  will  naturally  benefit  from  general  safety  provi- 
sions made  for  the  sake  of  those  in  class  (2).  It  is 
possible,  however,  that  the  provisions  may  apply  only 
where  passengers  are  carried,  and  in  that  case  we  can 
safely  say  that  the  end  of  the  safety  of  class  A  (i)  is 
not  pursued. 

The  Safety  Provisions  of  the  Automobile  Convention 

The  framers  of  the  Automobile  Convention  of 
October,  1909,  may  have  had  end  A  in  mind,  but  what 
they  primarily  aimed  at  was  end  B  ;  and  they  followed 
both  the  means,  X  and  Y,  in  seeking  to  attain  that  end. 
They  provided  that  somiC  prescribed  authorities  should 
satisfy  themselves  that  motor  vehicles  were  reasonably 
sound  and  controllable  and  that  the  driver  was  compe- 
tent. It  is  a  fair  inference  from  the  Convention  that 
it  was  the  safety  of  third  parties,  not  of  the  occupants 
of  the  vehicle,  that  was  the  object  mainly  in  view.^ 

The  Safety  Provisions  of  the  Maritime  Conventions 

The  corresponding  Maritime  Conventions  are  the 
International  Collision  Regulations  (adopted  at  diffcr- 

^  The  Automobile  Convention  provides  for  an  examination  of 
every  motor-car  about  to  undertake  an  international  tour  by  some 
competent  authority,  and  the  examination  is  intended  to  secure 
that  the  machinery  is  efficient,  that  danger  of  fire,  explosion,  or  the 
emission  of  excessive  smoke  or  vapour  is  eliminated  so  far  as  ])Ossible, 
that  the  steering  apparatus  is  effective,  that  a  horn  and  lam])S  are 
carried,  that  two  independent  and  adequate  brakes  and  a  reversing 
gear  are  provided,  that  the  driver  can  manijnilate  the  control  from 
his  seat,  and  that  he  has  a  clear  view  ahead.  It  also  secures  that 
the  driver  knows  how  to  drive,  by  requiring  him  to  be  examined 
by  a  competent  authority  or  an  association  authorised  by  that 
authority.  (Ql.  3125/1910,  Treaty  Scries  No.  18,  1910  ;  the  ircnch 
text  is  given  in  K.D.I.,   1910,  Documents,  p.  3.) 


30  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap 

ent  times  by  the  various  States)  ,2  the  Brussels  Con- 
vention of  23  September,  1910,  as  to  ColHsions,^  and 
the  London  Convention  of  20  January,  19 14,  on 
Safety  of  Life  at  Sea.**  These  Conventions,  however, 
cover  only  a  part  of  the  ground  and  are  supplemented 
at  many  points  by  such  municipal  legislation  as  the 
British  Merchant  Shipping  Acts  and  the  similar 
enactments  of  other  nations.  Such  legislation  is 
really  international  in  character  in  so  far  as  it  not  only 
provides  for  a  maritime  commerce  w^hich  is  world- 
wide, but  embodies  the  practice  and  regulations  which 
are  common  to  the  maritime  nations  and  is  applicable 
in  some  respects  to  foreign  ships. 

The  Convention  on  Safety  of  Life  at  Sea 

The  safety  of  third  parties — class  B  of  our  formula 
— is  secured  in  the  case  of  ships  by  collision  regulations 
and  agreements,  not,  as  in  the  case  of  automobiles,  by 
ensuring    that    the    vehicle    will    not    disintegrate    or 

2  The  International  Collision  Regulations  are  given  in  Maclachlan 
on  Shipping,  5th  ed.,  and,  in  a  more  readable  form,  in  The  New 
Rule  of  the  Road,  published  by  Gieve's,  Portsmouth,  price  is.  net 

^  The  Brussels  Convention  on  Collisions  of  23  September,  1910, 
was  given  legal  effect,  in  England,  by  the  Maritime  Conventions 
Act,  191 1,  the  terms  of  which  may  be  found  in  Roscoe  and  Robertson, 
The  Maritime  Conventions  Act,  Stevens  &  Sons,  1912.  It  provides 
for  a  fair  division  of  the  damage  or  loss  sustained  when  two  vessels 
are  in  collision  and  there  is  fault  on  both  sides. 

*  The  Convention  on  Safety  of  Life  at  Sea  seeks  security  on  inter- 
national voyages  by  making  it  obligatory  for  mechanically-propelled 
ships,  carrying  more  than  twelve  passengers,  to  comply  with  certain 
detailed  regulations  regarding  watertight  compartments  and  bulk- 
heads, peak  and  machinery  space  bulkheads,  fireproof  bulkheads, 
and  (in  certain  cases)  double  bottoms.  There  are  also  provisions 
as  to  the  carrying  of  lifeboats  and  pontoon  life-rafts,  and  radio- 
telegraphic  apparatus.  An  initial  and  periodical  surveys  of  ships 
are  compulsory',  and  "  Safety  Certificates  "  are  issued  to  ships  which 
comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  Convention.  No  provision 
is  made  for  the  certification  of  the  master  or  officers,  this  being 
left  to  the  several  States'  municipal  legislation,  but  certificated 
lifeboatmen  have  to  be  carried  in  certain  proportions  which  are 
laid  down,  and  these  men  must  have  a  practical  knowledge  of  life- 
boat service,  the  exact  standard  being  left  to  the  different  States 
to  decide.  (Cd.  7246/1914.)  The  British  Parliament  has  not 
yet  passed  the  legislation  necessary  to  give  effect  to  the  Convention. 


Ill  CERTIFICATION   OF  AIRCRAFT         31 

"  run  amok  "  ;  though,  of  course,  the  competency  of 
the  persons  in  charge  of  the  vehicle  is  in  both  cases 
also  a  factor  of  the  safety  of  third  parties.  In  collision 
provisions,  however,  no  question  of  certification  of 
the  vehicle  or  its  crew  arises.  The  international 
Convention  which  would  most  closely  correspond  in 
the  maritime  domain  to  the  International  Aerial  Con- 
vention recently  concluded  at  Paris  is  the  London 
Convention  of  January,  19 14,  so  far  as  certification  is 
concerned  ;  and  that  Convention  may  be  said  to 
pursue  primarily  the  safety  of  our  class  ^,  and  especially 
of  subdivision  (2)  of  that  class,  i.e.,  the  passengers 
carried  in  steamships.  The  crews,  of  course,  benefit 
incidentally  from  the  safety  provisions,  but  their 
safety  is  not  the  main  end  ;  otherwise  cargo  steamers 
and  passenger  steamships  of  small  passenger-carrying 
capacity  would  not  have  been  omitted.  The  same 
Convention  relies  on  only  one  of  the  two  means,  X 
and  y,  to  secure  the  end  of  the  passengers'  safety  ; 
for,  although  it  contains  a  rather  ineffective  provision 
as  to  training  of  lifeboatmen,  it  leaves  the  far  more 
important  question  of  the  competency  of  the  masters, 
mates,  and  engineers  to  the  discretion  of  the  various 
States  and  confines  itself  to  requiring  the  vessels 
themselves  to  be  certificated.  To  put  the  matter 
briefly,  the  Convention  pursues  the  end  A  (2)  by  the 
means  X,  and  practically  ignores  both  end  A  {\)  and 
end  B  (which,  however,  is  pursued  separately  by  the 
collision  regulations)  and  means   Y. 


The  Merchant  Shipping  Acts 

Means  Y  is  covered  by  the  Merchant  Shipping 
Acts  ^  in  England  and  the  corresponding  enactments  in 

^  Under  the  Merchant  Shipping  Act  of  1894  every  passenger  steamer 
carrying  more  llian  twelve  passengers  must  1)6  surveyed  annuallv 
by  shipwrights  and  engineers  employed  by  the  owner,  and  no  such 
ship  may  put  to  sea  without  the  Board  of  Trade  certilicate  that  the 
survey  has  been  carried  out.     The  surveyors  report  for  the  informa- 


32  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap 

other  countries.  Every  foreign-going  ship,  i.e.,  for 
the  purpose  of  the  international  circulation  which  is 
here  in  question,  every  ship,  whether  passenger  or 
cargo,  is  required  by  these  Acts  to  carry  certificated 
officers.  Means  X — the  certification  of  the  craft 
itself— is  also  employed,  and  here  again,  as  in  the 
London  Convention  on  Safety  of  Life  at  Sea,  the  end 
of  the  passengers'  safety — our  class  A  {2) — ^is  the 
end  which  is  pursued  by  such  certification  ;  for  only 
passenger  steamers  are  periodically  surveyed.  K 
special  survey  may,  however,  be  ordered  in  the  case  of 
any    vessel.     The    Merchant    Shipping    Acts,    then, 

tion  of  the  Board  of  Trade  whether  the  hull  and  machinery  are  in 
good  condition,  whether  the  boats,  lifeboats,  signals,  lights  and 
compasses  are  sufficient,  whether  the  master,  inates,  and  engineers 
are  certificated,  whether  the  engine  is  fitted  with  the  safety-valve 
required  by  the  Act,  etc.  Emigrant  ships  must  be  surveyed  before 
each  voyage,  and  the  survey  in  their  case  is  carried  out  by  the 
Board  of  Trade  (in  certain  cases  by  the  Commissioners  of  Customs) 
at  the  expense  of  the  owners  or  charterers.  Stringent  rules  are 
laid  down  as  to  the  number  of  emigrants,  or  steerage  passengers, 
who  may  be  carried  in  ships  of  given  tonnages,  and  as  to  the  provision 
of  food,  water,  medical  stores,  etc.  (Merchant  Shipping  Act, 
1894,  §§  271-289.) 

Under  Section  728  of  the  same  Act  the  Board  of  Trade  have  power 
to  order  a  special  survey,  to  ascertain  whether  the  hull  and  machinery 
of  any  steamship  are  adequate  and  in  good  condition. 

As  regards  the  competency  of  persons  in  charge  of  ships,  the 
Merchant  Shipping  Acts  of  1894  ^i^d.  1906  require  every  British 
foreign-going  ship  (whether  cargo  or  passenger)  and  every  British 
home-trade  passenger  (but  not  cargo)  ship  to  carry  duly  certificated 
officers  ;  and  this  obligation  extends  even  to  foreign  steamships 
carrying  passengers  between  places  in  the  United  Kingdom.  The 
master  must  in  all  these  cases  be  certificated,  so  must  one  or  more 
mates  according  to  the  ship's  tonnage,  and  a  certificated  engineer 
must  be  carried  by  all  passenger-carrying  steamships  and  by  foreign 
trade  cargo  steamers  of  over  one  hundred  h.p.  Certificates  are 
given  by  the  Board  of  Trade  after  examinations  conducted  as  that 
Department  may  direct ;  the  examiners,  in  the  case  of  masters 
and  mates,  are  local  marine  boards  at  the  various  ports.  The 
record  of  certificates  given,  suspended,  or  cancelled  is  kept  by  the 
Registrar-General  of  Shipping  and  Seamen.  (Merchant  Shipping 
Acts,   1894,   5§  92-T04  ;     1906,  tj  56.) 

Not  only  is  a  fine  of  ;^5o  leviable  on  anyone  who  employs  an 
uncertificated  officer  where  a  certificated  one  should  have  been  em- 
ployed, but  if  an  owner  wilfully  sends  a  ship  to  sea  without  the 
necessary  certificated  officer,  the  result  is  that  the  voyage  is  illegal 
and  insurance  policies  are  made  void.  (Merchant  Shipping  Act, 
1894,   §  92  ;    Maclachlan  on  Shipping,  5th  ed.,  p.   209.) 


Ill         CERTIFICATION  OF  AIRCRAFT         33 

pursue  end  ^  (i)  and  (2)  by  means  Y,  and  end  A  (i), 

but  (2)  only  to  a  less  degree,  by  means  X. 

Safety  Provisions  for  Air  Locomotion 

How,  then,  should  one  legislate  internationally  for 
safety  in  the  air  ?  Should  ends  A  (both  subdivisions) 
and  B  both  be  sought,  and  should  means  X  and  Y 
both  be  employed  ?  One  can  be  guided  to  an  answer 
by  the  automobile  and  maritime  precedents  ;  but 
it  is  necessary  to  remember,  in  regard  to  the  latter, 
that  an  aerial  vehicle  circulates  in  areas  entirely  differ- 
ent from  those  in  which  ocean-going  steamships  ply. 
A  steamship  cannot  come  down  in  a  city  street  or  in 
a  citizen's  back  garden. 

The  Purpose  of  Safety  Certification  ift  the  Case  of  Aerial 
Locomotion  unprecedentedly  wide 

For  the  moment  we  may  neglect  collision  rules  for 
the  air  (which  are  dealt  with  in  Chapter  VII,  infra)  and 
consider  only  the  question  of  certification  of  vehicle 
and  personnel  as  a  means  of  ensuring  safety.  From 
the  nature  of  aviation  the  safety  of  third  parties — end 
B — must  necessarily  be  secured,  not  primarily,  as 
at  sea,  by  collision  regulations,  but,  as  in  the  case  of 
motor  vehicles,  by  certification  of  machine  and  driver 
or  pilot.  Certification  has  consequently  a  wider  pur- 
pose in  the  case  of  aircraft  than  in  the  case  of  seacraft. 
It  has  to  be  relied  upon  to  secure  the  safety  of  all  the 
three  classes,  A  (i),  A  (2),  and  B  ;  and  of  these  the 
greatest  numerically  and  the  most  worthy  of  considera- 
tion in  virtue  of  their  passivity  are  the  people  in  class  B. 
Indeed,  given  that  class  B  must  be  protected,  the  safety 
of  classes  /i  (i)  and  A  (2)  would  almost  automatically 
follow  from  the  certification  (and  only  certification  is 
here  in  question)  which  would  be  necessary  to  secure 
the  safety  of  that  one  class.  To  secure  it,  one  would 
expect  both  means  X  and  means  Y  to  be  employed. 

D 


34  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 


The  Difficulty  of  Certifying  Ainvorthiness 

Yet  one  finds  a  tendency  in  recent  projects  of  legis- 
lation to  ignore  class  5,  so  far  as  their  protection  by 
means  of  the  certification  of  aircraft  and  pilots  is 
concerned,  and  to  think  only  of  class  A,  and,  of  class  ^, 
principally  of  subdivision  (2).  Again  one  finds  means 
Y  placed  in  a  position  of  greater  prominence  than 
means  X.  The  former  tendency  will  probably  be 
rectified  before  long  by  some  serious  catastrophe  which 
will  draw  public  attention  to  the  importance  of  ensuring 
that  flying  machines  are  safe  not  only  for  the  public 
carried  in  them  as  passengers,  but  for  the  much  greater 
public  over  whose  heads  they  fly  as  well.  The  need 
for  the  protection  of  aviators  themselves,  so  far  as 
certification  of  aircraft  is  a  protection,  will  also  force 
itself  to  the  front.  As  to  the  preference  shown  for 
means  Y  over  means  X,  this  is  the  inevitable  result 
of  the  comparative  nature  and  conditions  of  the  two 
kinds  of  certification.  The  certification  of  personnel 
is  a  simple  matter  and  is  administratively  eflPective 
and  worth  while  ;  that  of  the  material  is  so  trouble- 
some, recurrent,  and  unsatisfactory  in  results  that 
doubt  has  been  expressed  whether  it  pays. 


An  Early  Expert   View  as  to  Certification  of 
Airworthiness 

As  long  ago  as  1910  M.  Ernest  Archdeacon  stated  in 
La  Revue  Aerienne  that  certificates  of  navigability  were 
a  "  gross  error  "  ;  his  view  being  that  flying  machines 
were  in  the  stage  of  rapid  and  constant  development 
and  that  the  standard  of  safety  and  the  origin  of  flying 
accidents  were  equally  unknown  factors.  He  held 
strongly  that  to  require  certification  as  to  airworthiness 
would  hamper  seriously  the  progress  of  aviation.^ 

•  R.J.L.A.,   1910,  p.  326. 


Ill         CERTIFICATION  OF  AIRCRAFT         35 

The  Pre-war  Regtilattofts  afid  Projects  :   (a)  Those 
requiring  Certification  of  the  Machine 

M.  Archdeacon's  views  are  still  echoed  by  many 
authorities  to-day.  Whether  a  certificate  of  navig- 
ability is  necessary  or  desirable  is  a  question  that 
is  much  debated.  M.  Fauchille's  draft  project 
of  a  Convention,  originally  published  in  1902  and 
revised  in  1910,  makes  the  permis  de  circulation 
dependent  on  proof  of  navigability.'^  The  French 
Presidential  Decret  of  17  December,  1913,^  required 
every  aircraft  to  obtain  a  certificate  of  navigability 
by  actual  examination  conducted  either  by  the 
Service  des  Mines  or  by  an  association  recognised 
by  that  department  ;  but  an  exception  was  allowed 
in  the  case  of  French  machines  constructed  according 
to  a  type  approved  already  and  accompanied  by 
the  constructor's  certificate  that  they  conformed  to 
that  type.  Machines  used  for  flying  at  aerodromes, 
unless  they  took  pupil-pilots  into  the  air,  were 
excepted  from  the  regulation  which  required  a 
certificate  of  navigability.  The  International  Con- 
vention drafted  at  the  Paris  Conference  in  1910 
provided  for  a  certificate  of  navigability  issued  or 
authenticated  by  the  State  whose  nationality  the 
aircraft  possessed.  So,  too,  the  rules  proposed  by 
the  Syndicat  General  de  I'Aviation  in  April,  1910, 
made  a  permis  de  navigation^  as  well  as  a  permis  de 
conduire  (pilot's  certificate  or  licence),  necessary  for 
flights  over  "  agglomerations  "  (towns,  villages,  etc.).^ 
The  Law  of  15  May,  19 13,  of  the  State  of  Massachusetts 
required  all  aircraft  except  those  used  for  experiments 
in  aerodromes  to  be  examined  by  an  official  of  the 
Highway  Commission,  registered,  and  assigned  a 
number  :    the  pilot  had  also  to  be   licensed.^"     Tlie 

''  Annuairo  de    I'liisliiul  de  Droit   Tnlernalional,    kjio,   j).   300. 
"K.J.L.A.,    1914,    p.    II.  »  li.J.L.A.,   i<)io,  p.   138/ 

'"  R.J.L.A..    1913,   p.   216. 

The  Massachusctls   Act  and   the  <haft  Connecticut  Act  allowed 
an  aviator  from  another  State,  provided  he  were  hcensed  in  that 

D  2 


36  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

Serbian  official  Regulations  of  21  February- 1 6 
March,  191 3,  required  both  the  aircraft  and  the  pilot 
to  be  certificated  ;  "  such  machines,"  says  Article  2 
of  the  Regulations,  "  must  be  absolutely  safe  and 
cannot  be  used  without  a  permit  from  the  Minister  of 
the  Interior,"  and  Article  4  adds  that  "  The  pilot 
must  possess  a  certificate  of  capability  delivered  by  the 
Minister  of  War."  " 

(b)  Those  requiring  Certification  of  the  Pilots  hut 
not  of  the  Machine 

On  the  other  hand,  the  Prussian  Ordinance  of  1910, 
while  requiring  a  pilot's  certificate  to  be  obtained 
before  flights  could  be  undertaken  in  places  where 
the  general  public  might  be  endangered,  made  no 
provision  for  an  examination  or  certification  of  the 
machine.^-  Similarly,  the  Connecticut  Act,  drafted 
in  191 1,  required  an  aircraft  to  be  registered  and  its 
pilot  to  be  licensed,  but  made  no  provision  for  the 
machine  being  certified  as  navigable.^^  The  Act 
drafted  by  the  Aero  Club  of  Pennsylvania  in  191 1 
similarly  required  the  pilot  but  not  the  machine  to 
be  certificated.^*  The  International  Aerial  Navigation 
Treaty  drafted  by  a  Commission  of  the  F.A.I,  in 
Brussels  in  May,  191 2,  made  the  possession  of  the 
pilot's  certificate  of  the  F.A.I,  a  condition  precedent 
to  flying  over  foreign  territory,  but  the  position  as  to 
certification  of  the  machine  was  not  made  quite  clear  ; 

State,  to  fly  in  Massachusetts  or  Connecticut  for  not  more  than 
ten  days  in  any  year  without  having  to  be  Hcensed  locally.  (R.  J.L.A., 
1911.   p.   247  ;     1913,   p.   217.) 

11  R.J.L.A.,    1914,   p.    158. 

These  remarkable  Regulations  further  provide  for  safety  in  flight 
by  forbidding  flying  during  stormy  weather  or  at  night.  As  another 
article  allows  aviators  to  liy  only  in  the  direction  prescribed  by  the 
Police  authorities  in  the  route-book  {Cavnet  de  route)  which  every 
machine  is  obliged  to  carry,  and  as  yet  another  provides  for  the 
confiscation  to  the  profit  of  the  State  of  all  machines  used  in  the 
commission  of  a  criminal  action,  it  is  clear  that  the  career  of  the 
aviator  in  Serbia  would  be  not  devoid  of  interesting  possibilities. 

12  R.J.L.A.,  1910,  p.  346.  13  RJ.L.A.,  1911,  p.  246. 
1*  R.J.L.A.,  1911,  p.  247. 


Ill         CERTIFICATION  OF  AIRCRAFT         37 

registration  only  seems  to  be  required .^^  The  pro- 
jected Dutch  law  of  191 3  required  pilots  to  be  licensed 
by  recognised  aviation  societies  in  Holland  or  abroad, 
under  the  authority  of  the  Minister  of  the  Waterstaat  ; 
but  no  provision  was  made  for  the  certification  of  the 
aircraft  itself.^® 


Certification  of  Passenger-carrying  Aircraft 

Apart  from  flights  over  "  agglomerations,"  the  rules 
of  the  Syndicat  General  drafted  in  19 10  made  a  pilot's 
licence  necessary  where  a  machine  carried  pas- 
sengers,^"^ and  there  has  lately  been  a  tendency  to 
limit  the  requirement  of  a  certificate  of  navigability  to 
passenger-carrying  aircraft.  In  the  debate  in  the 
House  of  Commons  in  February,  19 19,  it  was  urged  by 
Sir  Fortescue  Flannery  that  as  the  Board  of  Trade 
protects  the  public  by  inspecting  ships  and  railways, 
so  it  should  intervene  in  the  public  interest  to  inspect 
aircraft,  test  materials,  and  examine  designs.^**  This 
view  was  opposed  by  Colonel  Moore-Brabazon,  who 
held  that  commercial  aviation  would  of  itself  insist  on 
security,  and  that  the  proper  body  to  regulate  and 
inspect  the  machines  was  not  any  Government  organ- 
isation, but  such  a  society  as  "  Lloyd's." 

A  Lloyd's  Register  for  Aircraft 

The  difficulty  is  that  the  public  require  protection 
from  flying-machines  not  only  in  the  capacity  of 
passengers  but  in  the  capacity  of  normal,  earth-hugging 
citizens   as   well  ;    and   that   the   establishment   of  a 

1^  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  306.  **  R.J. LA.,  1914,  pp.  95,  124. 

"  K.J.L.A.,  1910,  p.  159. 

'"  The  Safety  Certificate  which  is  required  for  ship.s  by  Article  57 
of  the  Convention  on  Safety  of  Life  at  Sea  can  be  issued  after  an 
inspection  either  made  by  officers  of  the  State  to  vvliich  tlie  ship 
belongs  or  by  surveyors  nominated  by  the  (iovernment  for  this 
purpose  or  organisations  recognised  by  it.  "In  every  case  the 
Government  concerned  fully  guarantees  the  completeness  and 
efficiency  of  the  inspection  and  survey."     (Article  57.) 


38  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

Lloyd's  Register  for  the  air  will  require  a  considerable 
time  to  materialise.  The  idea  of  such  a  Register  is 
not  new.  In  1910  M.  Zaharoff,  that  benefactor  of 
aviation,  gave  50,000  francs  for  the  study  of  the 
prevention  of  flying  accidents  and,  incidentally,  of  the 
best  means  of  establishing  a  "  Bureau  Veritas  "  for  the 
air,  the  Bureau  Veritas  being  the  French  equivalent  of 
the  British  Lloyd's,  i.e.,  an  organisation  which  secures 
the  sound  construction  and  continued  seaworthiness 
of  ships.^^  But  even  then  it  was  pointed  out  that  the 
institution  of  an  aerial  Veritas  would  be  a  difficult, 
costly,  and  probably  disappointing  venture.  M. 
Lochet  pointed  out  in  an  able  article  in  the  Revue 
Juridique  de  la  Locomotion  Ae'rienne  -^  that  the  strongest 
champions  of  the  suggestion  had  been  forced  to  aban- 
don it.  The  reason  was  that,  while  a  ship  was  a 
robust  organism,  not  easily  injured,  an  aircraft  was 
fragile  and  vulnerable.  If  the  survey  was  to  be  of 
real  use,  it  would  have  to  take  place  almost  after  every 
flight,  and  the  cost  of  such  a  ceaseless  surveillance 
would  be  prohibitive.  Even  if,  as  M.  Sere  de 
Rivieres  proposed,  a  weekly  inspection  only  were 
arranged,  the  cost  of  the  service  would  amount  to 
10  per  cent,  of  the  returns  on  a  commercial  machine. 
But  a  weekly  control  would  not  be  sufficient  to 
guarantee  the  security  by  which  such  a  service  could 
alone  be  justified.  Two  hours  after  the  weekly 
inspection  the  condition  of  the  machine  might  have 
been  entirely  altered.  A  writer  in  The  Aeroplane  ^^  has 
recently  expressed  a  similar  view.  *'  Compared  with 
the  Shipping  Register,  the  cost  of  the  Aircraft  Register 
[Lloyd's]  would  be  very  high,  because  of  the  nature 
of  an  aeroplane  and  of  an  airship.  The  *  life  '  of  a 
steamship  or  a  sailing  vessel  is  infinitely  greater  than 
that  of  present-day  aircraft,  and  there  will  always  be 
a  big  diflFerence  in  this  respect,  even  when  the  perfect 
aircraft  is  evolved.     Admittedly  the  capital  cost  of  an 

19  R.J.L.A.,  1910,  p.  320.  20  R.J.L.A.,  1910,  p.  325  ff. 

21  The  Aeroplane,  26  March,  1919. 


Ill         CERTIFICATION   OF  AIRCRAFT         39 

aeroplane  is  comparatively  small  compared  with  that 
of  a  ship,  but,  the  aircraft  being  delicate,  the  necessity 
for  supervision  by  the  surveyor  must  naturally  arise 
more  frequently,  which  would  add  to  the  expense  and 
react  upon  the  premium  quoted  by  the  underwriter 
for  the  acceptance  of  risks." 

M.  Lochet's  conclusion  was  that  the  best  guarantee 
of  airworthiness  w^as  the  pilot's  own  interest  in  preserv- 
ing his  life.  Perhaps  in  this  he  went  too  far.  To  rely 
upon  the  caution  and  judgment  of  a  young  airman, 
perhaps  of  an  abnormally  optimistic  temperament,  in 
such  a  matter  could  not  be  justified  where  passenger- 
carrying  aircraft  are  in  question. 

The  Convention  0/  1919  and  the 
Certification  of  Airzvorthiness 

The  report  of  the  Civil  Aerial  Transport  Com- 
mittee recommended  that,  in  general,  safety  should 
be  secured  by  the  second  of  the  two  means,  namely 
y,  referred  to  at  page  28,  viz.,  by  requiring  pilots  to 
be  certificated,  and  that  the  other  method,  the  certi- 
fication of  the  vehicle  (means  X),  should  be  applied 
only  to  aircraft  plying  for  hire,  whether  for  the  carriage 
of  passengers  or  of  goods.  The  Convention  which 
was  approved  at  Paris,  however,  applies  means  A'  to 
all  classes  of  aircraft,  for  it  provides  that  "  every 
aircraft  engaged  in  international  navigation  shall  be 
provided  with  a  certificate  of  airworthiness  issued  or 
rendered  valid  by  the  State  whose  nationality  it 
possesses"  (Article  11).  An  Annex  (B)  to  the  Con- 
vention lays  down  the  main  conditions  governing  the 
issue  of  certificates  ;  they  require  the  design,  2vork- 
manship,  and  materials  to  be  approved  in  all  cases  and 
the  actual  flying  qualities  of  all  new  types  of  machines 
to  be  tested,  subsequent  models  which  conform  to  a 
type  already  passed  being  exempted  from  trial  in  the 
air.  Another  safety  provision  of  the  Convention  is 
that  which  obliges  aircraft   used  in  public  transport 


40  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

and  capable  of  carrying  ten  or  more  persons  to  be 
equipped  with  sending  and  receiving  wireless  appara- 
tus (Article  14)  ;  and  yet  another  is  the  requirement 
that  suitable  navigating  instruments  must  be  carried 
by  aircraft  (Annex  B,  paragraph  4). 


Certification  under  the  Air  Navigation  Regulations 

The  British  "  Air  Navigation  Regulations,  1919,"^^ 
provide  for  the  certification  of  passenger-carrying 
aircraft  only.  A  certificate  of  airworthiness  is  granted 
for  a  type  of  aircraft  after  approval  by  the  Air  Ministry 
of  the  design  and  the  construction  and  a  satisfactory 
demonstration  of  safety  in  flying  trials.  The  fee  for 
certifying  a  type  aircraft  is  five  guineas.  Subsequent 
machines  of  the  same  type  are  certified  (at  a  fee  of  one 
guinea)  upon  inspection  by  the  constructor's  em- 
ployees and  evidence  that  the  machine  conforms  to 
the  approved  type.  The  inspection  carried  out  by  the 
constructor  may  be  tested  by  Air  Ministry  representa- 
tives. A  periodic  overhaul  of  all  passenger-carrying 
aircraft  must  be  carried  out  by  *'  competent  persons  " 
appointed  by  the  owners  or  users  and  licensed  by  the 
Air  Ministry,  and  a  machine  of  this  kind  must  have  been 
previously  inspected  by  a  licensed  inspector  on  the 
same  day  before  it  can  take  up  passengers  for  a  flight. 
The  inspector  is  required  to  sign  a  certificate,  which 
must  be  countersigned  by  another  person  in  the 
employment  of  the  owner,  that  the  aircraft  is  fit  in 
every  way  for  the  flight  proposed.  The  pilot  is  also 
held  responsible  for  seeing  that  the  aircraft  is  in  a 
satisfactory  condition  before  a  flight  is  attempted  and 
that  it  does  not  carry  more  than  the  load  specified  in 

22  See  Appendix  II.  The  position  is,  therefore,  that  for  flight 
in  the  United  Kingdom  or  over  the  high  seas  a  British  aircraft 
must  be  certified  as  airworthy  only  if  it  carries  passengers.  For 
flight  over  another  (contracting)  State's  territory,  however,  every 
aircraft  (whether  it  carries  passengers  or  not)  must  be  certificated, 
in  view  of  the  terms  of  Article  ii  of  the  International  Convention 
of  1919. 


Ill  CERTIFICATION  OF  AIRCRAFT         41 

the  certificate  of  airworthiness,  and  he  must  sign  a 
certificate  to  this  effect. 

Period  of  Validity  of  Certificates 

The  British  Regulations  set  a  high  standard  of 
quahfication  for  passenger-carrying  aircraft,  but  it 
is  difficuk  to  see  how  any  less  stringent  requirements 
would  suffice  if  airworthiness  is  to  be  certified  at  all. 
The  older  rules  were  much  less  strict  in  regard  to  period 
of  validity  of  certificates.  The  Connecticut  draft  Act 
of  191 1'^  and  the  Massachusetts  Act  of  1913^*  made 
the  registration  of  the  aircraft  in  the  one  case  and  the 
pilot's  certificate  in  the  other  expire  annually.  At  the 
Paris  Conference  of  1910  the  Italian  Minister  of  War 
proposed  that  aircraft  should  be  inspectad  annually  by 
a  special  technical  commission.  An  annual  inspection 
for  aircraft  would  be  almost  useless.  The  Safety 
Certificate  which  is  required  for  ships  under  Article  57 
of  the  Convention  on  Safety  of  Life  at  Sea  is  valid 
only  for  twelve  months  (paragraph  59),  but  the  con- 
ditions are  entirely  diflFerent  where  aircraft  are  in 
question.  If  there  is  not  a  practically  daily  inspection, 
an  inspection  after  so  many  "  flight  hours  "  should  be 
the  rule. 

The  Certification  and  Licensing  of  Pilots  and  Crew 

As  regards  the  licensing  of  pilots,  there  is  little  to  be 
said.  Professor  Von  Bar  proposed  in  19 10  that  it 
should  be  obligatory  for  the  pilot  to  be  of  the 
same  nationality  as  the  aircraft  itself ;  his  conten- 
tion being  that  such  an  identity  of  nationality 
would  better  assure  discipline  and  the  safety  of 
passengers  and  persons  below.-^  As  M.  Fauchille 
pointed      out,^^      the       proposal     would      probably 

23  R.J.L.A..  1911,  p.  247.  '*  R.J.L.A.,  T913.  P-  -i^^- 

^^  Annnaire   de   I'Institut  de   Droit   International,    Kjio,    i>.    317; 

1911.   p.    134- 

2*  R.J. L. A.,  1911,  p.  143.  Sec  also  Annuairc  dc  I'/itslilul,  i<iii, 
p.   41. 


42  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

not  make  for  security  of  navigation,  for  it 
would  limit  the  owner's  choice  of  a  pilot  ;  what 
does  make  for  security  is  the  combination  of  skill  and 
good  character  in  the  pilot,  and  these  qualities  are  not 
confined  to  any  single  nationality.  It  is,  of  course, 
open  to  any  Government  to  grant  licences  only  to 
subjects  of  the  State,  and  the  draft  Convention  of  the 
Paris  Conference  of  1910  reserved  to  each  State  the 
right  to  refuse  recognition  to  a  foreign  licence  granted 
to  one  of  its  nationals,  so  far  as  flight  over  its  territory 
was  concerned.  In  general,  however,  the  principle 
is  sound  that  a  pilot's  certificate,  duly  conferred, 
should  be  a  good  credential  anywhere. 


The  Testing  and  Licensing  Authority 

The  Massachusetts  Act  of  19 13  provided  for  licences 
being  granted  by  the  Highway  Commission  after  an 
examination  by  that  authority.  Usually,  however, 
both  municipal  enactments  and  projects  of  inter- 
national regulation  allow  the  test  for  a  licence  to  be 
conducted  either  by  a  recognised  aeronautical  associa- 
tion or  by  a  department  of  State.  The  British 
"  Aerial  Navigation  Regulations,  1919,"^'^  require  the 
pilots,  navigators,  and  engineers  of  passenger  or  goods 
aircraft  to  pass  a  medical  examination  under  the 
direction  of  the  Air  Ministry  and  to  obtain  a  certificate 
of  competency  (which,  in  the  case  of  pilots  and  navi- 
gators, is  issued  by  the  Air  Ministry  itself,  as  a  pre- 
liminary to  the  licence),  as  well  as,  in  the  case  of  pilots, 
to  produce  proof  of  recent  flying  experience  on  the  class 
of  machine  for  which  the  licence  is  required.  Licences 
for  pilots  of  other  than  passenger  or  goods  aircraft  are 

-^  See  Appendix  II.  Paragraph  7  of  Schedule  II  of  the  Air 
Navigation  Regulations  provides  that  holders  of  licences  may  be 
required  from  time  to  time  to  undergo  further  medical  examina- 
tions ;  the  International  Convention  is  more  explicit,  for  it  requires 
(Annex  E,  V,  5)  every  aviator  or  aeronaut  to  be  medically  re- 
examined at  least  every  six  months,  or  specially  after  an  illness  or 
accident. 


Ill         CERTIFICATION   OF  AIRCRAFT         43 

given  without  medical  examination,  but  competency 
has  to  be  estabUshed.  Presumably  the  tests  of  the 
Royal  Aero  Club  would  be  accepted  by  the  Air 
Ministry  as  the  basis  for  the  grant  of  a  licence. 
Pilot's  licences  remain  valid  for  six  months,  other 
licences  for  twelve  months. 


An  Internatio7ial  Standard  for  Pilots'  Certificates 

It  has  been  suggested  that  pilots'  licences  should  be 
issued  by  an  international  authority,  or,  at  any  rate, 
that  the  precise  test  to  be  passed  should  be  fixed  by 
international  agreement.  This  suggestion  appears  to 
go  too  far ;  merchant  officers'  certificates  are  not 
standardised  in  such  a  way,  and  there  is  advantage  in 
allowing  some  latitude  in  the  matter  of  tests.  It  is, 
however,  desirable  that  a  minimum  standard  for  the 
granting  of  licences  should  be  fixed  by  international 
agreement,  and  such  a  standard  is  provided  for  in  the 
International  Convention  just  signed  at  Paris.  Annex  E 
of  the  Convention  prescribes  the  minimum  qualifi- 
cations which  are  necessary  for  obtaining  certificates 
as  pilots  (i)  of  machines  not  used  for  public  transport, 
(2)  of  those  used  for  public  transport,  (3)  of  balloons, 
(4)  of  airships,  the  standard  for  the  last  being  varied 
according  to  the  metric  capacity  of  the  airship  ;  and 
the  test  for  a  navigator's  certificate  is  also  laid  down. 
Rules  as  to  medical  certificates  are  also  given. 


CHAPTER  IV 

ENTRY   AND   LANDING   OF  FOREIGN   AIRCRAFT 

The  Formalities  to  be  observed  by  the  International 
Aviator. 

There  are  to  be  observed  by  the  aviator  essaying  an 
international  flight  various  formahties  as  to  w^hich 
there  is  no  important  difference  of  opinion  nor  much 
probabiHty  of  difficuhy  arising  in  practice,  and  with 
these  the  writer  does  not  deal.  A  machine  must  have 
been  registered,  it  must  carry  the  prescribed  identifi- 
cation marks,  it  must  have  been  certificated  (where 
certification  is  necessary),  the  pilot  must  have  a 
licence,  a  log-book  must  be  producible,  and  any 
national  regulations  as  to  the  possession  of  passports 
(as  for  any  travaller)  or  as  to  the  carriage  of  explosives, 
fire-arms,  photographic  cameras,  or  carrier-pigeons 
must  be  observed.  There  may  be  differences  of  regu- 
lation, or  projected  regulation,  on  these  points,  but 
generally  the  principle  of  the  regulation  is  clear-cut 
and  undisputed  and  presents  no  difficulty.^  It  is 
with  the  broader  questions  which  arise  out  of  inter- 
national fiight  that  the  writer  is  concerned — for  instance, 

1  The  question  may  conceivably  arise  of  the  treatment  to  be 
accorded  to  a  foreign  machine  which  is  not  properly  marked  or 
whose  pilot  is  not  certificated  or  which  is  otherwise  deficient  in  the 
requirements  of  the  International  Convention.  Such  a  machine 
would  presumably  be  refused  admittance,  being  either  turned  back 
in  fiight  into  its  own  country  or  forced  to  return  by  rail  or  road 
or  sea,  according  to  the  internal  laws  of  the  country  which  it  seeks 
to  enter.  Its  treatment  is  a  matter  for  that  country  to  decide  ; 
the  machine  is  outside  the  terms  of  the  Convention.  (See  Fauchille, 
Le  regime  juridique  des  aerostats,  in  R.J.L.A.,  191 1,  p.   145.) 


CH.  IV    LANDING  OF  FOREIGN  AIRCRAFT    45 

whether  a  pilot  requires  a  permit  from  the  foreign 
authorities  before  he  emers  their  territory,  whether 
he  may  cross  the  frontier  where  he  pleases,  whether 
he  may  fly  over  any  and  every  part  of  the  territory, 
and  what  right  of  landing  he  has. 

One  important  question  connected  with  those  here 
discussed,  namely,  the  question  of  customs  control, 
is  dealt  with  in  a  separate  chapter. 

The  Franco-German  Accord  0/  191 3 

Some  of  the  pre-war  regulations  were  exceedingly 
stringent  in  regard  to  the  requirement  of  a  prior 
permit.  The  Franco-German  Agreement  of  July, 
1913,^  required  an  aviator  who  intended  to  fly  from 
France  into  Germany  to  obtain  a  "  leaving  certificate  " 
{certificat  de  sortie)  from  the  diplomatic  or  consular 
representatives  of  Germany  in  France  ;  and,  similarly, 
a  French  consular  certificate  was  necessary  for  an 
aviator  flying  from  Germany  into  France.  The  cer- 
tificate was  granted  upon  presentation  of  evidence  of 
identity  of  the  machine  and  of  its  crew,  and  a  declara- 
tion of  the  object  of  the  voyage.  Professor  Rolland 
points  out  ^  that  the  agreement  did  not  give  the  consular 
or  diplomatic  agent  full  discretion  to  grant  or  refuse  the 
leaving  certificate.  "  He  has  only  to  ascertain  whether 
the  documents  of  identity  and  the  declarations  as  to 
the  object  of  the  voyage  have  been  furnished,  whether 
they  are  sufficient,  and  whether  the  aircraft  belongs 
to  the  category  which  may  circulate  freely,  lie  has 
nothing  further  to  do  ;  he  cannot  refuse  the  certificate 
because  the  presence  of  such  and  such  a  pilot  over  his 
national  territory  seems  to  him  dangerous." 

The  Home  Office  Regulations  0/  1913 

The  requirements  of  the  British  Homo  Office 
Regulations  of  i  March,  1913,  vvere  still  more  severe. 

••«  R.D.I.,  1913,  pp.  0<j7  if.  =■  K.U.l.,  lyij.  1'.  7-2. 


46  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

The  pilot  of  an  airship  intending  to  enter  British  air 
was  instructed  to  obtain  a  "  clearance  "  or  permit 
from  the  British  consul  in  the  country  of  departure, 
and  he  could  not  cross  the  British  frontier  until  forty- 
eight  hours  after  the  delivery  of  the  clearance.  No 
similar  clearance  was  required  in  the  case  of  an 
aeroplane,  but  the  pilot  had  to  advise  the  Home 
Office,  by  letter  or  telegram  timed  to  arrive  there  at 
least  eighteen  hours  before  the  aircraft  reached  the 
United  Kingdom,  of  the  following  particulars  : — 

(a)  Place  of  intended  landing  (within  the  speci- 

fied landing  areas)  ; 

(b)  Approximate  hour  of  arrival  ; 

(c)  Name  and  nationality  of  pilot. 

Where  the  airship  had  originally  started  from  the 
United  Kingdom,  no  clearance  was  required,  provided 
that  the  Home  Office  had  been  notified  of  the  outward 
journey,  that  the  airship  returned  within  a  month,  and 
that  the  proprietor,  pilot,  and  crew  were  British 
subjects  ;  but,  as  in  the  case  of  an  aeroplane  journey, 
the  Home  Office  had  to  be  notified  eighteen  hours  in 
advance  of  the  proposed  return  voyage. 


Free  Zeppelin  Rides  for  Officials 

Upon  landing,  the  pilot  had  in  all  cases  to  advise  the 
"  authorised  officer  " — an  official  nominated  by  the 
Home  Office — and  to  fill  up  an  arrival  report  in  a 
prescribed  form.  He  obtained  from  this  official  a 
permit,  at  a  cost  of  j£i  for  an  aeroplane  or  £3  for  a 
dirigible,  and  could  not  continue  his  voyage  without 
such  a  permit.  Moreover,  if  the  aircraft  in  question 
were  a  dirigible,  a  British  representative  approved  by 
the  authorised  officer  had  to  be  taken  on  board.  Before 
leaving  the  United  Kingdom,  the  pilot  had  to  descend 
in  one  of  the  specified  landing  localities  and  advise  the 
authorised  officer. 


IV      LANDING   OF   FOREIGN  AIRCRAFT      47 


The  Severity  of  the  British  Pre-war  Rides 

The  extreme  severity  of  these  Regulations  was  the 
subject  of  much  criticism  not  only  abroad  but  in 
British  aeronautical  and  other  papers,  especially  in  the 
Daily  Mail,  that  pioneer  champion  of  aviation  when  the 
science  had  but  few  friends  in  journalism.  "  Let 
our  aviators  take  note  of  this,"  wrote  M.  Henry- 
Coiiannier  in  1913,'*  *'  England  is  open  to  them  only 
with  such  restrictions  that  they  had  better  stay  on  the 
Continent.  The  first  who  dared  to  reach  London  was 
Brindejonc  des  Moulinais.  His  reward  was  to  be 
forced  to  explain  himself  to  a  judge,  who  said — '  Pass 
this  once  but  do  not  be  caught  again.'  The  second 
was  Levasseur.  After  the  temporary  confiscation  of 
his  machine  and  the  payment  of  a  fine,  he  was  allowed 
to  return.  But  the  generosity  of  this  treatment  has 
been  carefully  underlined  as  an  act  of  grace  by  the 
EngHsh.     Let  there  be  no  mistake  about  it." 

As  Professor  Rolland  pointed  out  in  1913,^  whatever 
might  be  the  position  when  international  flight  was 
confined,  as  then,  to  occasional  audacious  "  raids," 
the  requirement  of  a  leaving  certificate  would  become 
a  serious  impediment  to  intercommunication  when 
flying  became  more  common.  "  It  should  not  be 
forgotten  that,  if  international  communication  is  to 
develop,  it  must  be  subjected  to  rules  as  simple  as 
possible  and  the  number  of  irksome  formalities  must 
be  reduced." 

The  Leaving  Certificate  and  the  Prior 
Notification  of  a  Flight 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  under  present  and  luturc 
conditions  neither  the  leaving  certificate  nor  the  prior 
notification  will  be  deemed  necessary.  Europe,  so 
far  as  the  Western  nations  are  concerned,  will  be  less 

*  R.J.L.A.,  1913,  p.  228.  ^  R.D.I.,  iyi3.  P-  722. 


48  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

"  on  edge  "  than  in  19 13- 14,  and  the  bogey  of  espionage 
should  be  less  rampant.  With  satisfactory  settlement 
of  the  questions  of  registration  and  general  State 
control  of  aviation,  there  should  be  no  necessity  for  a 
consular  permit.  Both  Russia  and  Bulgaria  proposed 
at  the  International  Conference  of  Paris,  19 10,  that 
aircraft  coming  from  abroad  should  be  obliged  to 
obtain  a  "  passport  log "  from  the  diplomatic  or 
consular  authorities  of  the  State  on  whose  territory  it 
was  desired  to  land,  and  that  this  passport  should  be 
valid  for  six  months  only.^  The  draft  agreed  to  by 
the  Conference  does  not  legislate,  however,  for  any 
permit  of  the  kind,  nor  is  one  required  under  M. 
Fauchille's  draft  Convention.  The  Convention 
approved  at  Paris  in  1919  does  not  legislate  for 
consular  permits  nor  for  the  prior  notification  of  the 
authorities  of  a  country  which  an  aircraft  is  about  to 
enter.  It  is  possible,  of  course,  that  municipal  law 
or  regulation  may  still  make  these  formalities  obli- 
gatory, but  to  do  so  would  probably  be  regarded  as  a 
departure  from  the  terms  of  a  Convention  in  which  no 
reference  was  made  to  them. 

The  System  of  Air  Corridors  of  Entry 

Whatever  degree  of  "  freedom  of  circulation  "  may 
be  conceded  to  aircraft,  a  State  must  always  have  the 
right  to  forbid  flight  over  portions  of  its  territory,  or 
even  to  close  a  whole  frontier,  for  reasons  which  seem 
to  it  sufficient  ;  as,  for  example,  for  the  purpose  of 
excluding  aircraft  from  a  plague-stricken  country,  or 
aircraft  which  may  drop  leaflets  of  a  Bolshevist  tendency, 
etc.  The  prohibition  of  flight  over  areas  where  there 
are  important  defence  works  is  clearly  within  a  State's 
powers.  Naturally,  such  works  will  largely  be  on  the 
frontiers,  and  hence  what  is  an  undoubted  right  of 
sovereignty  was  found,  before  the  war,  to  represent 
in  practice  a  serious  infringement  upon  the  liberty  of 

*  Catellani,  Le  Droit  ae'rien,  p.  68. 


IV      LANDING   OF   FOREIGN   AIRCRAFT      49 

international  aerial  navigation.  Great  Britain,  France, 
and  Germany  proclaimed  extensive  stretches  of  their 
frontiers  as  prohibited  areas,  and  only  certain  "  corri- 
dors "  were  left  through  which  aircraft  from  abroad 
could  enter.  In  a  map  of  Great  Britain  which  is 
given  in  the  Revue  de  Droit  International  for  November- 
December,  1913,  almost  the  entire  coast-line  is  dis- 
played as  a  shaded,  i.e.  closed,  zone.  A  stretch  of 
coast  in  Aberdeen,  another  in  Northumberland,  a 
tract  round  the  Wash,  a  narrow  neck  in  Essex,  some 
three  stretches  of  twenty  to  twenty-five  miles  each  in 
Kent  and  Sussex,  and  another  of  about  thirty-five  miles 
between  Bridport  and  Dawlish,  are  alone  left  unshaded. 
The  Franco-German  and  Franco-Italian  frontiers  are 
similarly  cross-hatched  as  closed  over  almost  their  en- 
tire extent.  "  Direct  passage  from  Germany  to  France," 
wrote  Professor  Rolland  in  1913,'^  "  can  be  effected 
only  through  the  French  territory  between  the  forti- 
fied territories  of  Toul  and  Nancy,  on  one  side,  and 
Luneville  and  Epinal  on  the  other,  and  in  Alsace 
between  Chateau-Salins  and  Phalsbourg.  Besides, 
the  zones  prohibited  by  the  German  Government 
around  Wesel,  Cologne,  Coblenz,  Mayence,  and  Spires 
leave  only  a  few  narrow  corridors  above  the  Rhine. 
In  its  widest  part  the  passage  thus  established  does 
not  exceed  50  kilometres  in  width.  In  these  circum- 
stances it  is  evident  that  liberty  of  international  aerial 
circulation  is  greatly  restricted." 

The  Necessity  for  Corridors  of  Entrance 

It  is  unlikely  that  the  system  of  corridors  of  entrance 
will  be   entirely  abolished  in  Continental  countries,® 

'  R.D.I. ,  1913,  p.  711. 

*  Dr.  Montenot  {La  circulation  ae'rienne  envisagde  au  point  de  vue 
juruliquc,  p.  07)  holds  that,  to  prevent  contagion  vi.i  the  air,  the 
number  of  points  of  entry  of  each  country's  atmos})here  should  be 
reduced  to  the  minimum.  For  the  purpose  of  customs  control, 
also,  j7  faut  canaliscr  la  circulation  adricnne  (p.  100).  To  those 
who  urge  tliat,  speed  and  directness  being  the  prime  a.sset3  of  avia- 
tion, to  confine  the  aviator  to  a  narrow,  prescribed  route  is  to  paralyse 


50  AIRCRAFT   IN  PEACE  chap. 

but,  so  far  as  Great  Britain  is  concerned,  the  new 
"  Air  Navigation  Regulations "  mark  an  important 
departure  from  former  practice  by  allowing  freedom 
of  route  to  foreign  aircraft  provided  they  land  at  an 
**  appointed  aerodrome  "  on  first  arrival.  The  system 
of  entry  corridors  would  indeed  be  a  difficult  one  to 
apply  to  an  island  country  when  international  circu- 
lation was  developed.  The  airman  who  was  driven 
out  of  his  course  in  flying,  say,  from  Holland  to  Essex 
and  found  himself  with  a  failing  petrol  supply  opposite 
a  prohibited  zone  would  be  in  an  unenviable  position  ; 
his  choice  would  lie  between  drowning  and  becoming 
— in  the  sight  of  British  law — a  criminal.  Although 
the  British  Regulations  are  silent  as  to  corridors  of 
entry,  they  provide  for  certain  named  prohibited 
areas,  as  did  the  Home  Office  Regulations  of  19 13, 
and  forbid  all  aerial  circulation  over  the  named  places 
or  within  three  statute  miles  of  any  of  them.^ 


Where  an  Aviator  tnust,  and  may,  Land 

When  an  aviator  has  crossed  the  frontier,  where 
must  and  where  may  he  land  }  Both  are  questions 
upon  which  each  State  has  the  right  to  decide,  but 
what  it  does  decide  may  follow  lines  agreed  in  an 
international  convention.  Where  the  aircraft  must 
land  depends  upon  the  regulations  which  the  State 
entered    has    thought    it    necessary    to    make    in    the 

it,  to  rob  it  of  its  raison  d'etre,  Dr.  M.  replies  that  horseraen  would 
often  like  to  ride  over  private  property,  on.  a  direct  line,  yet  they 
refrain  out  of  respect  for  the  law  of  property  (p.  114).  The  Inter- 
national Convention  recently  concluded  at  Paris  reserves  (in  Article  3) 
the  right  of  each  State  to  close  certain  areas  "  for  military  reasons 
or  in  the  interest  of  public  safety  "  ;  and  the  Customs  Regulations 
in  Annex  H  of  the  same  Convention  oblige  foreign  aircraft  to  enter 
between  points  fixed  by  the  subjacent  State.  Hence,  although  the 
British  regulations  do  not  specifically  provide  for  "  corridors  of 
entry,"  the  international  regulations  do  ;  and  it  is  further  to  be 
observed  that  the  prohibited  zones  which  the  British  regulations 
maintain  reduce  the  paths  of  entry  to  what  are  in  effect  prescribed 
corridors. 

^  See  Appendix  II,  Schedule  VI 


IV      LANDING   OF   FOREIGN  AIRCRAFT      51 

furtherance  of  such  pubHc  interests  as  the  control  of 
customs,  hygiene,  and  immigration  or  the  defence 
of  the  countr}^  Considerations  of  a  pubHc  nature 
may  also  enter  into  the  decision  of  the  question  where 
an  aircraft  may  land  ;  the  Government  may  decide, 
for  instance,  to  deny  to  foreign  aircraft  the  right  to 
carry  goods  or  persons  between  two  points  in  its  terri- 
tory and  may,  for  this  reason,  restrict  the  permissible 
stopping-places.  The  second  question  is,  however, 
mainly  one  in  which  not  the  State  and  the  foreign 
aircraft,  but  the  latter  and  the  individual  property- 
owner  are  brought  into  relation. 

The  Pre-war  Regulations  as  to  Landing 

Under  the  British  Home  Office  Regulations  a  foreign 
aviator  entering  the  United  Kingdom  was  obliged  to 
land  within  five  miles  of  the  coast  and  within  the  areas 
scheduled  as  open  to  foreign  aircraft.  The  Franco- 
German  Agreement  of  July,  191 3,  provided  that  aviators 
who  did  not  comply  with  the  regulations  as  regards 
obtaining  a  leaving  certificate,  etc.,  and  to  whom  asylum 
in  French  or  German  territory,  as  the  case  might  be, 
was  granted  in  case  of  necessity,  should  land  "  as 
soon  as  possible  "  and  advise  the  nearest  civil  authori- 
ties. The  inference  is  that  those  who  did  comply 
with  the  regulations  were  not  obliged  to  land  until 
they  reached  their  declared  destination  ;  in  any  case, 
nothing  is  specified  as  to  places  for  landing.^*^  The 
French  Decrets  of  21  November,  191 1,  and  17  Decem- 
ber,  1913,^^  provided  that  an  aircraft  arriving  from 

1°  The  Ordonnance  of  the  Austrian  Ministry  of  the  Interior  of 
20  December,  1912,  relative  to  "  measures  of  police  af,'ainst  attempts 
upon  the  public  or  private  security  by  aerial  locomotion  vehicles," 
provided  that  upon  every  landing  {i.e.,  even  in  the  case  of  a  flii^ht 
within  the  country),  the  "  crew  "  should  immediately  notiiy  to  the 
civil  or  military  authorities  particulars  of  the  machine  and  its 
starting-point.  No  mention  is  made  in  this  Ordonnance  of  air- 
craft coming   from   abroad.     (R.D.I. ,    1013,   Documents,   p.   73.) 

1^  D'Hooghe,  Droit  adrien,  p.  45  ;    R.J.L.A.,  191 1,  p.  308  ;    19M. 

P-  15- 

F.   2 


52  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

abroad  should  advise  the  mayor  of  the  locaHty  im- 
mediately upon  landing,  with  a  view  to  the  fiscal 
formalities  being  complied  with  before  the  cargo  or 
contents  of  the  aircraft  were  removed.  The  question 
of  landing  upon  arrival  from  abroad  is  largely  a  question 
of  customs  control  and  is  dealt  with  more  fully  in  the 
chapter  on  Customs.  Here  it  is  sufficient  to  say  that 
the  obligation  to  land  at  some  point,  whether  on  the 
frontier  or  inland,^^  at  which  examination  of  the 
aircraft's  load  can  be  carried  out,  is  one  which  will 
almost  certainly  be  imposed  by  all  States  upon  foreign 
aircraft  entering  their  atmosphere,  unless  the  journey 
is  a  "  through  "  one  in  which  no  landing  is  contem- 
plated in  the  country  in  question.  The  British 
"  Air  Navigation  Regulations  "  of  19 19  oblige  an  air- 
craft entering  the  United  Kingdom  from  abroad  to 
land,  if  it  does  land  at  all,  at  an  "  appointed  aerodrome"  ; 
but  there  is  no  specific  provision  that  it  must  land, 
and  nothing  to  forbid  such  an  aircraft  from  returning, 
say,  to  France  without  landing  in  England. ^^ 

^-  M.  Henry-Coiiannier  proposed  in  1913  that  aviators  should 
be  obUged  to  aUght  in  territorial  waters.  "  We  conceive,"  he  wrote, 
"  that  the  dehcate  problem  of  international  aerial  circulation  may 
be  solved  by  assimilating  the  zone  of  territorial  water  to  a  frontier 
zone  in  which  all  inquiries  by  the  police  and  visits  hy  the  customs 
officers  would  take  place,  in  which  authorities  of  free  entrance 
would  be  granted,  the  machines  would  be  examined,  permits  of 
circulation,  pilots'  licences,  and  certificates  of  navigability  delivered. 
There  is  no  technical  objection  to  compelling  all  aircraft  to  be  in 
a  position  to  alight  in  territorial  waters  before  entering  a  foreign 
country  which  they  approach  from  the  sea,  the  obligation  to  carry 
floats  being  a  light  one."  For  seaplanes  or  flying-boats  M.  Henry 
Coiiannier's  suggestion  would  of  course  be  quite  practicable,  but 
to  expect  an  ordinary  aeroplane  to  be  equipped  with  floats  as  well 
as    an    under-carriage    is    surprising.      (R.J.L.A.,    1913,    p.    216.) 

1^  The  Customs  Regulations  in  Annex  H  of  the  International 
Convention  of  19 19  make  it  clear  (paragraph  12)  that  such  an  aircraft 
need  not  land  ;  but  it  must  keep  to  the  normal  air  route  and  give 
the  prescribed  signals.  It  is  laid  down  in  the  Air  Navigation 
Regulations,  1919,  that  "  no  place  in  the  British  Islands  shall  be  used 
as  an  aerodrome  or  as  a  regular  place  of  landing  or  departure  by 
passenger  aircraft  carrying  passengers,  unless  it  has  been  licensed 
for  the  purpose  by  the  Secretary  of  State,  and  any  conditions  of 
such  licence  are  complied  with."      [Article  4   (i).] 


IV      LANDING  OF  FOREIGN  AIRCRAFT      5; 


Landing  on  Private  Property 

The  pilot  may,  however,  have  a  "  forced  landing  "  ; 
or,  having  landed  at  the  prescribed  point,  he  may  ascend 
again  and  wish  to  land  elsewhere.  Has  he  the  right 
to  come  down  anywhere  ? 

The  question  is  one  of  internal  law.  It  has,  how- 
ever, been  discussed  at  some  length  by  the  Committees 
and  Congresses  which  occupied  themselves  with  the 
international  law  of  flight,  and  some  of  the  proposed 
conventions  contain  draft  provisions  upon  the  subject. 
The  International  Code  approved  by  the  Comite 
juridique  international  de  V Aviation  at  Paris  (191 1), 
Geneva  (19 12),  and  Frankfort  (19 13)  legislated  as 
follows  for  landings^'^ : 

*'  Aircraft  may  land  on  unclosed  property,  and 
alight  and  navigate  on  all  waters." 

*'  Except  undtr  force  majeure,  they  may  not  land  or 
alight — 

(i)  within  closed  property  ; 

(2)  within  agglomerations,  ports,  and  roadsteads, 
except  in  places  reserved  for  this  purpose  ; 

(3)  in  navigable  channels  where  the  difficulty 
of  passage  necessitates  this  prohibition,  which 
must  be  expressly  formulated  by  the  competent 
authority." 

The  affirmation  here  made  of  a  right  of  landing  in 
unclosed  property  was  criticised  as  being  "  too  abso- 
lute "  by  M.  Hennequin,  of  the  French  Ministry  of 
the  Interior,  at  the  Congress  of  the  Comite  juridique 
in  1911.^^  Liberty  of  landing  ought  only  to  be 
recognised,  he  argued,  where  there  were  no  special 
landing-grounds  within  a  radius  to  be  specified. 
The  British  representative,  Mr.  Perowne,  also  main- 
tained   that    aviators    should    land    only    on    ground 

"  R.J.L.A.,  1913,  p.  329.  1^  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  150. 


54  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

specially  allocated  for  that  purpose.  To  this  Senator 
Reymond  objected  that  it  was  impossible  to  impose 
such  an  obligation  on  aviators  if  there  were  no  landing- 
grounds  yet  in  existence,  and  the  Congress  adopted 
his  view  of  the  matter. 


The  Strange  Doctrine  cujus  est  solum  .  .  . 

There  has  always  been  a  divergence  between  British 
and  Continental  opinion  as  to  the  right  of  landing. 
To  the  Englishman  property  is  something  sacred.  It 
was  indeed  a  notable  concession  when  the  British 
sub-committee  of  the  Comite  jiiridique  brought  them- 
selves to  admit  the  right  of  innocent  passage  through 
the  air.^^  Legally  the  right  was  contestable.^'^  Not 
only  British  common  law,  but,  as  Professsor  Lycklama 
A  Nijeholt  has  shown,^^  the  codes  of  practically  all  the 
civilised  countries  admit  the  principle  cujus  est  solum 
ejus  est  usque  ad  coelum.  This  maxim  is  sometimes 
attributed  to  the  Roman  code,  but  it  is  really  a  "  gloss  " 
upon  Roman  law.  M.  Loubeyre  searched  for  it,  and 
could  not  find  it  even  in  the  post-glossators.^^  M. 
Guibe,  however,  was  more  successful  ;  he  found  a 
gloss,  with  the  sign  "  Ace,"  in  the  margin  of  an  edition 
of  the  Digest  printed  in  Paris  in  15 19,  at  the  law 
Si  hitercedat,  and  thus  tracked  the  famous  maxim  to 
its  author,  the  glossator  Accursius.^^  That  worthy 
scribe  can  have  little  foreseen  to  what  strange  conditions, 
in  what  a  new,  inconceivable  world,  the  application 
of  the  line  which  he  penned  would  one  day  become  a 
perplexity  and  a  problem  to  later  scribes. 

18  R.J.L.A.,  1910,  p.  175. 

1''  Dr.  Montenot  {La  circulation  aerienne  envisagee  au  point  de 
vue  juridique,  p.  62)  holds  that  "  it  is  indisputable  that  the  rule  of 
jiirisprudence  gives  the  proprietor  of  the  ground  a  veritable  right 
of  property  over  the  aerial  space  above  his  land." 

1*  Relations  entre  I'espace  aerien  et  le  territoire,  R.J.L.A.,  1910, 
p.  269. 

1*  Les  principes  du  Droit  adrien,  pp.  23  &. 

-^  Essai  sur  la  navigation  aerienne  en  droit  interne  et  en  droit 
international,  pp.  24  ff. 


IV      LANDING   OF   FOREIGN  AIRCRAFT      55 

The  Right  to  Fly  over  Private  Property 

The  question  of  the  right  of  flight  over  private 
property  had  in  1909-19 13  an  importance  which  it 
has  largely  lost  to-day.  Then  airmen  hugged  the 
ground  ;  their  machines  had  a  low  ceiling,  and  M. 
Merignhac  could  declare  in  19 14  that  it  was  "  hardly 
practicable  "  to  require  an  aviator  to  keep  above  the 
400-metre  line.^^  Now  machines  have  a  ceiling  of 
anything  up  to  20,000  feet  and  aviators  prefer  to  fly 
at  some  thousands  of  feet  altitude,  partly  because  there 
is  better  flying  air  at  that  level,  partly  because  there 
is  more  space  below  in  which  to  right  a  machine  if 
it  stalls,  side-slips,  or  nose-dives.  In  these  days  of 
high  flying  the  trespass  of  the  cross-country  airman 
is  less  noticeable  than  seven  or  eight  years  ago. 


The  Absurdity  of  Private  Ozvnership  of  the  Clouds 

In  any  case,  to  recognise  a  right  of  private  property 
in  the  air  would  to-day  be  a  monstrous  anachronism. 
"  At  a  time  when  the  old  quiritarian  theory  of  abso- 
lutism is  breaking  down  at  so  many  points,"  says 
M.  Blachere,-^  "  how  can  it  be  tolerated  as  against 
him  whom  assuredly  it  never  foresaw  and  who  causes 
the  least  evil  to  the  proprietor — the  aviator  ?  "  Owner- 
ship implies  occupation,  use,  possession.  It  is  as 
foolish  for  a  man  to  claim  ownership  of  the  whole 
air  above  his  property,  says  M.  Guibe,  as  to  claim 
ownership  of  a  hundred  hectares  of  land  at  the  North 
Pole.23  It  will  probably  be  safe  to  leave  it  to  the 
common  sense  of  courts  and  legislatures  to  resist 
any  attempt  to  uphold  or  reinstate  a  maxim  which  is 

^^  Le  domaine  aerien  prive  et  public,  R.D.I.,  1914,  p.  23.  So 
in  1910  one  finds  Dr.  Lycklama  stating  that  the  proposal  of  M. 
Fauchille  to  make  the  air' free  for  circulation  above  the  1,500-metre 
line  "  would  render  aerial  navigation  hardly  practicable "  {peu 
praticable).     (R.J.L.A.,   1910,  p.  243.) 

'■'^  L'air  voie  de  conimunication,  p.  63. 

"  Essai  SUV  la  navigation  adrienne,  p.  66. 


56  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

utterly  repugnant  to  the  spirit  of  human  progress. 
The  proprietor's  right  to  the  undisturbed  possession 
of  his  property  must  certainly  be  recognised,  but  he 
must  not  claim  an  extension  of  that  right  beyond  the 
range  of  its  beneficial  exercise.  If  the  right  of  property 
extends  into  the  atmosphere  above,  says  Ihering,^* 
it  does  so  only  as  the  basis  of  a  claim  that  the  pro- 
prietor must  not  be  deprived  of  air,  light,  and  the 
rain  from  heaven,  that  he  must  not  be  prevented  from 
building  as  he  wishes,  and  that  his  occupation  of  his 
land  must  not  be  made  impossible  by  pestiferous 
odours,  or  excessive  smoke  or  dust.  Beyond  these 
limits  the  right  to  the  atmosphere  loses  its  raison 
d'etre. 

M,  Passion* s  Formula 

The  position  in  regard  to  the  conflict  of  property 
and  flying  rights  was  well  described  by  M.  Passion  in 
1912  in  the  two  following  propositions^^  : — 

(i)  The  ownership  of  the  soil  carries  with  it 
the  ownership  of  the  air-space  above  it  so  far  as 
an  interest  in  the  exercise  of  this  right  of  property 
exists. 

(2)  The  owner  of  the  soil  must  allow  aerial 
circulation  above  his  domain  in  conformity  with 
law  and  administrative  regulation. 

The  ground-dweller  has  unquestionably  a  right  to 
object  to  such  "  house-top  skimming  "  or  low  flying 
as  could  fairly  be  regarded,  legally,  as  a  "  nuisance," 
but  to  flying  over  his  head  at  a  reasonable  height  he 
cannot  be  allowed  to  present  obstruction  on  any  plea 
of  proprietorship.  Urged  to  its  logical  extreme  the 
contention  of  the  champions  of  private  rights  in  the 
air  would  mean  that  a  suburban  freeholder  owned  a 
little  portion  of  the  Milky  Way. 

2*  Oeuvres    choisies,    quoted    by    M6rignhac,    Le    domaine    adrien 
prive  et  public,  R.D.I. ,   1914,  pp.  216-17. 
25  R.J.L.A.,   1912,  p.   198. 


IV      LANDING  OF  FOREIGN  AIRCRAFT      57 

The  Right  to  Lafid  in  Private  Property 

Where  landing  comes  in  question  the  position  of  the 
proprietor  of  the  soil  is  stronger.  So  long  ago  as 
19 10  the  Congress  of  Verona  on  Aerial  Locomotion 
set  a  good  example  of  moderation  by  refusing  to  sub- 
scribe to  the  doctrine  that  the  right  to  fly  implies  the 
right  to  land.  To  have  done  so,  says  its  secretary, 
Professor  Arnaldo  de  Valles,^^  would  have  been  to 
attribute  to  the  aeronaut  a  right  of  landing  at  his  good 
pleasure,  with  resulting  injustice  to  the  land-dwelling 
citizen.  The  Congress  recognised  a  right  of  landing  only 
under  force  majeure.  The  Syndicat  General  de  I'Aviation 
dealt  less  satisfactorily  with  the  problem  in  the  rules 
approved  by  that  body  in  the  same  year.-"  '^  Flying 
machines,"  they  said,  "  have  the  right  to  land  where 
they  please  if  the  landing  does  not  constitute  a  violation 
of  the  right  of  property."  This  pronouncement  leaves 
one  very  much  where  one  was.  But  it  does  at  least 
recognise  the  right  of  the  property-owner,  which  some 
champions  of  aviation  would  abolish  or  ignore.  The 
right  to  land  under  the  compulsion  of  vis  viajor,  but 
only  under  such  compulsion,  can  hardly  be  denied, 
but  it  should  be  linked  with  an  obligation  to  make 
good  all  damage  done.  The  whole  question  of  damage 
is  dealt  with  by  the  writer  in  a  later  chapter. 

The  Difficulty  of  Knowing  Private  Ground 

If  an  aviator  is  debarred  from  landing  in  private 
property,  he  ought  to  know  what  is  and  what  is  not 
private  property.  M.  Renard  proposed  in  191 1  that 
ground  in  which  landing  was  forbidden  should  be 
marked  by  distinctive  signs. -^  M.  Fauchille  objected 
that  in  that  case  an  aviator  could  not  land  at  all,  for 
proprietors  would  take  care  to  mark  off  all  their 
property  and  the  country-side  would  bristle  with  signs. 

2'  Le  Congrds  de   Verone  de   igio,  R.J.L.A.,  igio,  p.  177. 
"  R.J.L.A.,  1910,  p.  160.       -»  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  151. 


58  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

As,  however,  the  text  which  the  Congress  of  the 
Comite  juridique  actually  approved  forbade  landing 
in  "  closed  property,"  and  as  "  closed  property " 
was  not  defined— a  proposal  to  explain  it  as  ground 
attached  to  a  dwelling-house  was  defeated — it  is 
doubtful  whether  the  result  of  the  deliberations  of 
the  Congress  was  to  secure  to  the  aviator  that  freedom 
of  landing  which  was  desired. 


The  Protection  of  the  Human  Birds  of  the  Air 

Wiser  than  the  Comite  juridique^  the  official  delegates 
who  met  at  Paris  in  1910  left  the  thorny  question  of 
the  right  to  land  severely  alone.^^  It  is  a  question 
essentially  for  the  internal  legislation  of  each  country 
to  decide.  What  an  international  agreement  can 
usefully  provide,  however,  is  that  the  contracting 
Governments  shall  establish  a  sufficient  number  of 
landing-grounds,  either  State-owned  or  controlled 
by  the  State,  and  that  these  landing-grounds  shall  be 
available  for  the  use  of  foreign  aircraft,  at  reasonable 
landing  fees.  It  can  also  provide  that  the  several 
contracting  Governments  shall  take  the  necessary 
measures  to  protect  the  new  race  of  human  birds 
both  by  providing  assistance  to  them  at  need  and  by 
introducing  legislation  or  issuing  regulations  to  prevent 
such  unwarrantable  obstruction  as  was  the  subject  of 

29  The  Aerial  Navigation  Bill  wliich  was  drafted  (but  not  finally 
revised)  by  the  Home  Office  in  1910-11  did  not  recognise  any  right 
of  landing  ;  it  provided  that  mere  flight  over  private  property 
should  not  be  regarded  as  trespass,  but  that  this  provision  should 
not  prejudice  any  rights  and  remedies  of  a  person  who  sufifered 
injury  from  an  aircraft  in  person  or  property.  The  French  draft 
Act  of  7  May,  1913,  forbade  landing  in  closed  property  connected 
with  a  habitation,  save  under  force  majeure,  or  in  "  agglomerations 
outside  the  places  allocated  for  this  purpose  by  the  competent 
authority."  It  allowed  by  implication  (as  an  explanatory  note 
expressly  states)  landing  in  private  property  which  was  not  classifi- 
able as  at  once  closed  and  attached  to  a  dwelling.  (Piogey,  Les 
regies  de  droit  international  applicables  d  I'aviation,  p.  120  ;  R.J.L.A., 
=1913,  PP-  177.  i8i-) 


IV      LANDING  OF  FOREIGN  AIRCRAFT      59 

an  action  in  the  French  courts  in  1913.^'^  This 
action  had  reference  to  the  erection  by  a  M.  Coquerel 
of  a  wooden  fence,  more  than  30  feet  high,  surmounted 
with  iron  spikes,  on  his  land  facing  the  Clement- 
Bayard  hangar  at  Trosly-Breuil,  the  object  being  to 
prevent  the  dirigibles  from  flying  over  M.  Coquerel's 
land.  The  courts  held  that  M.  Coquerel's  action  was 
an  abuse  of  his  rights  of  property  and  ordered  him 
to  remove  the  obstruction. 

Technical  Progress  the  Probable  Solvent  of 
the  Legal  Difficulties 

It  is  possible  that  technical  improvements,  especially 
in  the  direction  of  securing  a  low  landing  speed  and 
efficient  braking  mechanism,  will  make  landing  a 
far  less  difficult  and  dangerous  operation  in  the  future 
than  it  is  to-day.  Much  progress  has  already  been 
made.  When  Parisot  landed  in  Paris  in  19 10  there 
was  at  once  a  popular  outcry  for  the  prohibition  of 
descents  within  the  enceinte  of  Paris, ^^  and  the  French 
Decret  of  21  November,  191 1,  forbade  all  landing 
near  "  agglomerations,"  ^^  while  the  Ordonnance  of 
the  Prefect  of  the  Seine  of  19 12  not  only  made  landing 
illegal  within  the  enceinte,  but  obliged  aviators  to  fly 
over  the  Department  of  the  Seine  at  such  a  height 
that  they  could  land  clear  of  agglomerations  in  the 
event  of  engine  failure. ^'^  Yet  Paris  was  only  mildly 
interested  and  not  at  all  alarmed  when  Vedrines  landed 
his  Caudron  on  the  roof  of  the  Galeries  Lafayette  in 

3°  R.J.L.A.,  1913,  pp.  83,  336.  31  R.J.L.A.,  1911,  p.  294. 

32  R.J.L.A.,  1911,  p.  307. 

33  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  288. 

The  Massachusetts  Law  of  May,  1913,  forbade  flying  over  a  city 
of  that  State  at  an  altitude  of  less  than  3,000  feet ;  for  towns  of 
over  5,000  inhabitants  the  limit  was  reduced  to  1,000  feet,  and  for 
those  of  smaller  size  to  500  feet.     (R.J. I. .A.,  1913,  p.  217.) 

See  also  para.  5  of  the  Air  Navigation  Regulations,  1919,  forbid- 
ding low  flying  over  towns,  and  "  trick"  ilying  where  danger  would 
be  caused  to  persons  on  the  ground.  Similar  rules  are  laid  down 
for  the  R.A.I'\  in  the  Air  Ministry  Weekly  Order  674  of  1919- 


6o  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  ch.  iv 

January,  1919,  and  flights  over  the  city,  as  over  London, 
are  to-day  a  common  occurrence.^'* 

When  machines  fly  habitually  at  an  altitude  of  a  few 
thousand  feet,  when  they  are  reasonably  reliable,  and 
when  landing-grounds  are  available  at  intervals  of 
ten  miles  or  a  little  more,  voluntary  landings  in  private 
property  should  be  very  rare. 

3*  It  was  announced  in  the  Press  in  April,  19 19,  that  Captain 
Garibaldi  was  manufacturing  in  America  aeroplanes  with  a  wing 
span  of  less  than  20  feet,"  capable  of  alighting  in  streets.  The 
Grahame-White  "  Bantam  "  is  only  20  feet  in  span,  and  there 
is  nothing  impossible  in  the  project  ;  but  whether  the  American 
municipal  authorities  would  allow  these  pigmy  machines  to  come 
down  in  their  thoroughfares  is  another  matter. 


CHAPTER   V 

CUSTOMS 

A  Question  of  Administration  rather  than  Law 

The  control  of  the  entry  of  dutiable  goods  by  air 
is  a  question  which  presents  considerable  practical 
difficulty — difficulty  of  administration  rather  than  of 
law.  It  is  a  question  for  which  the  framers  of  inter- 
national conventions  have  shown  themselves  perhaps 
wisely  reluctant  to  legislate.  So  far  as  it  is  a  question 
of  law,  it  is  one  of  iiiternal  law,  but  that  is  no  reason 
why,  seeing  that  there  is  as  yet  no  internal  law  on  the 
subject,  the  makers  of  an  international  code  should 
not  lay  down  the  principles  by  which  national  legis- 
lation and  regulation  should  be  guided. 

The  Proposals  made  at  Paris  in  19 lo  and  19 19 

The  draft  Convention  drawn  up  at  Paris  in  1910 
dealt  only  with  the  question  of  customs  duties  upon 
the  machine  itself  and  its  equipment  and  upon  the 
baggage  and  personal  effects  of  the  aeronauts  and 
passengers.  It  provided  (Article  33)  that  the  aircraft 
and  equipment,  if  not  intended  to  be  kept  in  the 
country  entered,  should  enjoy  exemption  from  customs 
duties  provided  they  complied  with  the  usual  require- 
ments in  such  cases,  such  as  the  obtaining  of  permits 
of  temporary  admission  or  the  triptych  (the  permit  for 
free  circulation  abroad,  which  obviates  payment  of 
duties  on  each  frontier  when  a  motorist  is  touring  in 
foreign   countries).     The   passengers'   and   aeronauts' 


62  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

baggage  and  personal  effects  should  be  treated,  it  was 
proposed,  as  similar  objects  imported  by  travellers 
are  treated  in  land  or  sea  entry.  The  Convention 
lately  signed  at  Paris,  while  reserving  to  the  contract- 
ing "States  the  right  to  enter  into  separate  bipartite 
treaties  in  regard  to  customs,  gives  in  one  of  the 
Annexes  (Annex  H)  certain  general  provisions  on  the 
subject  which  are  of  great  importance.  Further  refer- 
ence is  made  to  them  later  in  this  chapter. 

Pre-war  Legislation  as  to  Customs 

National  legislation  has  also  shown  itself  unwilling 
to  deal  with  the  question  of  customs  control  in  a 
positive  and  constructive  manner.  The  Home  Office 
Regulations  of  19 13  forbade  the  importation  into  the 
United  Kingdom  by  air  of  goods  chargeable  with 
customs  dut}^  or  prohibited  by  customs  laws  ;  but 
the  passengers  were  allowed  to  carry  with  them  a 
small  quantity  of  dutiable  articles  for  use  on  the 
voyage.^  The  French  law  which  was  drafted  in  the 
same  year  forbade  the  transport  by  aircraft  of  goods  of 
foreign  origin,  or  of  French  origin  unless  evidence  of 
such  origin  accompanied  them  (Article  22).  This 
prohibition  related  to  internal  aerial  circulation  ; 
another  Article — No.  17 — stated  that  an  administrative 
regulation  would  be  published  specifying  the  con- 
ditions and  formalities  to  which  aircraft  entering 
France  would  be  subject,  and  the  Decret  of  17  Decem- 
ber, 191 3,  which  was  the  only  regulation  issued  on 
this  point,  instructed  pilots  coming  from  abroad  to 

1  "  No  person  in  any  aircraft  entering  the  United  Kingdom 
shall  carry  or  allow  to  be  carried  in  the  aircraft : — 

[a)  Any  goods  the  importation  of  which  is  prohibited   by 
the  law  relating  to  customs. 

(&)  Any  goods  chargeable  upon  importation  into  the  United 
Kingdom  with  any  duty  of  customs  except  such  small  quantities 
as  have  been  placed  on  board  at  the  place  of  departure  as  being 
necessary  for  the  use  during  the  voyage  of  the  persons  conveyed 
therein." 
(Home  Office  Regulations,    i   March,    1913.) 


V  CUSTOMS  63 

advise  the  mayor  of  the  locality  at  once  upon  landing, 
so  that  the  cargo  could  be  guarded  until  it  was  ex- 
amined by  the  fiscal  authorities  (Article  24).  The 
Serbian  Regulations  of  19 13  provided  (Article  11) 
that  "  Machines  coming  from  foreign  territory  (private, 
public,  police,  but  not  military)  may  pass  into  Serbian 
territory  only  in  the  places  and  at  the  hour  fixed  by 
the  customs  authorities  in  agreement  with  the  Minister 
of  the  Interior.  Such  machines  must  immediately 
descend  at  the  prescribed  place  to  comply  with  the 
legal  formalities  and  the  stipulations  of  this  Regula- 
tion." 


The  Views  of  Judge  Meyer  and  Dr.  Wilrth 

The  question  of  customs  control  was  not  discussed 
by  the  Institute  of  International  Law  when  that  body 
considered  M.  Fauchille's  draft  code  at  Madrid  in 
191 1,  nor  by  the  Comite  jiiridique  de  VAviatioji,  but 
two  useful  papers  were  contributed  on  the  subject 
to  the  journal  of  the  latter  society,  over  the  signatures 
of  Judge  Alex.  Meyer  of  Homburg^  and  Counsellor 
Dr.  Wiirth  of  Darmstadt.^ 

The  view  of  both  these  writers  was  that  with  the 
development  of  aerial  transport  the  whole  system  of 
levying  customs  duties  on  the  frontiers  of  a  country 
would  have  to  be  modified.  At  present,  said  Dr. 
Wiirth,  the  activities  of  the  customs  authorities  con- 
centrate on  the  frontiers.  "  Foreign  merchandise  may 
pass  the  frontier  only  at  determined  hours — the 
'  customs  hours  ' — and  by  determined  routes^ — the 
'  customs  routes.'  The  merchandise  itself  must  be 
transported  along  the  prescribed  road  without  stoppage 
and  without  change  of  direction  ;  it  must  be  im- 
mediately presented  at  the  '  customs  frontier.'  To 
make  these  obligations  eftective  there  exists  a  finely- 

^  L' aviation  ei  le  droit  public,   R.J.L.A.,    1912,  pp.   186-188. 
'  Aeronautique   et  administration   douaniere,   R.J.L.A.,    1912,   pp. 
65-71- 


64  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

meshed  net  of  customs  posts  along  the  frontier  and  far 
into  the  interior  of  the  country  ;  there  is  also  a  corps 
of  frontier-guards,  charged  with  extended  powers 
against  persons  and  goods,  watching  openly  or  in- 
visibly the  routes  of  traffic  and  ensuring  with  all  the 
force  of  the  law  the  observation  of  regulations  which 
recognise  no  personal  privilege,  not  even  in  favour  of 
a  Chief  of  State."  * 


The  Turning  of  the  Customs  Frontier 

*'  Now  in  this  system,"  he  proceeds,  "  a  sudden 
breach  has  been  made  by  aeronautics,  the  new  mode 
of  transport  of  persons  and  goods  ;  its  operations 
are  compromised,  its  work  is  imperilled."  Flight  has, 
as  it  were,  put  the  whole  machinery  of  customs  control 
out  of  gear.  Yet  flight  is  no  enemy  of  the  customs 
officer  ;  it  is  a  friend^ — a  friend  which  will  one  day 
bring  grist  in  abundance  to  the  customs  mill.  But  at 
present  it  is  an  inconvenient  friend,  whose  comings  it  is 
difficult  to  gauge  and  control.  To  halt  incoming  air- 
craft on  the  frontier  would  be  to  lose  account  of  the 
tendency  in  commercial  aeronautics  to  make  a  voyage 
extend  to  a  machine's  maximum  range  of  action. 
*'  In  a  treaty  discussed  between  the  United  States  and 
Mexico,"  says  Dr.  Wiirth,^  "  the  following  provision 
is  found  :  '  Aerial  vehicles  of  all  kinds  which  wish 
to  cross  the  frontiers  of  the  two  States  .  .  .  are 
obliged  to  land  at  the  frontier,  to  comply  with  the 
formalities  prescribed  by  the  customs,  health,  and 
immigration  authorities.'  Such  a  treaty  could  only 
be  considered  as  one  intended  to  suppress  international 
aviation."  "  It  is  precisely  in  this  manutention  at  the 
frontier,"  he  adds,^  "  that  the  customs  administration 
finds  the  most  effective  instrument  for  guaranteeing 
its  rights  and  aviation,  on  the  other  hand,  an  intolerable 
difficulty  which  it  would  avoid  at  any  price." 

*  Loc.  cit.,  p.  67.  ^  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  69. 

*  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  70. 


CUSTOMS  6s 


Customs  Houses  must  move  Inland 

The  solution,  in  his  view  as  in  Judge  Meyer's,  is 
to  set  back  the  customs  houses,  to  create  "  aero- 
nautical ports  "  in  the  interior  of  each  country,  and  there 
to  estabhsh  a  customs  control.'^  "  In  these  '  ports  ' 
it  will  be  necessary  to  create  the  necessary  machinery 
for  the  manutention  of  the  taxable  merchandise,  and 
provisional  warehouses,  with  a  staff  of  special  em- 
ployes, or,  in  other  terms,  to  establish  with  the  aero- 
nautical ports  fixed  or  flying  customs  posts."  ® 

The  System  of  Manifests 

The  aviator  may,  however,  even  with  no  evil  intent, 
descend  elsewhere.  In  that  case,  both  Judge  Meyer 
and  Dr.  Wiirth^  adopt  the  suggestion  which  M. 
made  in  his  draft  Convention  of  1910.^^  M.  Fauchille 
proposed  that  an  aircraft  conveying  merchandise 
should  be  obliged  to  provide  itself,  before  depar- 
ture, with  a  manifest  certified  by  the  competent  fiiscal 
authorities  of  the  country  which  it  was  leaving.  Then, 
at  the  first  landing  in  the  other  country,  the  pilot 
should  at  once  notify  the  nearest  civil  authorities  and 
present  his  manifest.  Any  goods  detailed  in  the 
manifest   but   not   producible   on   landing   would   be 

^  Dr.  Guibe  [Essai  sur  la  navigation  adrienne  en  droit  interne  et 
en  droit  international,  p.  177)  proposes,  however,  that  aircraft  should 
be  compelled  to  stop  at  the  frontier  and  there  be  visited  ;  or,  if  the 
machine  does  not  stop,  that  its  arrival  should  be  signalled  by  tele- 
graph or  telephone  to  the  authorities  in  the  interior  of  the  country, 
with  a  view  to  the  movements  of  the  machine  being  specially  watched. 
He  proposes  that  a  heavy  fine  should  be  levied  for  failure  to  stop 
at  the  frontier. 

8  K.J.L.A.,  p.  70.  »  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  pp.  .70,  188. 

^^  Annuaire  de  I'Institut  de  Droit  International,  19 10,  pp.  309-310  ; 
1911,    pp.    109-110. 

France  proposed  at  the  official  Conference  at  Paris  in  1910  that 
freight-carrying  aircraft  should  be  obliged  to  land  in  certain  places 
specially  designated,  and  that  the  presentation  of  a  manifest  pre- 
pared at  the  place  of  loading  and  certified  by  the  fiscal  authorities 
should  be  obligatory.  (Catellani,  Le  droit  airien,  Bouteloup  trad., 
p.   13G.} 

F 


66  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

taxed  as  if  they  were  included.  Such  a  rule,  says 
Judge  Meyer/i  may  be  inequitable  in  the  case  of  the 
genuine  jettison  of  cargo  for  the  purpose  of  lightening 
a  machine,  but  in  that  case  it  would  always  be  possible 
to  allow  exemption  from  duty  if  the  facts  were  estab- 
lished. Dr.  Wiirth  proposes  that  a  special  mark  should 
be  placed  by  the  customs  authorities  upon  aircraft 
which  had  paid  their  customs  dues.  A  good  deal 
might  be  done  to  facilitate  customs  control  by  insti- 
tuting a  system  of  special  marking,  at  a  distance  from, 
the  nationality  and  registration  marks,  for  machines 
which  are  carrying  freight  "  booked  through  "  to  such 
or  such  a  place,  for  those  returning  unladen,  etc. 
There  are  objections,  of  course,  to  making  machines 
a  mass  of  hieroglyphics  or  decorating  them  with  all  the 
colours  of  the  rainbow,  but  a  judicious  use  of  significant 
markings,  the  affixing  of  which  might  even  be  under 
international  control,  would  be  a  help  not  only  to 
customs  authorities  but  to  those  who  are  concerned 
with  immigration  and  quarantine. 

Smuggling  by  Air 

Smuggling  by  air  will  have  to  be  reckoned  with, 
but  it  is  unlikely  that  the  practice  will  attain  any 
great  magnitude.  The  conditions  of  aerial  transport 
are  very  different  from  those  obtaining  on  land  or  sea. 
An  aircraft  heralds  its  movements  by  a  clamour  which 
no  system  of  silencing  the  engine  is  likely  entirely 
to  prevent.  The  secrecy  which  is  essential  to  smuggling: 
is  impossible  in  the  air.  Both  owners  and  pilots  of 
aircraft,  moreover,  are  placed  by  their  dependence 
upon  the  authorities  for  the  permission  to  engage  in 
aerial  navigation  in  a  position  which  makes  it  un- 
profitable to  break  the  law.  The  suspension  or  can- 
cellation of  the  registration  of  a  machine  or  of  a  pilot's 
certificate  would  be  a  heavy  price  to  pay  for  such 
profits  as  are  likely  to  accrue  from  the  carriage  of 

"  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  188. 


V  CUSTOMS  67 

contraband.  The  capacity  of  an  aeroplane,  at  any 
rate,  is  not  sufficient  to  make  the  risk  worth  while. 
No  doubt  there  will  be  some  illicit  traffic  ;  but  so 
there  is  at  present  in  sea  and  land  transport.  Smug- 
gling on  a  large  scale  will  probably  be  impossible  in 
practice. 

The  Goods  Suitable  for  Illicit  Air-ru7ining 

Obviously  the  aerial  smuggler  will  not  concern 
himself  with  heavy  and  bulky  articles  such  as  motor- 
cars or  even  beer.  His  choice  will  be  the  small  com- 
modities or  articles  which  are  heavily  taxed  in  pro- 
portion to  their  weight  or  value.  The  customs 
duty  on  saccharin  imported  into  the  United  Kingdom 
is  85.  2)d.  per  oz.^^ ;  that  on  tinder  boxes  using  spirit 
is  i^.  each  ;  on  playing-cards,  35.  9^.  per  dozen  packs  ; 
on  clocks  and  watches,  33^^  per  cent,  ad  valorem  ; 
on  cigars,  15^.  7 J.  per  lb. ;  on  cigarettes,  12^.  7^.  per 
lb.  ;  on  chloroform,  45.  ^d.  per  lb.  Ether  (acetic, 
butyric,  and  sulphuric)  and  ethyl  bromide,  chloride, 
and  iodide,  are  also  heavily  taxed.  It  is  in  the  case 
of  such  commodities  as  these  that  aerial  smuggling 
is  to  be  anticipated. 

The  Prevention  of  Air  Smuggling 

The  authorities  will  have  to  take  steps  to  deal  with 
the  danger,  limited  as  it  is,  and  to  establish  the  neces- 
sary preventive  organisation.  A  force  of  aerial  police 
or  preventive  officers,  shooting  down  ruthlessly  the 
new  *'  Smuggler  Bills  "  of  the  air,  is  perhaps  not 
altogether  a  romantic  vision  of  the  future. ^^    Aerial 

^*  The  danger  of  an  illicit  traffic  in  saccharin  was  pointed  out 
many  years  ago  by  Major  Baden-Powell,  who  urged  that  regula- 
tions for  the  control  of  dutiable  imports  by  air  should  be  drawn 
up.     (li.J.L.A.,  ICJ12,  p.  372.) 

"  Ihe  formation  of  a  corps  of  "  douaniers  aviateurs  "  in  France 
was  suggested  in  1910.  M.  Delanney,  Director-General  of  Customs, 
did  not  then  consider  the  proposal  a  practical  one  ;  in  his  view 
customs  control  was  necessarily  a  ground  control.  (R.J.L.A.,  1910, 
p.   291.) 

F    2 


68  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

police  there  will  certainly  be,  but  the  customs  work 
could  probably  be  done  effectively  from  the  ground. 
In  an  interesting  article  on  "  Aerial  Smuggling  "  in 
Flight  for  6  March,  1919,  Captain  P.  G.  Marr,  R.A.F., 
gives  reasons  for  holding  that,  to  prevent  smuggling 
by  air,  an  aerial  police  force  will  not  be  necessary  in 
England.  His  view  is  that  a  force  of  "  airguards," 
who  will  be  a  kind  of  combined  coastguards,  police, 
and  auxiliary  customs  officers,  will  be  able  to  do  all 
that  is  necessary  from  the  ground.  They  would  be 
stationed  all  over  the  country,  being  in  telephonic 
communication  with  each  other  and  the  customs  and 
Royal  Air  Force  authorities,  and  would  act  in  close 
co-operation  with  the  police.  Machines  entering  Eng- 
land would  be  required  to  fly  below  a  certain  limit  of 
height,  so  that  they  could  be  identified,  and  only  along 
certain  "  corridors  "  of  entry,  and  it  should  always 
be  possible  to  track  them  to  their  landing-ground, 
where  they  would  be  visited  by  the  Customs  repre- 
sentatives. Night  flying  machines  will  be  a  difficulty. 
Captain  Marr  suggests  that  a  pilot  who  proposed  to 
fly  by  night  should  be  obliged  to  obtain  a  special 
permit  and  to  submit  his  machine  for  examination 
for  contraband  before  starting.  A  cross-reference 
would  be  given  on  his  permanent  licence  to  his  special 
{ad  hoc)  permit.  The  airguards  who  demanded  his 
licence  would  then  see  that  he  was  the  holder  of  a 
special  night  permit  and  would  keep  the  machine 
under  observation  during  its  landings  en  route. 


Recent  Regulations  for  Aerial  Customs  Control 

At  the  "  aerogares  "  or  "  aeroplaces  "  which  are 
licensed  for  the  entry  of  dutiable  goods  a  staff'  of 
customs  officials  will  be  stationed  and  the  prescribed 
formalities  will  be  carried  out.  Already  the  French 
authorities,  it  is  stated  in  the  Press,  have  made  arrange- 
ments to  establish  a  permanent  douane  at  the  Farman 


V  CUSTOMS  69 

aerodrome  at  Toussus-le-Noble  near  Paris.  The 
British  "  Air  Navigation  Regulations,  19 19,"  also 
provide,  in  Schedule  VIII,^"*  for  the  establishment  of 
customs  offices  at  the  "  appointed  aerodromes  "  (at 
present  New  Holland,  Hadleigh,  Lympne,  and  Houns- 
low),  and  require  all  aircraft  carrying  goods  into  or 
out  of  the  United  Kingdom  to  land  or  load  at  these 
aerodromes.  If  a  foreign  aircraft  lands  elsewhere, 
the  pilot  must  report  to  the  customs  authorities  or  the 
police,  and  no  goods  may  be  unloaded  and  no  passenger 
may  leave  the  immediate  vicinity  without  the  consent 
of  the  customs  officer.  Provision  is  made  for  the 
rendering  to  the  customs  authorities  of  an  application 
for  clearance,  with  a  manifest  and  declaration,  by  the 
pilot  of  an  aircraft  carrying  goods  out  of  the  United 
Kingdom,  and  these  forms,  when  signed  by  an  officer 
of  customs,  become  the  authority  for  the  aircraft  to 
leave  the  Kingdom.  Having  received  its  clearance, 
an  aircraft  must  not  again  land  in  the  United  Kingdom. 
Goods  imported  must  remain  in  a  *'  transit  shed  " 
at  the  appointed  aerodrome  until  they  are  examined 
and  cleared  by  the  customs  authorities.  To  meet 
the  case  of  a  fraudulent  attempt  to  represent  goods 
which  had  really  been  brought  from  abroad  as  having 
been  conveyed  from  another  aerodrome  in  the  United 
Kingdom,  para.  8  of  Schedule  VHI  provides  that 
when  goods  are  loaded  for  conveyance  by  air  from  one 
British  aerodrome  to  another  (appointed)  aerodrome, 
the  pilot  must  obtain  at  the  first  a  *'  certificate  of 
departure "  as  evidence  of  the  home  origin  of  his 
journey,  and — unless  there  are  suspicious  circum- 
stances— the  customs  officer  at  the  aerodrome  of 
arrival  will  in  such  a  case  exempt  the  goods  from 
inspection,  on  production  of  the  certificate.  Another 
interesting  paragraph  is  that  which  forbids  a  pilot  to 
abduct  a  customs  officer,  by  making  a  sudden  ascent 
during  the  examination  of  the  aircraft. 

'*  See  Appendix  II. 


70  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 


The  International  Convention  of  igig 

The  British  Regulations  are  in  agreement  with,  but 
are  more  detailed  than,  the  general  provisions  of 
Annex  H  of  the  International  Air  Convention  just 
signed  at  Paris.  The  latter  provide  that,  with  the 
exceptions  presently  to  be  mentioned,  aircraft  flying 
internationally  must  depart  from  and  land  at  "  customs 
aerodromes."  They  must  follow  the  route  prescribed 
by  the  subjacent  State.  If,  owing  to  force  majeure, 
they  leave  this  route,  they  must  land  at  the  nearest 
customs  aerodrome  on  their  route,  and  if  forced  to 
land  before  reaching  such  an  aerodrome  they  must 
inform  the  local  police  or  customs  authorities,  who 
stamp  the  log-book  and  manifest  and  inform  the 
aviator  to  what  customs  aerodrome  he  must  proceed 
to  obtain  clearance.  Every  aircraft  carrying  goods 
out  of  the  country  must  have  a  manifest  and  declaration 
verified,  stamped,  and  signed,  at  the  same  time  as  the 
log-book,  by  the  customs  officer  at  the  aerodrome  of 
departure.  If  no  goods  are  carried,  the  log-book  only 
is  signed  by  the  police  and  customs  officials. 


The  Special  Privileges  of  Postal  and  certain  other  Kinds 

of  Aircraft 

The  exceptional  cases  referred  to  in  the  last  para- 
graph are  those  of  postal  aircraft,  of  aircraft  belonging 
to  aerial  transport  companies  regularly  constituted  and 
authorised,  and  of  aircraft  belonging  to  members  of 
recognised  touring  societies  not  engaged  in  public 
transport  work.  These  must  follow  the  prescribed 
air-route  and  make  their  identity  known  by  agreed 
signals  as  they  fly  across  the  frontier.  They  need  not, 
however,  land  at  the  ordinary  customs  aerodromes, 
but  may  be  authorised  to  begin  or  end  their  journey 
at  certain  approved  inland  aerodromes  (which  would 
presumably  be  their  own  aerodromes  in  the  case  of 


V  CUSTOMS  71 

postal  and  transportation    aircraft),  at  which  customs 
formaUties  must  be  compHed  with. 

The  Rules  of  Annex  H  of  the  Convention 

Annex  H  further  makes  the  distinction  clear 
between  the  journeys  of  (i)  foreign  aircraft  which 
neither  set  down  nor  take  up  passengers  or  goods  in  the 
country  visited  ;  (2)  those  which  do  take  up  or  set  down. 
The  former  aircraft  are  bound  only  to  keep  to  the 
normal  air-route  and  to  signal  their  identity  at  the 
prescribed  points.  The  latter  aircraft  are  bound  to 
land  at  a  customs  aerodrome  and  the  name  of  such 
aerodrome  must  be  entered  in  the  log-book  before 
departure.  When  the  aircraft  lands,  the  customs 
authorities  examine  the  papers  and  the  cargo  and  take 
any  necessary  steps  to  ensure  the  re-exportation  of 
the  machine  and  the  goods,  or  the  payment  of  duty 
instead.  If  the  aircraft  sets  down  or  takes  up  goods, 
the  customs  officer  certifies  the  fact  on  the  manifest. 
It  is  also  provided  that,  in  addition  to  any  penalties 
under  internal  customs  laws,  infringements  of  the 
regulations  shall  be  reported  to  the  State  in  which  the 
aircraft  is  registered  and  that  State  shall  suspend  tem- 
porarily or  permanently  the  certificate  of  registration. 
For  the  further  provisions  of  Annex  H  and  particulars 
of  the  form  of  manifest  and  declaration,  reference 
should  be  made  to  Appendix  I  of  this  book. 

The  *'  Customs  Hours  " 

Under  the  British  "  Air  Navigation  Regulations," 
goods  can  be  unloaded  from  aircraft  arriving  from 
abroad  only  '*  between  such  hours  as  the  Commissioners 
may  prescribe."  Some  latitude  in  regard  to  the 
"  customs  hours  "  will  probably  have  to  be  allowed. 
The  hours  for  unloading  ships  are  between  8  a.m.  and 
4  p.m.  in  the  summer  and  9  a.m.  and  4  p.m.  in  the 
winter.     These  hours  may  be  varied  with  the  special 


72  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

permission  of  the  Commissioners  of  Customs,  and  the 
discharge  of  free  goods  in  bulk  can  take  place  at  any 
hour,  without  any  charge  to  the  importer  for  the  cost 
of  supervision,  except  where  the  customs  officers  are 
called  out  for  short  broken  periods  at  night  at  the 
importer's  request.  Since  speed  of  clearance  will 
be  one  of  the  important  requirements  of  air  shippers, 
some  elasticity  in  the  rules  as  to  official  hours  will  be 
necessary. 

The  Examination  of  Dutiable  Goods 

Under  the  customs  laws  goods  which  are  removed 
without  being  examined  by  the  customs  officers  are 
forfeited,  as  are  also  goods  concealed  or  packed  in  such 
a  way  as  to  deceive.  A  penalty  of  £ioo  or  treble  the 
value  of  the  goods  contained  in  the  package  is  also 
imposed.  The  importer  bears  all  the  expense  of  re- 
moving the  goods  to  the  place  of  examination  (which, 
under  the  Air  Navigation  Regulations,  would  be  in 
the  appointed  aerodrome)  and  of  opening,  weighing, 
re-packing,  sorting  and  marking  them.  The  detailed 
rules  as  to  the  percentage  of  packages  in  the  various 
classes  which  must  be  examined  by  opening  or  by 
boring  with  the  "  spit  "  will  no  doubt  apply  also  to 
air  cargoes. 

Forms  of  Entry  of  Imported  Goods 

The  Air  Navigation  Regulations  require  the  importer 
of  goods  by  air  to  deliver  to  the  collector  of  customs  and 
excise  *'  an  entry  of  such  goods  in  accordance  with 
the  provisions  of  the  Customs  Acts."  The  forms  of 
entry  differ  according  as  the  goods  are  (i)  dutiable 
goods  for  home  use,  (2)  dutiable  goods  for  ware- 
housing, (3)  free  goods.  The  form  when  filled  up 
is  signed  by  the  customs  officer,  after  payment  to  the 
collector  of  the  customs  duty  chargeable,  and  becomes 
the  warrant  for  the  landing  or  delivery  of  the  goods. 


V  CUSTOMS  73 

When  the  importer  is  without  precise  information  as  to 
the  description,  quantity,  and  value  of  the  goods,  he 
can  clear  them  upon  a  provisional  authority  called  a 
*'  Bill  of  Sight,"  which  must  be  replaced  by  an  entry 
upon  the  proper  entrv  form  within  three  days  of  the 
landing.  A  special  form  of  entry  called  a  '*  Bill  of 
Store  "  is  applicable  to  British  goods  re-imported 
into  the  United  Kingdom  within  five  years  of  their 
exportation.  15 

Drawback  on  Exports 

Claims  for  drawback  (the  allowance  made  upon 
dutiable  goods  which  are  exported)  will  also  have  to 
be  provided  for  in  connection  with  aerial  shipments. 
"  Debentures  "  will  have  to  be  prepared  and  certified 
in  the  same  way  as  when  drawback  is  claimed  on  goods 
exported  by  sea. 

^=  The  forms  at  present  in  use  in  England  are  No.  107,  Entry  for 
Home  Use  ex-ship  [or  aeroplane]  of  Goods  liable  to  Ad  Valorem 
Duties,  and  No.  22  for  other  dutiable  goods.  These  forms,  which 
a-e  obtainable  from  the  Stationery  Office,  contain  the  following 
particulars  : — port  of  importation,  name  and  address  of  importer,  of 
con-igner,  and  of  the  merchant  paying  the  duty,  with  description 
and  value  of  the  goods  and  amount  of  duty  payable.  They  also 
contain  a  declaration  by  the  importer  or  his  agent  that  the  particu- 
lars are  truly  stated.  When  filled  in,  they  have  to  be  presented 
with  the  duty  at:  the  Collector's  office.  Long  Room,  Custom  House, 
Thames  Street,  \i.C.  3.  Upon  payment  of  the  duty  they  are  for- 
warded to  the  Examination  Station,  H.M.  Customs  and  Excise,  at 
[Hounslow]  Aerodrome,  for  examination  and  delivery  of  the  goods. 


CHAPTER  VI 

DAMAGE 

The  Various  Kinds  of  Damage 

The  question  of  liability  for  damage  may  arise  in 
connection  with  flight  in  diflFerent  ways.  A  pilot  may 
be  injured  in  a  crash,  for  instance,  or  a  mechanic  in 
swinging  the  propeller,  and  a  claim  against  the  em- 
ployer under  the  Workmen's  Compensation  Act, 
or  the  corresponding  law  in  foreign  countries,  may  be 
made.  A  passenger  may  have  a  claim  for  personal 
injury  against  the  proprietor  under  common  law. 
Cargo  may  be  damaged,  lost,  delayed,  or  wrongly 
delivered,  and  the  responsibility  of  the  proprietor  of 
the  aircraft  may  be  in  question.  The  proprietor  him- 
self, again,  may  have  a  claim  against  the  constructor  of 
the  machine  or  the  engine  for  faulty  workmanship 
which  caused  an  accident.  The  term  damage  is  a  wide 
one,  but  it  is  with  the  special  question  of  *'  Third 
Party  Damage,"  which  is  the  most  important  and 
difficult  of  all  the  questions  connected  with  damage, 
that  the  writer  deals  in  this  chapter. 

The  Difficulty  of  Legislating  Internationally 

It  is  a  difficult  question  to  legislate  for  in  an  inter- 
national convention,  for  two  reasons.  First,  it  is  a 
question  rather  outside  the  sphere  of  International 
Law,  being  one  arising  between  the  individual  subjects 
of  two  States,  not  between  the  Governments.  Secondly, 
it  relates  to  something  occurring  on  the  ground^  and 


CH.  VI  DAMAGE  75 

however  much  States  may  be  inclined  to  temper  the 
appHcation  of  their  national  laws  to  events  happening 
in  the  air,  they  w411  be  less  disposed  to  do  so  when  it  is 
a  question  of  damage  to  persons  or  property  in  actual 
physical  contact  with  their  territory.  It  is  neverthe- 
less desirable  that  the  municipal  laws  which  govern 
damage  should  follow  the  same  broad  principle  and  that 
an  international  agreement  should  be  reached  as  to  the 
general  rule  of  law  upon  the  subject. 

The  General  Principle  of  Law  as  to  Third  Party 
Damage 

Under  both  British  common  law  and  the  Continental 
codes  which  derive  from  Roman  law,  the  general  prin- 
ciple rules  that  a  person  who  is  doing  w-hat  he  is  law- 
fully entitled  to  do  is  not  responsible  if,  owing  to  acci- 
dent and  without  any  culpability  on  his  part,  he  causes 
injury  to  a  third  party.  Unless  the  victim  can  prove 
negligence  or  other  fault  in  the  person  causing  the 
damage,  he  cannot  claim  reparation.  This  general 
principle  is  modified  by  the  proviso  that  the  user  or 
possessor  is  liable,  without  the  necessity  of  proof  of 
negligence,  where  the  damage  results  from  the  use  or 
possession  of  an  instrument  or  property  which  is  in- 
herently dangerous.  In  such  cases  it  is  as  if  the 
culpability  were  shifted  back  in  point  of  time  ;  the 
initial  keeping  or  use  of  w^hat  was  dangerous  is  regarded 
as  having  been  the  basis  of  the  liability,  and  no  new 
negligence  or  omission  need  be  established. 

The  general  principle  has  been  illustrated  in  an 
English  law  case  {Holmes  v.  Mather)  in  which  horses 
were  being  driven  along  a  road  when  they  w^ere  startled 
by  a  dog  and  ran  away,  with  the  result  that,  despite  all 
the  efforts  of  the  driver,  a  passer-by  was  knocked  dow^n 
and  injured.  The  jury  held  that  there  was  no  negli- 
gence ;  the  driver  was  not  responsible  for  the  horses 
being  startled  and  did  his  best  to  prevent  what  was  an 
unavoidable     accident.     Consequently     the     plaintiff, 


76  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

though  entirely  blameless  and  passive,  was  unable  to 
obtain  redress.  In  another  well-known  case — Stanley 
V.  Pozvell — it  was  specifically  held  that,  when  negli- 
gence is  negatived,  an  action  does  not  lie  for  injury 
resulting  from  another's  lawful  act. 


The  Exceptions  :    Rylands  v.  Fletcher  and  Other 
Cases 

On  the  other  hand,  it  was  held  in  the  famous  case 
of  Rylands  v.  Fletcher  that  where  a  plaintiff's 
property  was  flooded  with  water  which  broke  out  of  a 
reservoir,  constructed  by  defendant  on  his  own  land, 
and  passed  through  an  ancient  mine  shaft  into  plain- 
tiff's mine,  the  plaintiff  was  entitled  to  recover  damages. 
The  principle  was  laid  down  that  the  person  who  for  his 
own  purposes  brings  on  his  lands  and  collects  and  keeps 
there  anything  likely  to  do  mischief  if  it  escapes  must 
keep  it  at  his  peril.  He  can  excuse  himself  by  showing 
that  the  escape  was  due  to  the  plaintiff's  default  or  to 
vis  major.  Having  brought  the  danger  into  existence, 
the  holder  must  be  answerable  for  the  natural  and 
anticipated  consequences,  and  this  principle  applies 
whether  the  dangerous  thing  be  beasts  or  water  or 
filth  or  stench. 

The  same  principle  was  maintained  in  the  New 
York  case  of  Giiille  v.  Swann^^  in  which  a  balloonist 
who  came  down  in  another  man's  garden  was  held 
liable  as  a  trespasser  not  only  for  the  damage  by  the 
balloon  itself,  but  also  for  the  damage  done  by  the 
crowd  of  people  who  broke  through  into  the  garden 
when  the  accident  happened. 

The  French  Law  as  to  Damage 

In  the  French  courts  a  distinction  is  drawn  be- 
tween damage  done  by  a  person  (Article  1382  of  the 

^  Jlazeltine,  Law  of  the  A  ir,  p.  86. 


VI  DAMAGE  77 

Civil  Code)  and  damage  done  by  a  thing  (Article  1384). 
*'  The  Court  of  Cassation  and  the  Courts  of  Appeal," 
says  Dr.  Guibe,-  "  preserve  the  traditional  principle 
that  the  imputation  of  a  fault  is  the  sole  creative  cause 
of  responsibility.  But  they  see  in  Article  1384  a  legal 
presumption  of  fault  against  the  guardian  of  the  inani- 
mate thing  causing  the  damage.  The  latter  may  rebut 
this  presumption  and  clear  himself  of  responsibility 
by  showing  that  the  act  is  due  not  to  his  fault  but 
exclusively  to  accident,  to  force  majeure ^  or  to  the  fault 
of  the  victim." 


French  Judicial  Interpretation  of  the  Law  in  Aircraft 

Cases 

Article  1382  is  far  less  favourable  to  the  victim  than 
Article  1384.  Under  the  former  Article  the  victim 
must  establish  the  fault  of  the  author  of  the  damage  ; 
under  the  latter,  it  is  for  the  author  of  the  damage  to 
prove  that  he  was  not  at  fault.  The  French  courts 
have  displayed  a  tendency  to  apply  Article  1384, 
wherever  possible,  to  cases  of  flight  accidents.  In  May, 
191 1,  the  juge  de  paix  of  Cambrin  decided  that  the 
aviator  Legrand  was  responsible  for  damages  caused 
to  crops  by  his  landing,  through  engine  trouble,  in  a 
cultivated  field,  and  that  this  responsibility  extended  to 
the  damage  caused  by  a  crowd  which  was  attracted  to 
the  place.  The  judgment  made  specific  reference  to 
the  special  danger  which  aviation  involved  both  for 
pilots  and  third  parties,  and  stated  that,  "  if  aviation 
constitutes  a  right  for  those  who  engage  in  it,  it  carries 
to  their  charge  particular  risks  of  which  they  cannot 
legally  relieve  themselves,  their  personal  right  being 
clearly  no  justification  for  infringing  the  rights  of 
others."  ^  Similarly,  a  balloonist,  who  came  down 
involuntarily  in  a  narrow  street,  was  held  liable  under 

^  Essai  sur  la  navigation  adrienne,  p.  85. 

3  R.J.L.A  ,    1911,   p-   267;     1912,   p.   49.     See  also   Leblanc,   La 
navigation  adrienne  au  point  de  vue  de  droit  civil,  pp.    145-7. 


78  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

French   law  for  the   damage   done   by   the   resulting 
explosion  of  his  balloon.* 

The  Plea  of  force  majeure  in  Aircraft  Damage   Cases 

Article  1384  shifts  the  burden  of  proof  from  the 
shoulders  of  the  victim  to  those  of  the  author  of  the 
damage,  and  the  latter  can  clear  himself  by  proving  that 
he  acted  under  force  majeure^  which  was  defined  for 
this  purpose  in  the  Legrand  case  as  "  the  sudden 
and  unforeseen  action  of  the  forces  of  nature,  such  as  a 
thunderstorm  or  tempest  which  renders  the  machine 
unmanageable."  ^  Apparently  a  similar  plea  could  be 
successfully  raised  under  English  law  in  cases  of  the 
Rylands  v.  Fletcher  or  the  "  dangerous  animal  "  type.^ 
In  any  case,  it  would  be  unsatisfactory  to  rely  upon  the 
English  courts  applying  the  Rylands  v.  Fletcher  rule 
to  cases  of  aircraft  damage  and  to  trust  to  interpreta- 
tion of  the  common  law  as  it  exists  rather  than  to  new 
legislation.  It  might  conceivably  be  held,  for  instance, 
that  the  rule  in  Vaiighan  v.  Taff  Vale  Railway  Company 
applied  to  such  cases,  and  that,  if  an  aircraft  were  duly 
certificated,  the  pilot  duly  licensed,  and  all  reasonable 
precautions  taken  to  avoid  accident,  the  owner  or  pilot 
would  be  absolved  from  liability  for  unintentional 
damage,  on  the  same  ground  as  the  railway  company 
was  absolved  from  liability  for  the  accidental  injury  to 
neighbouring  property  through  the  escape  of  sparks 
from  the  engine  in  the  case  mentioned. 


*to' 


The  Doctrine  of  Absolute  Liability 

It  is  manifestly  inequitable  that  the  entirely  passive 
victim  of  an  aircraft  accident  should  be  denied  redress 
for  injury  done  to  him  because  the  aviator,  in  turn,  can 
shift  the  responsibility  to  the  broad  back  of  nature,  or 
take  shelter  behind  a  Government  licence.  The  one 
plea  and  the  other  should  equally  be  ruled  out.     It  is 

*  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  50.  5  R.jx.A.,  191T,  p.  269. 

'  Salmond,  Law  of  Torts,  3rd  ed.,  pp.  21 1-2 15. 


VI  DAMAGE  79 

not  enough  to  shift  the  burden  of  proof  and  to  admit  an 
exception  for  force  majeure.  The  doctrine  of  absolute 
liability  should  be  substituted,  2in<\  force  majeure  should 
in  no  case  be  admitted  as  a  justification. 

The  Theory  of  Fault  and  the  Theory  of  Risk 

The  question  was  discussed  by  the  Comite  juridique 
de  VAmation  on  various  occasions  in  19 12  and  191 3, 
and  it  was  decided  that  the  victim  of  aircraft  damage 
should  have  in  all  cases  a  clear  right  to  reparation, 
subject  only  to  account  being  taken,  in  the  judicial 
proceedings,  of  any  contributory  fault  upon  the  victim's 
side.  "  Force  ?najeure,''  said  Professor  Niemeyer,'^  "  is 
thus  suppressed  in  the  matter  of  aviation."  *'  The 
*  risk  '  responsibility,"  said  Professor  de  Lapradelle,^ 
*'  has  been  substituted  for  the  '  fault  '  responsibility." 

The  theory  of  "  risk  "  may  be  explained  as  the 
theory  that  the  person  who  puts  a  thing  in  circulation 
and  has  the  advantages  of  it  must  equitably  bear  any 
disadvantages  connected  with  it  and  any  loss  arising 
from  its  use.  "  As  the  aviator  has  the  pleasure  and 
advantages  of  aerial  navigation,  he  should  bear  any 
consequent  losses,  especially  as  he  passes  over  private 
property  and  carries  this  new  danger  to  places  which 
until  then  were  in  entire  security."  ^  Ubi  emolumen- 
tum  ibi  onus  is  the  principle  of  the  theory  of  '*  risk." 

The  Theory  of  Risk  and  the  Development  of  Aviation 

The  Congress  of  Verona,  in  1910,  declined  to  accept 
the  "  theory  of  risk  "  on  the  ground  that  it  would 
throw  an  undeserved  liability  upon  aviation  ;  the  Con- 
gress held  that,  in  accordance  with  the  existing  rule  of 
law  (apart  from  the  judicial  interpretation  of  such  an 
article  as  1384  of  the  French  Civil  Code),  indemnity 

'  RJ.L.A.,  1913,  p.  136.  8  R.J.L.A.,  1913,  P-  71- 

•  Guib6,  op.  cit.,   p.   99.     See  also  Leblanc,   op.  cit.,  p.    118  ff., 

p.  152.     The  "  theory  of  risk  "  apphes  to  civil  liabiUty  only  ;    there 

can  be  no  criminal  liability  uitlioiit  proved  fault. 


8o  AIRCRAFT   IN  PEACE  chap. 

should  be  recognised  as  due  only  in  case  of  subjective 
liability,  i.e.^  of  fault  on  the  aviator's  part.^® 
Later  opinion  is  disinclined  to  agree  with  this  view. 
Flight  will  probably  not  suffer,  but  will  rather  gain 
in  the  end,  from  the  acceptance  of  the  doctrine  of 
absolute  liability.  The  individual  aviator  or  aircraft 
proprietor,  like  the  individual  motorist,  will  cover  his 
liability  by  insurance  and  will  not  feel  appreciably  the 
burden  which  will  thus  be  imposed  upon  him. 

Absolute   Liability    the   only   Equitable   Rule 

It  is  much  to  be  desired  that  the  absolute  liability  of 
aircraft  owners  for  Third  Party  Damage  should  be 
definitely  recognised  by  legislative  provision  in  the 
different  States.  The  draft  "  Law  on  Aerial  Naviga- 
tion "  which  was  presented  to  the  French  Chamber  of 
Deputies  under  date  of  7  May,  1913,  in  the  name  of 
the  President  and  the  Ministers  concerned,  contained  a 
very  explicit  provision  on  the  subject.  Article  4 
ran  as  follows  : 

"  All  damage  caused  to  persons  and  goods  on  the 
ground  by  an  aircraft  or  by  persons  therein,  must 
be  made  good  as  a  civil  obligation  by  its  author,  if 
necessary,  and  by  the  proprietor  of  the  aircraft, 
jointly  responsible,  without  the  victim  of  the  dam- 
age having  to  prove  anything  beyond  the  fact  of  this 
damage.  Provided  that,  if  the  victim  is  at  fault,  the 
author  of  the  damage  and  the  proprietor  of  the 
aircraft  may  be  relieved  in  whole  or  part,  in  pro- 
portion to  such  fault,  of  the  reparation  for  which 
they  are  responsible."^^ 

The  Aerial  Navigation  Bill  which  was  prepared  (but 
not  finally  revised)  by  the  British  Home  Office  in 
19 10- 1 1  contained  the  following  provision  : 

Clause  12. — (i)  "  The  flight  of  an  aircraft  over 
any  land  in  the  British  Isles  shall  not  in  itself  be 

10  R.J.L.A.,  1910,  p.  182.  11  R.J.L.A.,  1913,  p.  181. 


VI  DAMAGE  8 1 

deemed  to  be  trespass,  but  nothing  in  this  provi- 
sion shall  affect  the  rights  and  remedies  of  any 
person  in  respect  of  any  injury  to  property  or 
persons  caused  by  an  aircraft,  or  by  any  person 
carried  therein,  and  any  injury  caused  by  the 
assembly  of  persons  upon  the  landing  of  an  air- 
craft shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  natural  and  pro- 
bable consequence  of  such  landing." 

The  View  of  the  Civil  Aerial  Transport  Sub-committee 

This  clause,  it  will  be  observed,  is  far  less  explicit 
than  the  corresponding  clause  in  the  French  Bill  and 
fails  to  provide — if  it  ever  intended  to  do  so — for  the 
absolute  liability  of  the  aircraft  owner.  The  Special 
Committee  No.  i  of  the  Aerial  Transport  Committee 
recommended  (January,  191 8)  that  the  Bill  should 
include  a  specific  provision  "  that  the  obligation  on  the 
aviator  in  an  action  for  trespass  should  be  absolute, 
negligence  not  being  a  necessary  element  in  his  liability 
and  '  unavoidable  accident '  no  defence."  This 
absolute  liability  would  arise  in  the  case  of  "  material 
damage  to  person  or  property,  whether  caused  by 
flight,  ascent,  or  landing,  or  the  fall  of  objects  from  air- 
craft," and  would  extend  to  "  injury  caused  by  the 
assembly  of  persons  on  the  landing  or  ascent  of  air- 
craft elsewhere  than  at  authorised  aerodromes  or 
landing  places."  (Presumably  it  would  extend  also  to 
damage  by  a  crowd  attracted  by  the  fall  of  something 
from  an  aircraft  in  flight  ;  but  the  Committee  do  not 
mention  this  point.) 

The  American  View,  and  the  Practical  Arguments  for  it 

Such  a  provision  would  be  a  great  advance  upon  the 
Massachusetts  Law  of  13  May,  191 3,  which  made  an 
aviator  "  responsible  for  damages  resulting  from  his 
flight,  unless  he  can  prove  that  he  took  all  reasonable 


82  AIRCRAFT   IN  PEACE  chap. 

precautions  to  prevent  such  damage  "  (Article  6).^- 
The  draft  Bill  proposed  by  the  American  Bar  Associa- 
tion in  1 910  went  much  further  than  this  towards 
admitting  the  principle  of  unconditional  liability,  and 
the  case  for  admitting  that  principle  has  been  strongly 
urged  in  America  by  such  an  authority  as  Governor 
Baldwin.^^  It  is  not  only  supported  by  reasons  of 
right  and  equity,  but  there  are  for  admitting  it  two 
practical  arguments  which  should  appeal  to  states- 
men. In  the  first  place,  the  liability  will,  in  practice, 
be  met  by  insurance,  and  it  is  a  much  more  practicable 
proposition  to  place  the  duty  of  insuring  upon  the 
limited  body  of  aircraft  owners  than  upon  the  popula- 
tion at  large.  In  the  second  place,  it  rests  with  air- 
craft owners  to  increase  the  factor  of  safety  in  flight, 
and  they  will  be  the  more  inclined  to  secure  the  safety 
of  their  machines  if  liability  for  accidents  is  declared 
their  responsibility  without  any  conditions. 


The  Enforcement  of  the  Right  to  Indemnification 

To  make  aircraft  owners  legally  liable  for  all  damage 
is  one  thing  ;  it  is  quite  another  to  ensure  that  the 
victim  does  in  practice  receive  indemnification,  espe- 
cially where  the  damage  is  done  by  an  alien  machine. 
Various  methods  for  facilitating  the  recovery  of  damages 
have  been  suggested.  M.  Hennequin  proposed  in 
191 2  that  actions  for  damages  should  be  allowed  to  be 
taken  before  the  courts  of  the  State  in  which  the 
damage  was  done  and  should  be  governed  by  that 
State's  laws,  to  the  exclusion  of  the  courts  and  the 
laws  of  the  country  of  the  aircraft's  nationality  where 
the  latter  differed.  He  also  proposed  that  in  such  a 
case  the  Government  of  the  aircraft's  nationality  should 
recognise  and  secure  execution  of  the  judgments  of  the 
courts  of  the  country  where  the  damage  was  done.^* 

12  R.J.L.A.,  1913,  p.  217.  ^3  Hazeltine,  op.  cit.,  p.  86. 

1^  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  pp.  216-17. 


VI  DAMAGE  83 

The  Proposal  of  the  Comite  juridique 

The  Comite  directeur  took  account  of  M.  Henne- 
quin's  proposals  to  the  extent  that  it  made  actions  for 
damages  to  persons  or  property  justiciable  either  by 
the  courts  and  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  the  air- 
craft's nationality  or  those  of  the  State  in  which  the 
damage  was  done.^^  The  Congress  of  the  Comite y 
however,  decided  (Geneva,  May,  19 12)  that  the  law 
of  the  State  in  which  the  damage  occurred  should  alone 
apply,  but  that  the  action  for  recovery  could  be  taken 
either  before  that  State's  tribunals  or  before  those  of 
the  State  whose  nationality  the  aircraft  possessed. ^^ 

The  Proposal  of  Professor  Hans  Sperl 

It  is  doubtful  whether  the  solution  thus  proposed 
of  what  is  an  undoubted  difficulty  would  prove  accept- 
able to  Governments.  The  rule  of  private  inter- 
national law  is  that  the  action  for  a  tort  must  be  brought 
before  the  courts  of  the  country  in  which  the  defen- 
dant is  present.  To  meet  this  difficulty,  Professor 
Sperl  of  Vienna  has  made  an  ingenious  proposal  which 
would  transfer  the  defendant,  as  it  were,  to  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  the  country  in  which  the  damage  occurred  .^'^ 

Professor  Sperl's  proposal  must  be  given  in  his  own 
words  in  order  to  be  fully  understood  : 

*'  No  aircraft  will  be  allowed  to  make  an  ascent  until 
it  has  been  registered,  and  the  formality  of  registration 
will  be  linked  with  the  obligation  of  the  proprietor  to 
enroll  himself  as  a  member  of  an  Aeronautical  Society. 
All  the  societies  will  levy  subscriptions  ;  there  will  thus 
be  established,  in  each  State,  funds  of  indemnity  and 
insurance.  They  will  enter  into  relations  with  one 
another  and  will  apportion  the  charges  for  damages 

^*  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  234. 
"  R.J.L.A.,  igi2,  p.  274  ;    1913.  P-  330- 

^'  Sperl,  La  navigation  adrienne  au  point  de  vuc  juridique,  R.D.I., 
1911,  pp.  490-1. 

G   2 


84  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

among  all  the  associations,  in  one  central  office  for  the 
world.  Each  individual  branch  will  be,  in  a  way,  the 
'  cashier's  office  '  and  legal  representative  of  the  central 
office.  The  question  of  the  aeronaut's  culpability 
will  be  absolutely  immaterial  in  relation  to  the  victim's 
claim  and  the  civil  procedure  necessary.  It  will  be 
sufficient  to  prove  that  the  damage  has  been  caused 
by  some  act  connected  with  an  aeronaut's  flight.  The 
proof  of  culpability,  so  difficult  and  often  laborious 
{pe'nible),  will  no  longer  be  necessary.  The  culpability 
of  the  aeronaut  will  eventually  be  taken  into  account 
only  as  a  domestic  matter  arising  between  the  aeronaut 
and  the  society  of  which  he  is  a  member  and  only  in  so 
far  as  the  society,  in  order  to  pay  the  indemnity,  may 
make  a  recovery  from  its  member.  ...  As  to  the 
victim  of  the  damage,  besides  being  relieved  of  the 
difficult  task  of  proving  the  aeronaut's  culpability,  he 
would  no  longer  have  the  trouble — often  unavailing — 
of  ascertaining  the  persons  responsible,  of  following 
them  beyond  the  frontier,  and  of  suing  them  before 
a  foreign  judge,  under  strange  rules  of  law  ;  nor  would 
he  have  to  face  the  considerable  difficulties  and  the 
small  chances  of  success  involved  in  obtaining  execu- 
tion of  a  favourable  judgment  after  he  has  obtained  it. 
Our  regulation  disposes  of  all  these  difficulties  at  a 
stroke.  The  individual  entitled  to  an  indemnity  need 
not  even  know  the  name  [sic]  and  nationality  of  the 
aircraft  which  caused  the  damage.  He  could  simply 
present  his  claim  to  the  local  society's  office,  and  the 
only  proof  he  would  have  to  furnish  would  be  evidence, 
sufficient  to  convince  the  judge,  that  the  damage  was 
solely  due  to  an  aircraft.  The  Aeronautical  Associa- 
tion of  the  country,  having  paid  the  indemnity  for  the 
damage  (the  amount  of  which  would  have  been  neces- 
sarily established  before  the  tribunals),  would  itself 
ascertain  the  name  [sic]  of  the  culpable  aircraft  and 
the  names  of  the  passengers  and  of  the  owner,  and  would 
reimburse  itself  by  claiming  in  turn  upon  the  office 
in  the  aeronaut's  country  or  upon  the  central  inter- 


VI  DAMAGE  85 

national  office.  The  jurisdiction  competent  to  deal  with 
the  demand  for  indemnity  presented  to  the  society's 
office  would  be  that  of  the  place  of  damage.  Associa- 
tions should  be  declared  responsible  as  principals  for 
damages.  In  view  of  the  undoubted  solvency  of  these 
associations,  it  would  be  possible  to  do  what  has  not 
been  found  practicable  in  the  case  of  automobiles  and 
to  dispense  with  a  right  of  lien  on  and  seizure  of  the 
aircraft  to  ensure  payment  of  damages."  ^^ 


A    Possible    Variant   of  the   Sperl  Proposal 

Professor  Sperl's  proposal  would  involve  an  inter- 
national agreement  as  well  as  the  changes  in  internal 
laws  necessary  to  legalise  the  recovery  from  the  various 
local  societies  and  to  establish  clearly  the  facts  in  each 
case.  It  may  be  observed  that,  even  without  any 
official  international  understanding  or  any  change  in  the 
various  States'  laws,  it  would  be  possible  for  the 
aeronautical  associationsjto  institute  a  system  on  the  lines 
of  Professor  Sperl's  proposal,  so  far  as  their  members 
were  concerned.  Legal  liability  and  the  niceties  of 
judicial  procedure  could  be  waived ;  the  associa- 
tions could  come  to  a  working  agreement  to  pay  at 
once,  on  satisfactory  proof,  for  all  damage  done  by  air- 
craft and  to  pool  the  expenses.  They  could  charge 
their  members  such  additional  subscription  as  would 

^*  Article  40  of  the  draft  French  Act  of  191 3  provided  that  if  an 
aircraft,  or  persons  carried  in  it,  were  charged  with  a  breach  of 
French  law  or  with  damages  caused  in  French  territory,  and  if  the 
proprietor  were  not  domiciled  in  France,  it  could  be  detained  until 
the  court  permitted  it  to  leave.  The  proprietor  or  pilot  could, 
however,  obtain  its  release  by  undertaking  to  pay  any  fine  or  damages 
that  might  be  awarded.  (R.J.L.A.,  1913,  p.  185.)  Under  English 
law  a  foreign  ship  may  be  detained  for  any  injury  to  property 
caused  by  her  in  any  part  of  the  world,  upon  proof  to  the  Court 
ordering  the  detention  that  the  injury  was  probably  caused  by  the 
misconduct  or  want  of  skill  of  the  master  or  officei's  of  the  ship  ; 
the  vessel  will  be  releascfl  upon  security  being  given.  There  is  also 
power  of  detention  in  cases  of  personal  injury  caused  on,  in,  or 
about  any  ship  in  any  port  or  harbour  of  the  United  Kingdom. 
(Maclachlan  on  Shipping,   loii,  pp.   332-3.) 


86  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

cover  the  added  liability.  If — as  would  be  quite 
practicable — the  several  States  were  to  make  registra- 
tion of  a  machine  dependent  upon  an  owner's  being  a 
member  of  a  recognised  aeronautical  society,  the  pur- 
pose of  Professor  Sperl's  scheme  would  be  achieved, 
with  the  sole  important  difference  that  the  payments 
would  be  made  de  gratia.  The  aeronautical  societies 
might  well  adopt  a  generous  policy  of  this  kind  in  view 
of  its  propaganda  effect  and  the  resulting  benefits  to 
aviation  generally. 

Another  Possible  Solution 

Another  possible  solution  of  the  difficulty  of  adj  ust- 
ing  damage  claims  may  be  illustrated  by  the  following 
practical  example  : 

Suppose  a  French  machine  flying  from  Paris  to 
Kenley  had  a  forced  landing  in  Surrey  and  damaged 
a  private  owner's  fence  and  fruit  trees.  The  owner  of 
the  fence  and  orchard  would,  if  possible,  obtain  par- 
ticulars of  the  identity  of  the  aircraft  and  its  pilot  on 
the  spot  ;  in  any  case  he  could  always  ascertain  the 
nationality  mark  and  registration  number.  He  would 
submit  a  claim  to  the  Air  Ministry  or  whatever  Govern- 
ment Department  was  charged  with  the  duty  of 
receiving  such  claims.  The  Air  Ministry  would 
investigate  the  facts  ;  perhaps  something  in  the  nature 
of  the  "  Court  of  Inquiry  "  which  is  held  in  all  cases 
of  damage  by  R.A.F.  machines  would  be  held.  Having 
verified  the  genuineness  of  the  claim,  the  Air  Ministry 
would  refer  it  to  the  corresponding  Department  of 
the  French  Government.  The  latter  would  presum- 
ably accept  the  British  Department's  statement  of 
claim  as  sufficient  warrant  for  an  immediate  payment 
of  the  amount  ;  perhaps  a  corroboration  by  the  owner 
of  the  French  aircraft  might  be  thought  necessary. 
In  any  case,  the  French  Department  would,  either  at 
once  or  in  a  brief  delay,  accept  the  British  Department's 
claim  and  make  the  necessary  financial  adjustment. 


VI  DAMAGE  87 

Acceptance  of  the  Doctri?ie  of  Absolute  Liability 
essential  to  its  Success 

Such  a  payment  is  clearly  not  one  which  should 
be  borne  by  public  funds  ;  how  would  the  recovery 
be  made  from  the  aircraft  owners  concerned  ?  Usually 
the  latter  would  be  insured  against  Third  Party  damage, 
and — to  reverse  the  example  above — when  the  British 
Air  Ministry  received  from  France  a  claim  for  damage 
done  by  a  British  machine  to  French  property,  the 
Ministr}^  would  call  upon  the  owner  or  his  representa- 
tive to  repay  the  amount  of  the  claim.  If  recovery  is 
not  to  be  a  matter  of  litigation  in  almost  all  cases, 
it  is  clearly  necessary  that  the  principle  of  "  absolute 
liability  "  should  be  admitted  in  the  internal  legislation 
of  each  country  as  a  condition  precedent  to  the  institu- 
tion of  such  a  scheme.  There  is  a  strong  probability 
that  in  any  case  steps  will  be  taken  to  make  legislative 
provision  for  the  acceptance  of  that  principle  in  view 
of  its  intrinsic  justice.  The  aircraft  owner  will  then 
be  disposed  to  make  the  refund  demanded  unless  there 
is  a  good  case  for  disputing  liability  on  the  ground 
of  contributory  fault  on  the  part  of  the  property-owner. 
In  practice,  however,  the  insurance  company  with 
whom  the  aircraft  ow^ner  is  insured  will  pay  the  amount, 
on  his  behalf,  to  the  Air  Ministry,  and  it  is  the  insur- 
ance company  rather  than  the  owner  who  will  decide 
whether  any  claim  should  be  opposed.  The  experience 
of  damage  claims  in  connection  with  automobilism, 
and  of  insurance  claims  generally,  gives  reason  for 
believing  that  there  will  be  very  little  tendency  to 
dispute  claims  if  they  are  properly  authenticated  and 
reasonably  assessed.^^     The  Air  Ministry  would  always 

^'  In  the  event  of  the  Third  Party  Risks  proving  to  be  too  heavy 
for  Lloyd's  Insurance  Association  to  undertake,  the  excess  might 
be  met,  it  has  been  suggested,  by  a  levy  of  6d.  or  is.  a  flight  upon 
all  aircraft  owners  or  companies,  to  form  an  Indemnity  Fund  under 
the  control  of  the  Air  Ministry.  This  Fund  would  be  operated 
upon  to  cover  all  liabilities  above  a  certain  amount  .  (Suggestion 
of  Lt.-Col.  T.  W.  C.  Carthew,  D.S.O.,  R.A.F  ,  in  llw  Aeroplane, 
9  April,  1919.) 


88  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  ch.  vt 

be  in  a  position  to  bring  pressure  to  bear  upon  an 
aircraft  owner  by  suspending  registration  or  certifi- 
cation of  the  machine. 

The  Assessment  of  the  Damage 

The  main  difficuhy  would  be  the  assessment. 
Possibly  some  special  Commission  such  as  the  Defence 
of  the  Realm  Losses  Commission,  which  dealt  with 
all  claims  in  respect  of  the  taking  of  property  in  the 
United  Kingdom  under  the  Defence  of  the  Realm 
Regulations,  19 14,  and  later,  might  be  found  neces- 
sary ;  and  corresponding  tribunals  in  other  countries. 
In  the  United  Kingdom  cases  could  be  reported  upon 
in  the  first  instance  by  the  expert  valuers  of  the  Lands 
Branch  of  the  War  Ofiice,  Air  Ministry,  and  Ministry 
of  Munitions,  as  was  the  practice  in  all  Defence  of  the 
Realm  occupation  of  property  during  the  war. 


CHAPTER   VII 

COLLISIONS  AND   WRECKS 

Air  Collision  and  International  Regulation 

Legislation  and  regulation,  international  or  national, 
are  doubly  concerned  with  air  collision,  for  they  may 
look  either  to  (i)  the  prevention  of  the  collision, 
(2)  the  legal  adjustment  of  the  situation  of  the  parties 
concerned,  vis-d-vis  the  State  and  one  another,  after 
a  collision  has  occurred.  Provisions  of  the  former 
kind,  i.e.  those  which  seek  to  prevent  collisions,  are 
at  once  more  important  and  present  less  difficulty  than 
those  which  deal  with  the  legal  points  raised  by  an 
actual  collision. 

The  Rules  of  the  Syndicat  General,  19 10 

When  the  Syndicat  General  de  I'Aviation  was 
drawing  up  its  draft  international  code  in  1910,  it 
confessed  itself  unable  to  lay  down  any  precise  rules 
as  to  the  manoeuvring  of  flying  machines.^  "  One 
could  not,  for  instance,"  said  the  report,  "  prescribe 
that  a  flying  machine  should  go  behind  or  pass  at  so 
many  metres  to  the  right  or  left  or  above  or  below 
another."  Only  broad  and  general  rules  could  be 
laid  down,  of  which  three  examples  were  given,  namely, 
(i)  that  machines  meeting  face  to  face  should  each 
take  the  right  ("  or  the  left,  if  it  was  so  agreed  inter- 
nationally "),  (2)  that  a  machine  overtaking  another 
should  pass  on  the  latter's  right  ("  or  left  "),  (3)  that 

^  R.J.L.A./iQio,  p.  159. 

8o 


90  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

when  two  machines  were  flying  towards  the  same 
point  of  contact,  each  should  describe  a  semicircle 
round  that  imagined  point  before  resuming  its  original 
direction.  Sirens,  said  the  report,  were  inaudible 
owing  to  the  noise  of  engines  ;  audible  signals  were 
as  yet  impossible  ;  aerial  routes  could  not  be  laid 
down. 

The  Rules  drawn  up  at  the  Paris  Conference,  1910 

It  is  amusing  to  compare  this  almost  character- 
istically official  refusal  to  face  the  difficulties  with  the 
bold  and  businesslike  proposals  of  the  official  Con- 
ference of  Paris  of  the  same  year.^  The  draft  Con- 
vention contained  (in  Article  30)  a  provision  that  the 
aircraft  of  the  contracting  States  should  observe  the 
**  Rules  relating  to  Aerial  Traffic  "  given  in  Annex  C 
to  the  Convention.  This  Annex  contained  four 
sections  prescribing  respectively  (i)  Regulations  re- 
specting Lights,  (2)  Audible  Signals  (signaux  pho- 
niques),  (3)  Rules  of  the  Road,  (4)  Landing  and  Distress 
Signals.  Technical  improvements  since  19 10  have 
necessitated  the  revision  of  some  of  the  rules  then 
laid  down,  but  on  the  whole  they  stand  unchanged 
in   substance  to-day. 

A  white  light  ahead,  a  red  light  on  the  left  or  port 
side,  a  green  light  on  the  right  or  starboard  ;  the  head 
light  visible  over  a  horizontal  arc  of  220  degrees,  the 
others  over  an  arc  of  no  degrees  from  right  ahead  ; 
the  green  and  red  lights  so  screened  as  not  to  be  visible 
from  port  and  starboard  respectively  :  these  were  the 
rules  laid  down  regarding  lights  for  airships  and, 
in  principle,  for  flying  machines.  But, "  as  a  temporary 
concession,"  flying  machines  were  permitted  to  use 
a  single  lamp  or  beacon,  throwing  a  green  light  to  the 
right  and  a  red  to  the  left. 

During  fog,  mist,  snow,  or  heavy  rains,  airships, 
and  flying  machines  "  so  far  as  is  practicable,"  were 

*  Reports  of  Civil  Aerial  Transport  Committee,  1918,  pp.  32-5. 


VII  COLLISIONS  AND   WRECKS  91 

bound    to    make    use    of   ''  powerful,    discontinuous, 
audible  signals." 

The  rules  of  the  road  specified  in  Annex  C  obliged 
aircraft  to  keep  at  a  distance  of  at  least  100  metres 
from  one  another  ;  motor-driven  aircraft  to  make  way 
for  free  balloons  (compare  Article  20  of  the  Maritime 
International  Collision  Regulations,  which  obliges 
steamships  to  make  way  for  sailing  ships)  ;  motor- 
driven  aircraft  meeting  "  head  on  "  to  keep  to  the 
right  (as  at  sea,  in  the  case  of  ships) ;  of  two  motor- 
driven  aircraft  flying  on  a  line  which  crosses,  the  one 
which  sees  the  other  on  its  right  to  give  way  to  the  other  ; 
a  motor-driven  aircraft  overtaking  another — and  it  is 
a  case  of  overtaking  if  the  position  of  the  second  one 
is  such  that  it  could  not  see  the  first  one's  side-lights 
by  night — to  keep  out  of  the  other's  way  ;  and,  where 
no  rules  are  laid  down  or  where  collision  is  imminent, 
each  or  both  of  the  aircraft  to  manceuvre  vertically 
as  well  as  horizontally  and — this  is  the  sense  if  not 
the  words — to  "  do  the  best  they  can." 

The  Rules  issued  with  the  Decrets  0/1911-1913 

Very  much  the  same  rules  appear  in  the  Reglement 
annexed  to  the  French  Decret  of  21  November,  191 1.^ 
Article  10  of  this  Reglement  definitely  lays  down  that 
when  two  motor-driven  aircraft  meet  "  head  on  " 
{ont  le  cap  Viin  sur  Vautre)  or  nearly  '*  head  on,"  so 
as  to  make  a  collision  probable,  each  should  turn  to 
the  right  of  its  line  of  flight  so  as  to  leave  the  other 
machine  on  its  left.  Yet  in  the  later  Reglement  which 
was  issued  with  the  Decret  of  17  December,  1913, 
it  was  stated  (Article  11),  "  If  the  aeroplanes  follow 
opposite  or  almost  opposite  directions  each  must  in- 
cline to  the  left  "  (obliquer  a  gauche).^  This  was  the 
only  important  difference  between  the  earlier  and 
later  Reglements  (though  it  may  be  mentioned  that 
while  the  rules  of  November,  19 11,  instructed  motor- 

•'  J^.J.L.A.,  191 1,  pp.  309-3H.  ••  R.J.L.A.,  Kji],  p.  19. 


92  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  ch.\p. 

driven  aircraft  to  keep  out  of  the  way  of  free  balloons, 
the  rules  of  December,  191 3,  supplemented  this  in- 
struction by  making  aeroplanes  give  way  to  dirigibles)  ; 
and  it  is  the  more  surprising  because  the  Regulations 
of  the  F.A.I.,  drawn  up  in  the  interval  (May,  191 2), 
had  provided  (Article  14)'^  that  *'  Every  motor-driven 
aircraft  approaching  another  in  any  direction  must 
always  keep  to  the  right,  unless  it  is  and  remains  at 
a  distance  of  at  least  300  metres."^ 


The  Rules  of  the  Convention  0/  1919  :  (i)  Lights 

The  "  Rules  as  to  Lights  and  Signals  "  and  *'  Rules  of 
the  Air "  which  have  been  approved,  in  Annex 
D  of  the  International  Convention,'^  do  not  differ 
greatly  from  the  rules  followed  in  practice  and  already 
laid  down.  They  provide  for  a  rear  light — a  white 
one,  shining  backwards — as  well  as  the  normal  white 
head  light  (visible  at  five  miles'  distance)  and  the  red 
and  green  port  and  starboard  lights  (visible  three 
miles).  They  also  prescribe  the  lights  which  air- 
craft in  the  water  shall  display. 

(ii)  Landing  and  Distress  Signals 

The  new  regulations  provide  for  the  firing  of  a 
green  Very's  light  or  the  flashing  of  a  green  lamp  as 
the  signal  to  be  made  by  an  aircraft  wishing  to  land, 
or  the  ground-signal  that  landing  is  clear.  The 
earlier  rules  had  prescribed  a  red  triangular  flag  by 
day,  or  a  white  light  by  night,  as  the  proper  signal 
for  an  airship  about  to  land.  (No  signal  for  aeroplanes 
intending  to  land  was  laid  down  in  the  earlier  rules.) 
The    distress    signals    prescribed    are    wireless    calls, 

^  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  307. 

*  The  Massachusetts  Law  of  15  May,  191 3,  provided  (Art.  5) 
for  aeroplanes  meeting  head  on,  each  changing  its  direction  towards 
the  right — a  rule  which  is  followed  both  on  land  and  sea  in  the 
United   States.     (R.J.L.A.,    1913,   p.   216.) 

^  See  Appendix  I,  Annex  D. 


VII  COLLISIONS  AND  WRECKS  93 

flag  signals,  a  continuous  sounding,  or  a  succession  of 
Very's  lights.^ 

(iii)  Rules  of  the  Road 

The  "Rules  of  the  Air  "  laid  down  in  the  British 
Air  Navigation  Regulations  and  in  Annex  D  of  the 
International  Convention  are  especially  clear  and 
"  common-sense."  9  In  substance  they  depart  but 
little  from  the  old  rules,  but  they  seek  to  make  the 
latter  "  fool-proof.'  They  provide,  for  instance,  not 
only  (as  the  earlier  rules  do)  that  an  overtaking  air- 
craft shall  always  keep  out  of  the  way  of  the  overtaken 
aircraft,  but  that  '*  as  by  day  the  overtaking  aircraft 
cannot  always  know  with  certainty  whether  it  is 
forward  or  abaft  the  direction  mentioned  above  [i.e., 
whether  it  is  coming  up  with  the  other  aircraft  from 
any  direction  more  than  no  degrees  from  ahead  of 
the  latter],  it  should,  if  in  doubt,  assume  that  it 
is  an  overtaking  aircraft  and  keep  out  of  the  way." 
(Article  28.) 

The  maritime  rule  which  obliges  ships  in  narrow 
waterways  such  as  Queenstown  Harbour  or  Falmouth 
Harbour  to  keep  to  the  starboard  side  of  the  channel 

^  The  rules  for  R.A.F.  aircraft  are  at  present  as  follows  : — 

Signals  for  Aircraft  in  Distress. 

When  an}'  aircraft  is  in  distress  and  requires  assistance,  the 
following  shall  be  the  signals  displayed  by  her,  either  together  or 
separately  :  — 

I.  The   international   signal   "  S.O.S."   by   means  of  visual  or 
wireless  telegraphy. 

II.  The  international  code  signal  of  distress  indicated  by  N.C. 

III.  The  distant  signal  consisting  of  a  square  flag  having  above 
or  below  it  a  ball  or  anything  resembling  a  ball. 

IV.  A  continuous  sounding  with  any  sound  apparatus. 

V.  A  signal  consisting  of  a  succession  of   white  Very's    lights, 
fired  at  short  intervals. 

The  above  signals  are  subject  to  such  modification  as  shall  be 
published  from  time  to  time. 

*  The  Rules  of  the  Air  given  in  Schedule  VII  of  the  British  Air 
Navigation  Regulations,  1919,  are  not  reproduced  here,  being 
identical  in  substance  with  those  given  in  Annex  D  of  the  Inter- 
national Convention,  as  to  which  see  Appendix  I  of  this  book. 


94  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

is  echoed  in  an  Article  (No.  31)  prescribing  that  :  "In 
following  an  officially  recognised  air  route  every  air- 
craft, when  it  is  safe  and  practicable,  shall  keep  to  the 
right  side  of  such  route." 

(iv)  Rules  for  Taking  Off  and  Alighting 

Very  clear  instructions  are  also  given  as  to  the 
method  of  taking  off  from  or  alighting  at  recognised 
aerodromes  by  day  or  night,  the  system  of  marking 
and  lighting  of  the  ground  being  carefully  described. 
It  is  also  provided  (as  in  the  rules  annexed  to  the 
French  Decrets  of  191 1  and  19 13  and  those  of  the 
F.A.I.)  that  no  ballast  except  fine  sand  or  water  shall 
be  dropped  from  aircraft  in  flight.     (Article  35.) 

The  Enforcement  of  Flying  Regulations 

How  will  flying  regulations  be  enforced  }  They 
will  probably  come  under  a  double  "  sanction."  If 
the  contracting  States  agree  ^^  to  punish  all  infractions 
of  them  committed  by  (i)  their  own  aircraft  anywhere, 
(2)  foreign  aircraft  within  the  jurisdiction,  and  this 
international  undertaking  is  implemented  by  the  neces- 
sary internal  legislation  in  each  country,  an  effective 
safeguard  for  the  observance  of  the  rules  will  be 
provided.  If  the  machine  which  has  broken  the 
rules  lands,  it  can  be  dealt  with  by  the  subjacent  State. 
If,  on  the  other  hand,  after  causing  another  machine 
to  crash  through  some  flagrant  disregard  of  the  rules 
of  the  road,  it  flies  away  without  landing  (escaping, 
be  it  supposed,  the  local  aerial  police),  the  State  whose 
machine  is  injured  v/ould  be  entitled  in  virtue  of  the 
international  agreement  to  make  representations  to 
the  guilty  aircraft's  State  with  a  view  to  proceedings 
being  taken  by  that  State  against  the  pilot.  Such 
proceedings  would  be  quite  independent  of  any  civil 

^°  Such  an  agreement  has  been  concluded — see  Article  26  of  the 
International  Convention,  19 19. 


VII  COLLISIONS  AND  WRECKS  95 

action  for  damages  taken  by  the  injured  aircraft's 
owner  against  the  owner  or  pilot  of  the  offending 
aircraft. 

The  Jurisdiction  and  Law  to  be  Applied 

In  the  case  just  instanced  no  actual  collision  would 
have  occurred,  but  there  may  conceivably  be  cases  in 
which  there  is  either  collision,  with  resulting  damage 
to  either  or  both  of  the  machines  and  their  crews  and 
cargo,  or,  without  actually  colliding,  the  machines 
may  both  be  obliged  to  make  forced  landings  which 
damage  them.  In  such  cases  some  interesting  legal 
questions  arise,  namely,  (i)  what  State's  courts  should 
deal  with  the  question  of  legal  responsibility  as  between 
the  two  machines,  (2)  what  State's  law  should  those 
courts  apply,  and — because  the  whole  question  of 
aerial  collisions  is  in  a  vague  and  fluid  state  and  national 
legislation  on  the  subject  has  to  be  created — (3)  what 
should  the  principles  of  that  law  be  ? 

The  Proposals  of  MM.  Fauchille  and  Von  Bar 

Where  the  colliding  aircraft  are  flying  over  the  terri- 
tory of  a  State  of  which  they  both  possess  the  nationality, 
no  difficulty  arises,  nor  is  any  question  possible  where 
two  aircraft  of  the  same  nationality  are  in  collision 
over  the  high  seas  or  unappropriated  territory.  But 
where  the  machines  are  of  different  nationality,  or 
where,  though  of  the  same  nationality,  they  come  in 
collision  over  foreign  territory,  the  answer  is  less  easy. 
M.  Fauchille  proposed  in  19 10  that  where  the  aircraft 
were  of  the  same  nationality,  the  tribunals  and  laws 
competent  to  assess  and  regulate  responsibility  should 
be  those  of  "the  State  of  the  flag  "  ;  where  the  machines 
were  of  different  nationality,  the  same  rules  as  in  the 
case  of  collision  at  sea  should  be  followed  in  deciding 
which  State's  laws  should  apply. ^^  Professor  Von  Bar, 
on  the  other  hand,  proposed  simply  to  say  :   *'  In  case 

"  Annuaire  de  I'Instiiut  de  Droit  International,    1910,   p.    108. 


96  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

of  collision,  the  rules  of  law  concerning  collision  at 
sea  will  apply."  ^^ 

The  View  of  Dr.  Guibe 

Dr.  Guibe  takes  a  different  view.^^  He  holds  that 
the  laws  of  the  subjacent  State  should  apply,  and  that 
the  same  State's  courts  should  have  jurisdiction,  in  all 
cases  of  collision  over  its  territory.  Collision,  he 
argues,  is  an  occurrence  of  a  nature  to  affect  the 
subjacent  State,  and  its  civil  consequences  should  be 
dealt  with  by  that  State's  laws  and  tribunals.^*  The 
difficulty  is  that,  unless  the  faulty  aircraft  lands, 
which  it  may  not  do,  the  laws  and  courts  of  the  State 
in  question  may  be  powerless  in  the  matter.  The 
owner  and  the  pilot  of  the  culpable  aircraft  may  be 
beyond  the  reach  of  its  jurisdiction.  If  any  redress  is 
to  be  obtained  by  the  victim  in  such  a  case,  there  appears 
to  be  no  practical  course  but  to  sue  in  the  courts  of  the 
country  where  the  owner  or  pilot  of  the  other  machine 
is  domiciled  ;  and  those  courts  will  almost  certainly 
apply  the  national  laws.  They  v/ill,  no  doubt,  take 
account,  as  the  English  courts  do,  of  the  question 
whether  the  tort  complained  of  was  in  fact  an  unlawful 
act  in  the  country  where  it  arose,  but  they  will  hardly 
decide  it  according  to  that  State's  laws. 

The  Dual  Aspect  of  an  Avoidable  Collision 

A  collision  which  is  due  to  faulty  airmanship  on 
one  side  is  actionable  at  once  as  a  tort  and  as  a  con- 

^2  Annuaire,  1910,  p.  46. 

^^  Essai   sur  la  navigation   aerienne,   pp.    239—240. 

^*  M.  E.  D'Hooghe  {Droit  aerien,  p.  1 11),  in  discussing  the  question 
of  civil  or  criminal  responsibility  for  collisions  between  aircraft 
of  different  nationalities,  states  :  "  This  question  carries  us  back  to 
the  question,  already  decided  by  jurisprudence,  of  a  crime  or  delict 
committed  across  a  frontier,  the  author  of  the  deed  being  in  one 
State  and  the  victim  in  another.  In  such  a  case,  jurisprudence 
considers  the  country  where  the  author  of  the  deed  is  as  the  State 
whose  law  should  be  applied  and  whose  tribunals  should,  in  general, 

competent." 


VII  COLLISIONS  AND  WRECKS  97 

travention  of  flying  regulations.  For  the  latter,  as 
has  been  explained  above,  the  pilot  or  owner  can 
be  punished  either  in  the  country  whose  nationality 
the  aircraft  possesses  or  in  that  in  which  the  breach  of 
regulations  was  committed.  The  tort,  again,  would 
be  actionable  in  the  country  of  the  owner's  or  pilot's 
domicile,  and  also,  if  the  collision  resulted  in  damage 
to  persons  or  property  in  the  subjacent  State,  in  the 
latter  State's  courts  as  well.  Where  the  collision  took 
place  over  the  high  seas,  there  being  no  law  of  the 
locus  quo.  Dr.  Guibe  admits  that  the  law  of  the  defen- 
dant's State  should  apply .^^  But  what  is  the  law  of 
that  State,  or  of  any  State,  on  the  subject  of  air 
collisions  ?  At  present  there  is  none.  The  law  is  yet 
to  be  made. 


The  Need  for  Constructive  Legislation 

It  may,  of  course,  happen  that  some  such  arrange- 
ment for  mutual  insurance  by  States  of  aircraft 
damage  of  all  kinds  as  is  discussed  in  Chapter  VI  (see 
pp.  86-8,  supra)  will  be  adopted  as  a  practical  solution 
of  the  difficulty  of  jurisdiction.  Such  an  arrangement 
could  cover  the  case  of  collision  in  the  air  as  well  as 
ground  damage.  There  remains,  however,  the  question 
of  the  law  which  will  in  fact  be  applied  to  collision 
cases,  and  since  the  various  internal  legislatures  and 
courts  have  as  yet  had  no  occasion  to  build  up  a  corpus 
of  laws  to  govern  the  settlement  of  such  cases,  the 
foundations  remain  to  be  laid  and  the  principles  which 
the  national  legislatures  should  follow  are  still  to  be 
fixed.  It  is  obviously  desirable  that,  in  dealing  with 
such  an  essentially  international  activity  as  aviation 
and  in  creating  the  new  rules  which  are  to  govern  its 
legal  consequences  in  civil  actions,  the  various  legis- 
latures and  courts  should  seek  as  far  as  possible  to 
follow  the  same  broad  guiding  principles. 

"'  Guibe,   op.   cit.,   p.    240. 


9S  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 


British  Law  as  to  Maritime  Collision 

It  would  be  well,  for  instance,  if  there  were  agreement 
as  to  the  allocation  of  responsibility  in  each  of  the  four 
main  categories  of  possible  collision  cases.  The 
principles  which  the  English  Court  of  Admiralty 
follow  were  thus  laid  down  a  hundred  years  ago  by 
Lord  Stowell  in  regard  to  maritime  collisions  :  ^^ 

"  There  are  four  possibilities  under  which  a 
loss  of  this  sort  may  occur  : 

"  I  St.  It  may  happen  without  blame  being 
imputed  to  either  party ;  as  where  a  loss  is 
occasioned  by  a  storm,  or  by  any  other  vis  major  ; 
in  that  case  the  misfortune  must  be  borne  by  the 
party  on  whom  it  happens  to  light  ;  the  other  not 
being  responsible  in  any  degree. 

"  2ndly.  A  misfortune  of  this  kind  may  arise 
when  both  parties  are  to  blame,  where  there  has 
been  a  want  of  skill  and  due  diligence  on  both 
sides  ;  in  such  a  case,  the  rule  of  law  is,  that  the 
loss  must  be  apportioned  between  them,  as  having 
been  occasioned  by  the  fault  of  both. 

"  3rdly.  It  may  happen  by  the  misconduct  of 
the  suffering  party  alone  ;  and  then  the  rule  is, 
that  the  sufferer  must  bear  his  own  burthen. 

"  4thly.  It  may  have  been  the  fault  of  the  ship 
which  ran  the  other  down  ;  and  in  this  case,  the 
injured  party  would  be  entitled  to  an  entire 
compensation  from  the  other." 

The  second  rule  above  was  confirmed  by  the  Supreme 
Court  of  Judicature  Act,  1873,  which  provides,  in 
effect,  that,  where  both  vessels  are  to  blame  for  the 
collision,  the  vessel  sustaining  the  heavier  loss  receives 
judgment  for  one  half  her  own  loss  less  one  half  the 
loss  sustained  by  the  other .^"^    This  rule  now  applies 

1*  Maclachlan  on  Shipping,   1911,  pp.   337-9. 
1^  Under  the  Maritime  Conventions  Act,  191 1,  the  old  rule  given 
in  T.ord  Stowell's  second  paragraph  is  now,  however,  replaced  by 


VII  COLLISIONS  AND  WRECKS  99 

only  where  the  respective  degrees  of  fault  cannot  be 
ascertained.  Where  they  can,  each  vessel  bears  a  share 
of  the  loss  proportionate  to  its  degree  of  fault.  The 
maritime  collision  law  differs  from  common  law  in 
allowing  the  victim  to  recover  damages  even  if  he  is 
partly  to  blame.  Under  common  law,  where  both 
parties  are  at  fault,  neither  can  recover  anything, 
contributoiy  negligence  being  a  bar  to  the  victim's 
claim.  The  maritime  rule,  it  should  be  added,  applies 
to  claims  in  respect  of  loss  of  cargo  as  well  as  of  the 
vessel  itself.  It  does  not,  however,  apply  to  cases  of 
loss  of  life  or  personal  injury  ;  in  these  cases  the  ship- 
owners' liability  is  "joint  and  several"  and  each  of 
the  vessels  (where  both  were  at  fault)  is  liable  for  the 
whole  loss.^^  The  vessel  mulcted,  however,  has  a 
right  to  contribution,  in  proportion  to  the  degree  of 
fault,  from  the  other .^^ 


French  Law  as  to  Maritime  Collision 

The  French  law  as  to   responsibility  in  maritime 
collision  differs  slightly  from  the  English.     It  provides 

the  newer  and  fairer  one  that,  where  two  ships  are  at  fault,  the 
loss  caused  by  a  collision  will  be  apportioned  in  accordance  with 
the  degree  of  fault  attributed  to  each  vessel  by  the  Court,  instead 
of  being  equally  divided.  This  change  was  the  result  of  the  Brussels 
Convention  on'ColHsions  of  23  September,  1910.  If  it  is  not  possible 
to  establish  different  degrees  of  fault,  the  liability  is  to  be  appor- 
tioned equally,  so  that,  in  practice,  the  old  rule  may  largely  still 
hold.  Under  the  Act,  the  owner  of  cargo  laden  on  board  one  of 
two  delinquent  vessels  is  only  entitled  to  recover  so  much  of  his 
loss  as  is  proportionate  to  the  degree  of  fault  of  the  vessel  in  which 
it  was  laden.  Where  there  is  loss  of  life  or  personal  injury  as  the 
result  of  the  two  vessels'  fault,  the  liability  of  the  owners  is  joint 
and  several  and  either  can  be  sued  in  full,  but  the  owner  from  whom 
damages  are  recovered  has  a  right  to  contribution  from  the  other 
owner  in  proportion  to  the  degrees  of  fault.  (Roscoe  and  Robertson, 
The  Maritime  Conventions  Act,  19 11.) 

18  Under  the  Merchant  Shipping  Acts  the  liability  of  the  owners 
of  a  ship,  British  or  foreign,  is  limited  to  £1^  per  ton  of  the  ship's 
tonnage  in  respect  of  loss  of  life  or  personal  damage  and  to  ;^8  per 
ton  in  respect  of  loss  or  damage  to  "  ship's  goods,  merchandise  or 
other  things."  Such  a  limitation  is  obviously  inapplicable  to  damage 
by  aircraft. 

i»  Salmond,  Law  of  Torts,  3rd  cd.,  pp.  46-7. 

11    2 


loo  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

that  (i)  if  one  vessel  only  is  at  fault,  it  bears  the  whole 
loss  ;  (2)  if  both  vessels  are  at  fault,  the  tribunals  divide 
the  loss  according  to  the  gravity  of  the  fault ;  (3)  if  the 
collision  is  due  to  force  majeure,  e.g.  fog  or  storm, 
each  ship  bears  it  own  loss  ;  (4)  if  there  is  uncertainty 
as  to  the  circumstances  of  the  collision,  the  whole 
damage  is  equally  shared.-^  The  last  provision  is 
universally  criticised.  It  would  be  a  peculiarly  in- 
equitable rule  to  apply  to  aerial  collisions.  The 
circumstances  of  such  collisions  v/ould  often  be  ob- 
scure, and  it  would  be  clearly  unfair  to  make  the 
small,  privately-owned  aeroplane  pay  half  the  loss  of 
the  great  transatlantic  multi-engined  seaplane  or 
flying-boat  or  the  lumbering  tramp  airship,  stuffed 
with  Birmingham  goods,  on  the  Uganda  run,  when  no 
evidence  of  fault  was  forthcoming.  The  only  fair 
rule,  where  the  cause  of  a  collision  is  unknown,  is  to 
let  the  loss  lie  where  it  falls.  Where  both  aircraft  are 
to  blame,  in  uncertain  degrees,  the  loss  can  fairly  be 
shared. 

V/recks  (epaves)  :  M.  Faiichille's  Proposals 

Akin  to  the  question  of  collisions  is  that  of  wrecks. 
When  an  aircraft  crashes  on  foreign  territory  and  its 
owner  does  not  take  steps  to  salve  it,  what  is  the  posi- 
tion legally  of  the  ovrner,  the  finder  or  landov/ner  on 
whose  ground  it  falls,  and  the  State  of  the  locus  quo  ? 
M.  Fauchille  proposed  the  following  rule  in  his  draft 
code  :  ^^ 

''  Art.  27.  Anyone  finding  a  wrecked  aircraft 
on  land  or  sea  must  notify  it  to  the  municipal 
authorities  of  the  nearest  locality  or  of  the  first 
port  at  which  he  calls,  within  twenty-four  hours  of 
finding  it  or  reaching  port.  If  the  wreck  can  be 
identified  it  will  be  restored  to  its  owner,  who  will 
repay  the   salvor   his   expenses   and  pay  him  a 

20  Guibe,  op.  cit.,  pp.   130-1. 

21  Annuaire  de  I'lnsiitut  de  Droit  International,   191 1,  p.   m. 


VII  COLLISIONS  AND  WRECKS  loi 

remuneration  of  5  per  cent,  of  the  value  of  the 
wreck.  Otherwise  (an  cas  contraire)  it  will  remain 
in  the  authorities'  hands  ;  the  internal  legislation 
of  each  country  will  fix  the  time  within  which  the 
owner  will  be  allowed  to  reclaim  it." 


The  Discussion  of  Wrecks  at  the  Comite  juridique 

A  similar  provision  (Art.  32)  is  to  be  found  in  the 
draft  Convention  agreed  to  at  Paris  in  19 10,  except 
that  the  abandonment  of  the  wreck  by  the  owner  is 
provided  for  as  an  alternative  to  his  reclaiming  it. 
The  rules  approved  by  the  Comite  juridique  de 
V Aviation  went  into  more  detail.  They  provided  that 
the  owner  could  claim  the  wreck  within  a  year  and  a 
day,  and  they  allowed  a  remuneration  of  10  per  cent., 
instead  of  5  per  cent.,  of  the  value  of  the  epave  (wTcck) 
to  the  salvor.2-  Tht  Comite  considered  and  rejected 
a  proposal  that  if  the  wreck  was  not  claimed  within  the 
prescribed  time  it  should  be  sold  and  the  proceeds 
devoted  to  paying  expenses  and  the  salvor's  premium, 
any  balance  going  to  the  State.  Such  a  provision  was 
thought  by  the  Comite  to  trench  upon  internal  legis- 
lation. It  was  indeed  urged  that  the  whole  question 
was  one  for  the  various  legislatures  to  settle,  but 
Professor  de  Lapradelle  pointed  out  that  there  existed, 
in  fact,  no  national  legislation  upon  aerial  derelicts  or 
wrecks,  which  had  not  been  contemplated  in  any  of 
the  codes.  In  France,  he  observed,-^  there  was  one 
"legislative  theory"  as  to  maritime  derelicts,  another 
as  to  river  derelicts,  another  as  to  land  derelicts.  An 
aerial  derelict  was  something  new,  something  sui 
generis,  quite  different  from  the  purse  v/hich  one  finds 
in  the  highway,  and  a  special  legislative  provision, 
which  an  international  agreement  could  guide  and  in- 
spire, was  urgently  needed  in  the  various  countries. 

22  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  170  ;     1913,  pp.  329-330. 
"  R.J.L.A.,    1912,    p.    161.       See    also    Lcblanc,    La    navigation 
a4rienne  au  point  de  vue  du  droit  civil,  pp.  9G-104,  as  to  epaves. 


102  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 


The  Terms  Proposed  and  Agreed  at  Paris,  191Q 

The  Convention  signed  at  the  Conference  of  1919. 
contained  merely  a  provision  (in  Article  24)  that 
for  the  purpose  of  salvage  of  aircraft  wrecked  at 
sea  the  regulations  of  the  different  contracting  States 
as  to  the  salvage  of  ships  should  apply,  "  so  far  as 
practicable."  The  question  is  therefore  abandoned, 
by  the  international  code,  to  the  various  national 
legislatures. 

Pre-war  Legislative  Proposals  as  to  Aerial  Wrecks 

So  far  as  French  legislation  is  concerned,  no  attempt 
has  been  made  to  grapple  with  the  question.  The 
two  Decrets  of  November,  191 1,  and  December,  1913, 
merely  instruct  the  finder  of  a  wreck  to  notify  it  to  the 
authorities.  The  draft  French  law  of  1913  reproduces 
(in  Article  19)  the  provision  of  the  Decrets.  The 
draft  British  law  of  1910-11  was  more  helpful.  It 
provided  (paragraph  13)  -'*  for  notification  of  a  wrecked 
aircraft  and  also  for  a  payment  by  the  owner — unless 
he  abandoned  his  right  to  the  aircraft — to  the  persons 
who  assisted  in  the  salvage  of  their  expenses  and 
5  per  cent,  of  the  value  of  the  aircraft  as  salved,  the 
expenses  of  the  owner  for  salvage  being  deducted  from 
the  latter  amount.  It  contained  further  a  novel  pro- 
vision that  if  the  owner  abandoned  his  right  to  the 
aircraft,  it  should  be  sold  or  otherwise  dealt  with  for 
the  benefit  of  the  salvors.-^ 

The  Disposal  of  Maritime  Derelict  and  Wreck 

The  last  rule  marks  a  departure  from  maritime  law. 
Under  British  law,  in  the  absence  of  an  established 

2*  Reports  of  Civil  Aerial  Transport  Committee,   1918,  p.   38. 

25  The  Regulations  proposed  by  the  Syndicat  General  de  I'Avia- 
tion  in  1910  provided  that,  after  a  year  and  a  day,  an  unclaimed 
aircraft  ^vreck  should  belong  to  the  State  and  to  the  finder  in  equal 
proportions.     (R.J.L.A.,    1910,    p.    160.) 


VII  COLLISIONS   AND   WRECKS  103 

claim  to  ownership,  derelict  on  the  seas  is  the  property 
of  the  Crown  ;  the  salvor  is  entitled  only  to  a  reward, 
or  salvage,  which  was  at  one  time  usually  from  one- 
third  to  one-half  of  the  value  of  the  property  aban- 
doned and  recovered,  but  is  now  at  the  discretion  of 
the  court.^^  The  "  value  "  is,  for  the  purpose  of  the 
award  of  salvage,  the  value  at  the  time  and  place  where 
the  salvage  services  had  terminated  by  bringing  the 
vessel  into  safety.^'  When  "  derelict "  becomes 
"  wreck  of  the  sea  "  by  being  cast  by  the  sea  upon  the 
land,  it  is  also  the  property  of  the  Crown,  except  in 
cases  in  which  some  "  admiral,  vice-admiral,  lord  of 
the  manor,  heritable  proprietor  duly  infeft  "  or  other 
person  is  able  to  establish  a  title  to  unclaimed  wreck 
found  upon  his  property.  If  no  claim  to  ownership 
is  established  within  a  year,  the  wreck  is  sold  by  the 
receiver  of  wrecks,  and  the  proceeds,  less  all  expenses 
and  fees,  paid  over  either  to  the  admiral  {et  alii), 
whose  title  has  been  proved,  or  to  the  Crown. -^  A 
consul-general,  it  should  be  added,  is  entitled  to  act 
on  behalf  of  the  owner  of  a  foreign  ship  in  regard  to 
salvage  claims. 

The  Disposal  of  Aerial  Wreck 

The  value  of  wrecked  aircraft  is  unlikely  ever  to  be 
comparable  to  that  of  wrecked  ships,  and  it  is  ques- 
tionable whether  the  salvor,  who  will  often  be  the 
tenant  or  landlord  of  the  ground  where  it  falls,  in  the 
case  of  land  crashes,  will  find  any  great  profit  in  his 

2' Maclachlan  on  Shipping,  pp.   711-12. 

^'  Maclachlan,  p.  716. 

^  In  French  law  the  finder  of  an  abandoned  wreck  is  bound  to 
report  it  to  the  authorities  within  twenty-lour  hours  of  entering 
port.  The  authorities  give  publicity  to  the  finding,  and  if  the 
proprietor  of  the  wreck  does  not  claim  it  within  a  year  and  a  day, 
it  becomes  the  property  of  the  State.  The  finder  is  rewarded  by 
a  percentage  of  the  value  ;  where  the  find  has  consisted  of  the 
garments  of  shipwrecked  sailors  or  of  ancliors,  the  finder  receives 
100  per  cent,  of  the  value — a  quaint  survival  of  legislation.  (Le- 
blanc.  La  navigation  acriamc  an  'point  de  i'ltc  dii  droit  civil, 
pp.  98-99.) 


104  AIRCRAFT   IN  PEACE  chap. 

right  to  the  wreckage  after  keeping  it  for  the  prescribed 
period.  Where  the  aircraft  has  any  appreciable  value, 
it  will  probably  be  claimed  by  the  owner,  or  rather  by 
the  insurance  company  ;  the  fact  that  an  aircraft  has 
crashed  in  a  certain  place  will  usually  be  known  at 
once,  for  even  where  it  falls  in  desert  territory  the  owner 
or  insurance  company  will  naturally  infer  from  its 
non-arrival  that  it  has  met  with  disaster.  The  cargo 
will  also  probably  be  insured  and  is  unlikely  to  be 
abandoned  if  it  is  worth  salving.  Where  the  wreck 
takes  place  at  sea,  neither  the  aircraft  nor  the  cargo 
will  usually  be  worth  salving,  even  if  the  machine  keeps 
afloat ;  and  as  the  aircraft  would  not  constitute  a 
danger  to  navigation  in  the  same  way  as  derelict  ships, 
such  a  provision  as  is  to  be  found  in  Article  8  of  the 
Convention  on  Safety  of  Life  at  Sea,^^  for  the  notifica- 
tion by  the  finder  of  a  dangerous  derelict  of  its  exist- 
ence to  all  ships  in  the  vicinity  and  to  the  authorities 
at  the  first  point  of  the  coast  with  v/hich  he  can 
communicate,  is  hardly  necessary.  It  is,  however, 
desirable  for  other  reasons  that  aerial  derelicts  should 
be  reported,  and  a  provision  for  this  purpose  in  an 
international  agreement  seems  to  be  necessary. 

Notification  of^  and  First  Aid  after,  Crashes 

It  is  also  desirable,  for  similar  reasons,  that  some 
international  undertaking  should  be  given  as  regards 
the  treatment  of  persons  killed  or  injured  in  aircraft 
crashes  in  foreign  territory.  When  an  aircraft  crashes, 
the  immediately  pressing  need  is  not  for  its  salvage  but 
for  the  care  and  protection  of  the  injured  crew  and 
passengers  and  the  burial  of  the  dead,  perhaps  un- 
recognisable through  burns  due  to  the  petrol  catching 
fire.  A  system  for  the  immediate  notification  of  such 
cases  by  the  local  authorities  to  the  central  Air  Autho- 
rity of  the  country  where  the  disaster  happens,  and  for 
the  transmission  of  the  news  at  once  by  that  Authority 

29  See  Cd.   7246,   p.   69. 


VII  COLLISIONS  AND  WRECKS  105 

to  the  corresponding  Authority  in  the  aircraft's  country 
of  departure,  could  be  easily  organised.  The  relatives 
of  the  injured  or  dead  could  then  communicate  their 
wishes  as  to  removal,  etc.,  the  Air  Authority  of  the 
country  where  the  crash  occurred  being  meanwhile 
responsible  for  the  care  of  the  victims,  subject  to 
recovery  of  any  expenses  from  the  other  Air  Authority. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

LAW   IN   THE  AIR 

Icarus  and  the  Law 

The  most  difficult  category  of  questions  of  all  those 
to  which  human  flight  has  given  rise  is  the  complex 
of  problems  relating  to  judicial  competence  and  the 
law  to  be  applied  in  the  air. 

Men  have  legislated  for  travellers  by  land  and  sea  ; 
travellers  by  air  are  unknown  to  the  law.  Justinian, 
as  M.  Piogey  has  observed,  never  foresaw  that  Icarus 
would  disturb  so  inconsiderately  the  Code,  the  Digest, 
the  Institutes,  and  even  the  "  Novels."  ^  Flight,  of  its 
nature,  has  been  the  creator  of  new  difficulties  in  both 
public  and  private  international  law.  It  is  something 
so  inherently  and  pre-eminently  international  itself 
that  it  was  bound  to  have  this  effect.  But  it  is  at  the 
same  time  something  so  romantic  and  almost  unreal 
that  one  finds  it  hard  to  conceive  its  development  as 
involving  the  development  also  of  law  and  litigation. 
Yet,  in  fact,  man's  increasing  mastery  of  the  airways  is 
creating  day  b^/  day  such  stuff  as  laws  as  Vv'ell  as  dreams 
are  made  of.  It  will  assuredly  add  new  chapters  to 
the  legal  text-books,  to  puzzle  the  heads  of  our  grand- 
children whose  fate  it  is  to  study  law.  We  of  this 
generation  were  saved,  at  least,  the  trouble  of  learning 
whether  an  aircraft  is  a  "  place  "  vv^ithin  the  meaning 
of  the  Betting  Acts,  whether  a  pilot  can  be  guilty  of 
an  offence  corresponding  to  "  barratry  of  the  master  " 

^  Dcs  regies  dc  droll  inlcrnatlonal  applicables  d  I'aviaLion,  p.   13. 

io6 


CH.  VIII  LAW   IN  THE  AIR  107 

at  sea,  and  so  on.  It  is  an  advantage  in  some  ways  to 
be  born  before  some  great  and  beneficent  invention 
or  discovery  has  had  time  to  develop. 

The  Nature  of  the  Problem 

It  is  partly  because  aircraft  may  pass  so  quickly  from 
one  State's  atmosphere  into  another's,  partly  because 
the  element  in  which  they  move  is  neither  land  nor  sea, 
that  the  new  complications  arise.  A  flying  machine 
may  pass  over  a  State's  whole  territory  without  setting 
wheel  therein  ;  can  it  be  said  to  have  placed  itself 
within  that  State's  jurisdiction  ?  Suppose  a  crime 
is  committed  on  that  aircraft  ;  the  aircraft  itself  may  be, 
say,  a  Dutch  one,  it  may  fly  into  England  and  there 
take  up  a  Dane  and  a  Spaniard  as  passengers,  and  while 
it  is  subsequently  returning  to  Holland  circuitously, 
the  Dane  may  be  murdered,  over  France,  by  the 
Spaniard.  What  is  the  appropriate  jurisdiction  and 
what  the  appropriate  law  to  apply  to  such  a  case  ? 
This  is  but  one  of  the  many  kinds  of  questions  which 
may  arise. 

The  Four  Classes  of  IVrotigful  Acts 

It  is  necessary  to  set  out  clearly  the  different  classes 
of  acts  which  may  be  in  question.     They  are  : 

(i)  An  act  which  all  civilised  States  condemn 
as  criminal,  such  as  murder  or  manslaughter  ;  or 
one  which  is  similarly  recognised  universally  as  a 
personal  wrong  or  "  tort,"  such  as  the  wilful  or 
negligent  injuring  of  another  in  person  or  pro- 
perty ;  and  the  crime  or  the  "  tort,"  as  the  case 
may  be,  is  one  committed  within  an  aircraft 
during  flight  and  has  no  effect  upon  the  subjacent 
country. 

(2)  An  act  which  is  a  crime  or  tort  as  at  (i)  but 
is  now  one  affecting  the  subjacent  State,  as,  e.g., 
where  a  person  on  the  ground  is  injured  by  some- 


io8  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

thing  carelessly  dropped  from  the  aircraft  or  by 
the  aircraft  itself  in  an  incautious  landing. 

(3)  An  act  not  criminal  in  se  but  unlawful  and 
prohibited  under  the  laws  of  the  subjacent  State, 
e.g.y  the  photographing  of  a  fortress  by  a  foreign 
aviator,  or  the  dropping  of  seditious  pamphlets, 
or  the  landing  of  undesirable  and  prohibited 
immigrants. 

(4)  An  act  which  is  a  contravention  of  some 
regulation  agreed  to  in  an  international  conven- 
tion, such  as  failing  to  display  the  prescribed 
lights,  or  to  keep  to  starboard  when  meeting 
"  head  on,"  etc. 

Contraventions  of  Flying  Regulations 

No  difficulty  arises  in  the  last  case— that  at  (4).  The 
contravention  is  forbidden  in  both  the  subjacent  State 
and  in  that  of  the  aircraft's  owner,  so  that  either  State 
is  entitled  to  punish  it  ;  and  as  it  is  an  act  for  which  the 
pilot,  who  must  be  regarded  as  the  owner's  agent,  can 
be  held  responsible,  it  is  clear  that  this  alternative 
sanction  should  be  effectively  deterrent. 

Contraventions  of  Defence,  Immigration, 
or  Similar  Enactments 

The  case  of  (3)  is  also  soon  disposed  of,  though  not 
so  straightforward  as  (4).  It  has  been  suggested  that 
just  as  all  difficulty  is  avoided  in  the  latter  case  by  the 
simple  course  of  making  the  non-observance  of  the 
air  regulations  punishable  in  all  contracting  countries, 
so  the  acts  in  question  at  (3) — and  espionage  in  par- 
ticular— should  be  prohibited  by  each  and  every 
State,  even  when  performed  in  the  State's  own 
interests,  and  should  be  regarded  as  punishable  by 
either  the  subjacent  State  or  that  of  the  aircraft's 
nationality.-     The  difficuhy  is  that,  where  it  is  a  ques- 

-  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  217. 


VIII  LAW  IN  THE  AIR  109 

tion  of  national  defence,  the  foreign  State's  tribunals 
may  possibly  not  take  the  same  grave  view  of  an 
incident  as  the  complainant  State. ^  When  the  question 
was  discussed  by  the  Comite  juridiqiie  de  V Aviation  in 
19 1 2,  M.  Talamon  and  M.  Henry-Coiiannier  thought 
it  was  chimerical  to  expect  the  States  to  renounce 
espionage  ;  it  was  like  expecting  war  to  be  given  up  by 
mutual  agreement,  said  the  latter/^  Perhaps  we  are 
not  so  sure  to-day  that  either  expectation  is  so  entirely 
Utopian  as  men  thought  in  19 12.  However,  even 
under  a  League  of  Nations,  war  is  not  impossible,  and 
so  long  as  that  is  so,  espionage  is  likely  in  some  degree 
to  continue.  To  prevent  it  a  State  must  rely  on  its 
own  long  arm  (until  such  time,  if  it  ever  comes,  as  the 
League  of  Nations  intervenes  and  establishes  a  tribunal 
of  its  own  for  dealing  with  such  cases).  It  must  establish 
on  the  ground  or  in  the  air  an  effective  machinery  for 
preventing  flight  over  its  prohibited  areas,  or,  as  regards 
the  enforcement  of  its  financial  and  immigration  laws, 
for  controlling  the  entry  of  dutiable  articles  and  pro- 
hibited aliens.  Direct  action  will  be  taken  against  the 
pilot  or  possibly  the  passenger  who  offends,  and  if  he 
escapes,  the  damnified  State  will  not  be  able  to  count 
upon  another  State  enforcing  a  judgment  pronounced 
against  him  in  absentia.  '*  The  courts  of  no  country 
execute  the  penal  laws  of  another,"  and  the  test  of  a 
penal  law  is  that  the  penalty  is  "  recoverable  at  the 
instance  of  the  State,  or  of  an  official  authorised  to 
prosecute  on  its  behalf,  or  of  a  member  of  the  public 
in  the  character  of  a  common  informer."  ^  (As  a 
special  and  exceptional  case,  however,  provision  is 
made  in  Annex  H  [para.  16]  of  the  International  Con- 
vention, 1919,  for  infringements  of  the  regulations  as 
to  Customs  being  reported  by  the  State  damnified  to 
the  State  in  which  the  ofi'ending  aircraft  is  registered, 

^  R.J.L.A.,  IQ12,  pp.  219,  229. 
*  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  228. 

'•  Westlake,  Private  International  Law,  4th  cd.,  §  318  b,  quoting 
the  judgment  in  Huntington  v.  Attiill  (1893). 


no  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

and  penalised  by  the  latter  by  way  of  the  suspension 
of  the  aircraft's  registration  certificate.) 


"  Commoti  Lazv  "  Crimes  and  Torts 

It  is  in  regard  to  *'  common  law  "  crimes  or  torts 
committed  by  the  crew  or  passengers  that  questions 
of  competing  jurisdictions  and  conflict  of  laws  arise. 
Contracts  and  wills  made  in  the  air  also  present  diffi- 
culties, and  "  third-party  damage  "  done  in  landing, 
already  dealt  with  in  Chapter  VI,  is  a  problem  of 
peculiar  complications.  A  crime  may  be  committed 
by  the  member  of  an  aircraft  crew  either  on  the  ground 
or  in  the  air,  and  when  committed  in  the  air,  the 
victim  may  be  either  a  person  on  the  ground  (as,  e.g., 
when  he  is  maliciously  wounded  from  the  machine  in 
flight),  or  another  person  carried  in  the  machine.  In 
any  of  these  cases  the  machine  may  escape.  What 
redress  has  the  subjacent  State  when  one  of  its  own 
nationals  is  the  victim  ? 

Extradition  an  Inadequate  Solution 

The  obvious  redress  in  the  case  of  serious  crimes 
is  the  right  of  extradition.  M.  Fauchille's  earlier 
draft  Convention — that  of  1902 — provided  that  the 
authorities  of  the  country  in  which  a  machine  landed 
should  have  power  to  arrest  anyone  carried  in  it  who 
had  committed  iin  fait  delictueux  within  another 
State's  jurisdiction  and  should  hand  him  over  to  the 
latter  State.  So  Professor  Catellani  saw  in  the  exten- 
sion of  extradition  the  best  means  of  repressing  crimes 
in  the  aerial  domain.*^  Extradition,  however,  is  a 
method  of  redress  which  has  distinct  limitations. 
"  Suppose  a  crime  is  committed  in  a  German  aircratt 
over  French  territory,"  said  Professor  de  Lapradelle, "^ 
"  and  committed  in  circum.stances  which  involve 
disturbance  of  French  '  public  order,'  and  that  con- 

^  Droit  aerien,  p.  152.  ''  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  90. 


VIII  LAW  IN  THE  AIR  in 

sequently  it  falls  under  French  legislation  and  jurisdic- 
tion. After  the  machine  lands  in  Germany  will  the 
German  Government  be  requested  and  expected  to 
hand  over  to  France  the  authors  of  the  crime  ?  But 
in  that  case  what  becomes  of  the  old  principle  of  the 
extradition  of  nationals  ?  " 

It  is  the  rule  in  extradition,  it  should  be  explained, 
not  to  surrender  nationals  who  have  committed  crimes 
abroad.  The  practice  of  Great  Britain  and  the  United 
States  is  in  this  respect  exceptional,  for  these  countries 
extradite  their  own  subjects  ;  the  European  Continental 
Powers  follow  the  rule  of  non-extradition  of  nationals.^ 


The  Execution  of  Foreign  Judgments 

Extradition  would  not  in  any  case  apply  to  other 
than  grave  criminal  acts.  Some  other  solution  must 
be  found  for  the  difficulties  connected  with  the  repara- 
tion of  injury  to  person  or  property.  When  the 
damage  is  done  to  persons  or  property  in  the  sub- 
jacent State,  that  State's  jurisdiction  and  laws  should 
clearly  be  invoked,  where  possible,  to  secure  redress. 
But  what  if  the  aircraft  escapes  before  service  can  be 
effected  and  the  author  of  the  wrong  detained  ?  In 
that  case,  said  M.  Hennequin,  he  should  still  be  dealt 
with  by  the  courts  of  the  subjacent  State,  and  the  State 
of  the  aircraft's  nationality  should  be  bound  to  "  render 
executory  "  the  judgment  pronounced  by  the  tribunal 
of  the  territorial  State.'-*  Professor  Catellani  was  similarly 
of  opinion  that,  in  international  flight,  the  "  constant, 
ready  and  summarily  obtained  execution  of  foreign 
judgments  in  civil  matters  "  was  the  best  means  of 
protecting  individual  rights .^^ 

There  are  political  and  technical  objections  to  such 
a  proposal.  As  M.  Weiss  pointed  out  in  191 2,  it  would 
be  difficult  to  obtain  the  consent  of  the  various  States 

8  Bonfils,    Droit    international,    §    459 ;     Lawrence,    International 
Law,  §  133. 

"  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  pp.  217-18.  '"  Droit  aerien,  pp.  152,  155. 


112  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

to  renounce  their  right  of  granting  or  refusing  the 
exequatur  of  foreign  judgments.  There  would  be 
special  difficuhies  in  England.  English  law  regards 
foreign  judgments  not — as  is  the  Continental  rule — as 
choses  jiigees  which  may  be  admitted  to  execution  or 
"  declared  executory  "  after  a  special  proceeding,  but 
as  new  causes  of  action,  involving  almost  a  re-trial  of 
the  case.^^  The  foreign  judgment  is  regarded  in  fact 
as  a  form  of  contract  upon  which  the  applicant  has  to 
sue  and  obtain  judgment  in  an  English  court.^^  It  is 
true  that  the  defendant  is  *'  estopped  "  from  denying 
the  validity  of  the  foreign  judgment,  but  as  he  is  at 
liberty  to  oppose  it  on  the  ground  that  the  foreign 
court  exceeded  its  jurisdiction,  that  he  was  not  subject 
to  that  jurisdiction,  that  the  judgment  was  obtained  by 
fraud,  or  possibly  that  the  court  made  a  mistake  as  to 
English  law,  it  is  clear  that  the  adoption  of  the  foreign 
judgment  by  an  English  court  is  far  from  being  an 
easy  and  automatic  process. 

States  not  interested  in  Acts  done  within 
Passing  Aircraft 

As  to  acts  done  on  board  the  aircraft  and  not  affecting 
in  any  way  the  subjacent  State,  while  in  theory  the 
latter  State's  courts  have  jurisdiction  over  them  (the 
sovereignty  of  the  air  being  admitted),  in  practice  it  is 
unlikely  that  such  a  jurisdiction  would  be  claimed. 
The  circumstances  are  fairly  comparable  to  those  of 
merchant  vessels  passing  through  foreign  territorial 
waters.  Speaking  of  a  State's  jurisdiction  over  passing 
vessels.  Hall  says  : 

''  The  State  is  both  indifferent  to,  and  un- 
favourably placed  for  learning,  what  happens 
among  a  knot  of  foreigners  so  passing  through  her 
territory  as  not  to  come  in  contact  with  the  popula- 
tion.    To  attempt  to  exercise  jurisdiction  in  re- 

11  Westlake,  op.  cit.,  §  313. 

12  Foote,  Private  International  Jurisprudence,  3rd  ed.,  pp.  547  fE. 


VIII  LAW  IN  THE  AIR  113 

spect  of  acts  producing  no  effect  beyond  the  vessel, 
and  not  tending  to  do  so,  is  of  advantage  to  no 
one."  13 


The  "  Lazv  of  the  Flag  "  ;   Some  Early  Proposals 

Both  M.  Fauchille's  draft  Code  (Article  13)  and  the 
Code  proposed  by  the  Co?nite  juridique  de  V Aviation 
(Article  23)  provide  that  acts  done  on  board  an  aircraft 
and  not  affecting  the  subjacent  State  are  subject  to  the 
jurisdiction  and  laws  of  the  State  of  the  aircraft's 
nationality.  They  assimilate  aircraft,  in  fact,  to  mer- 
chant ships.  Acts  done  on  board  a  merchant  vessel 
are  cognisable  by  the  courts  of  the  State  of  the  ship's 
flag,  and  that  State  is  bound  to  give  redress  for  them 
when  due.i*  Some  of  the  members  of  the  Comite 
juridique  desired,  indeed,  to  nationalise  and  personify 
aircraft  to  an  even  higher  degree  than  ships.  It  was 
seriously  proposed,  for  instance,  that  a  child  born  on  an 
aircraft  should  have  its  nationality.  Fortunately,  Pro- 
fessor de  Lapradelle  was  able  to  convince  his  colleagues 
that  the  child  should  follow  its  father's  nationality .^^ 
But  then  came  the  question,  What  if  the  child  is  a 
foundling  ?  The  deplorable  case  of  the  infant  stow- 
away discovered  in  mid-air  caused  the  Comite  much,  per- 
plexity. They  decided  that  it,  at  least,  should  have  the 
machine's  nationality,  though  this  decision  was  erased 
by  the  Congress  subsequently.  Professor  de  Lapra- 
delle here  again,  it  should  be  observed,  tried  to  divert 
the  debate  into  the  realms  of  common-sense  by  suggest- 
ing that  the  child  should  in  such  a  case  simply  be  treated 
as  of  no  nationality,  in  which  event  domicile  would 

"  Hall,  Internallonal  Law,  7th  ed.,  p.  216.  Hall  excludes  from 
this  dictum  the  case  where  the  anchorage  of  a  vessel  may  cause 
risk  of  infection,  though  nothing  has  been  done  in  the  vessel  to 
produce  an  effect  outside.  A  State  is  clearly  entitled  to  forbid 
even  a  "  through  "  flight  across  its  territory  by  an  aircraft  from  a 
contaminated  region  ;  something  might  be  dropped  overboard 
from  the  machine  and  the  disease  thus  conveyed  to  persons  below. 

'*  Hall,  Internalional  Law,  7th  ed.,  pp.  263-5. 

"^  K.J.L.A.,  ifji.i,  pp.  246-7. 

I 


ti4  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

subsequently  determine  nationality.^^  The  Comite 
also  discussed  marriage  in  an  aircraft.^ ^  One  can  only 
wonder,  after  that,  why  they  did  not  determine  how 
people  could  be  divorced  in  an  aircraft  .^^ 

The  Case  for  Applying  the  Lazv  of  the  Flag 

To  treat  an  aircraft  like  a  ship  in  regard  to  the 
application  of  the  "  law  of  the  flag  "  to  acts  done  on 
board  is  prima  facie  the  simple  and  logical  course  to 
follow.  Certainly  the  transatlantic  dirigible  or  flying- 
boat  is  a  fairly  close  analogue  of  the  maritime  craft. 
In  overland  journeys,  too,  it  seems  to  be  advantageous 

i«  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  263. 
1'  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  261. 

M.  Gaston  Bonnefoy  {Le  code  de  I'air,  p.  216)  quotes  an  instance 
of  an  accouchement  in  "a  balloon.  Such  an  occurrence  would  clearly 
be  possible  in  the  case  of  a  long-distance  voyage  by  airship. 

There  is  also,  indeed,  an  instance  of  a  wedding  in  the  air;  but  it 
was  a  "  freak "  ceremony  carried  out  under  conditions  carefully 
stage-managed.  As  reported  in  the  Press  of  27  June,  1919,  the  wed- 
ding took  place  in  New  York  at  an  Athletic  Meeting,  the  young 
couple  ascending  in  one  aeroplane  and  the  clergyman  in  another  and 
the  aeroplanes  being  installed  with  wireless  telephony  apparatus. 
The  clergyman  read  the  marriage  service  and  heard  the  bride  and 
bridegroom  exchange  vows.  The  witnesses  remained  on  the  ground 
and  heard  what  was  said  through  megaphones  attached  to  the  wire- 
less telephone  receivers. 

18  The  Comite  did,  however,  draw  up  some  useful  rules  as  to  the 
record  and  notification  of  births  and  deaths  occurring  on  aircraft. 
These  rules  were  subsequently  condensed  by  the  Congress  of  the 
Comite  into  the  folloAving  Article  : — 

"  In  case  of  a  birth  or  a  death  on  board  an  aircraft  during 
flight,   the   pilot  will   record  the  occurrence  in  the  log-book. 
The  pilot  will  be  bound  to  lodge  a  copy  of  the  entry  at  the 
first  place  where  the  aircraft  lands.     It  will  be  lodged,  (i)  if 
the  place  is  part  of  the  territory  of  which  the  aircraft  possesses 
the  nationality,  with  the  competent  public  authority,  (2)  if  the 
place  is  in  foreign  territory,  with  the  consul  of  the  aircraft's 
nationality.     If   there   is   no   consul   in   that   place,   the   copy 
will  be  sent  by  the  pilot  by  registered  post  to  the  consular 
authorit}'^  of  the  aircraft's  nation alit}-." 
A  proposal  that   "  the  deceased  should  be  regarded  as  having 
died  in  the  territory  of  the  country  of  the  aircraft's  nationality  " 
was  omitted,  apparently  because  it"  trenched  upon  internal  legisla- 
tion ;    and  so  was  another  proposal  which  provided  for  the  drawing 
up  by  a  public  authority  of  a  statement  of  "  presumption  of  loss  " 
where  an  aircraft  was  totally  lost.     (R.J.L.A.,  1912,  pp.  275,  272, 
258.) 


VIII  LAW  IN  THE  AIR  115 

that  a  single  jurisdiction  should  be  recognised  as 
governing  the  aircraft  as  a  whole  at  any  given  time. 
One  might  conceivably  adopt  as  that  single  jurisdiction 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  subjacent  State,  but  this  pro- 
posal is  open  not  only  to  the  objection  that  the  State 
in  question  is  indifferent  to  what  happens  in  a  non-stop 
aircraft  flying  over  its  territory,  but  to  the  further  one 
that  it  is  not  always  possible  to  say  above  what  State's 
territory  an  act  occurred. 

The  Doctrine  of  the  "  Volume  Frontier  " 

To  meet  the  latter  difficulty  the  ingenious  proposal 
of  the  "  volume  frontier  "  has  been  made.  As  stated 
in  its  most  convincing  form  by  Dr.  Guibe  it  is  as 
follows  '}^ 

A  line  frontier  is  impracticable  in  the  air.  The 
frontier  should  rather  be  regarded  as  a  -volume,  and 
within  this  "  volume  frontier "  the  two  bordering 
States  should  exercise  a  condominium.  Clearly,  how- 
ever, exactly  the  same  uncertainty  as  to  the  geographi- 
cal limits  of  the  frontier  zone  may  exist  as  in  the  case 
of  a  line  frontier  ;  it  cannot  be  ascertained  exactlv  when 
an  aircraft  enters  the  zone.  Therefore,  says  Dr. 
Guibe,  the  doctrine  of  the  volume  frontier  must  be 
modified  to  read  that  "  an  act  will  be  considered  as 
accomplished  in  the  common  zone  if  it  is  impossible  to 
localise  it  with  certainty  in  one  or  other  atmosphere." 
The  practical  result  will  be  that  the  first  State  to  be 
sei?ed  of  an  act  happening  in  the  undefined  area  will 
be  competent.  The  idea  is  attractive  and  might  be 
developed. 

The  Essential  Difference  between  Air  and  Sea  Travel 

For  the  present  at  any  rate  the  usual  view  held  is 
that  aircraft  should  be  assimilated  to  seacraft  and  that 

'"  Exsai  stir  la  navigation  aerlenne,  pp.  224-7.  See  also  La 
notion  de  la  frontidre  adrienne,  by  M.  Henry-Coiiannier,  R.J.L.A., 
19x0,  pp.  261-3. 

I    2 


ii6  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

the  law  of  the  flag  should  govern  acts  done  on  board. 
Simple  and  logical  at  first  sight,  this  assimilation  will  be 
found  on  closer  examination,  the  WTiter  suggests,  to  be 
neither  the  one  nor  the  other.  The  conditions  of  sea 
and  air  travel,  similar  in  some  respects,  are  entirely 
dissimilar  in  those  which  are  of  importance  here.  A 
ship  is  a  floating  home  ;  an  aircraft  is  essentially  a 
locomotive  vehicle,  a  mechanical  magic  carpet  in  which 
one  never  settles  down  and  in  which  it  is  impossible 
to  forget  that  the  journey  is  a  brief,  passing  interlude 
between  ordinary  life  and  business  at  one  place  and 
ordinary  life  and  business  at  another.  The  passenger's 
connection  with  the  flying  machine  is  more  casual  and 
transitory  than  with  a  ship  ;  in  an  overland  journey 
at  any  rate  he  is,  to  the  aircraft,  very  much  in  the  same 
relation  as  the  pedestrian  is  to  the  motor-car  which 
gives  him  a  lift.  In  a  sea  voyage  there  is  at  least  the 
break  and  interruption,  even  though  temporary,  of 
residence  and  even  allegiance  which  departure  from  the 
territory  involves.  The  aircraft,  on  the  other  hand, 
seems  hardly  to  lose  touch  with  the  land  (except,  of 
course,  in  sea  journeys,  which  are  always  likely  to  be 
fewer  and  less  normal  than  cross-country  journeys). 
There  is,  in  fact,  more  similarity  between  a  flying 
machine  and  an  automobile  than  between  it  and  a  ship  ; 
the  analogy  is  obviously  far  from  perfect,  but  for  the 
writer's  immediate  purpose  it  is  a  more  helpful  com- 
parison than  the  other. 

The  machina  itself  turned  deus 

It  has  never  been  suggested  that  the  Frenchman  who 
takes  a  lift  in  an  English  car,  on  tour  in  France,  from 
Boulogne  to  Paris,  should  thereby  subject  himself  in 
any  way  to  English  law  and  jurisdiction.  Of  course 
he  never  leaves  French  soil,  as  he  would  do  in  an 
aircraft,  but  should  the  fact  that  he  is  whisked  along  be- 
tween the  two  places  in  question  at  a  height  of  some 
thousands  of  feet  instead  of  along  the  ground  make 


VIII  LAW  IN  THE  AIR  117 

such  a  difference  and  involve  such  alarming  legal 
consequences  ?  Why  should  the  man  be  absorbed  in 
and  dominated  by  the  machine's  personality  just 
because  it  flies  ? 


The  Case  for  "  Analysing  the  Load  " 

To  the  writer's  mind  it  is  a  profound  mistake  to 
regard  an  aircraft  as  *'  territory,"  for  that  is  really  what 
the  application  of  the  law  of  the  flag  means  ;  and  a 
still  worse  mistake  to  regard  it  as  the  territory  of  the 
owner's  State.  If  one  must  personify  the  aircraft  and 
allow  it  to  impose,  in  some  degree,  an  "  induced  " 
nationalitv  upon  those  whom  it  carries,  one  should  at 
least  select  a  nationality  which  w^U  prove  the  most 
practically  convenient.  That  nationality,  as  stated  in  the 
second  chapter  of  this  book,  is  the  nationality  of  the  air- 
craft's "home,"  or  ordinary  headquarters.  It  is  required 
intermittently  only  and  only  for  certain  purposes  ; 
for  the  purpose  of  fixing  jurisdiction  in  civil  cases  it 
is  quite  unnecessary.  In  such  cases,  one  can  forget 
the  machine  and  think  of  the  men. 

One  is  in  face  of  a  new  problem  in  which  there  is  no 
exact  precedent  either  to  guide  or  to  hamper.  What  is 
the  most  practical  course  to  follow  ?  One  has  more 
or  less  a  clean  slate  to  write  upon. 


The  Choice  of  a  Jurisdiction  and  a  Law 

Even  if  one  grants  that,  the  subjacent  State  being 
indifferent,  acts  done  in  the  air  must  be  afPJiated,  if 
one  may  put  it  so,  to  some  putative  jurisdiction  which 
has  to  be  fixed  more  or  less  arbitrarily,  there  is  no  reason 
for  fixing  on  the  jurisdiction  of  the  country  of  the 
aircraft  owner's  nationality,  unless,  acceptinr^"  the 
maritime  precedent  blindly,  one  prejudges  the  whole 
question.  There  are  in  fact  disadvantages  in  fixing 
on  a  jurisdiction  with  which  the  authors  or  victims  of 


ii8  AIRCRAFT   IN  PEACE  chap. 

the  acts  in  question  have  no  necessary  concern.     But 
then  what  jurisdiction  should  apply  ? 


The  Home  Office  View  in  191 1 

The  British  Air  Navigation  Bill  of  191 1  answered 
this  question  by  making  the  courts  within  whose  juris- 
diction the  culprit  happened  to  be  found  competent 
to  deal  with  any  offence  committed  in  the  air  (i)  by 
a  British  subject  on  board  a  British  aircraft  anywhere, 
or  (again  anywhere)  on  board  a  foreign  aircraft  to 
which  he  did  not  belong,  (2)  by  a  foreigner  on  board  a 
British  aircraft  over  the  high  seas,  (3)  by  either  a  British 
subject  or  a  foreigner  in  a  British  or  foreign  aircraft 
over  the  British  Isles  or  territorial  waters .^^  The 
provision  is  a  curious  mixture  of  three  principles  of 
jurisdiction^ — that  of  the  subjacent  State,  that  of  the 
aircraft's  nationality,  and  that  of  the  "  personal /orww  of 
the  defendant  "  (a  British  subject  on  board  a  foreign 
aircraft  to  which  he  did  not  belong  being  placed  within 
the  British  courts'  jurisdiction).  It  solves  the  question 
by  arrogating  to  British  courts  a  comprehensive  juris- 
diction which  would  certainly  lead  to  a  conflict  of  laws. 

-"  The   Bill  contained   the  following  Article  : — 

20. — (i)  For  the  purpose  of  giving  jurisdiction  under  this  Act  every 
offence  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  committed  in  the  place  in  or 
over  which  the  same  was  actually  committed  or  in  any  place  in  which 
the  offender  may  be. 

(2)  Where  any  person,  being  a  British  subject,  is  charged  with 
having  committed  any  offence  on  board  any  British  aircraft  in  the 
air,  over  the  high  seas,  or  over  any  foreign  country,  or  on  board 
any  foreign  aircraft  to  which  he  does  not  belong,  or  not  being  a 
British  subject  is  charged  with  having  committed  any  offence  on 
board  any  British  aircraft  in  the  air  over  the  high  seas,  and  that 
person  is  found  within  the  jurisdiction  of  any  court  in  His  Majesty's 
dominions  which  would  have  had  cognisance  of  the  offence  if  it  had 
been  committed  on  board  a  British  aircraft  within  the  limits  of  its 
ordinary'  jurisdiction,  that  court  shall  have  jurisdiction  to  try  the 
offence  as  if  it  had  been  so  committed. 

(3)  Where  any  offence  is  committed  in  any  aircraft  in  the  air 
over  the  British  Islands  or  in  the  territorial  waters  adjacent  thereto, 
the  offence  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  committed  either  in  the 
place  in  which  the  same  was  actually  committed  or  in  any  place 
in  which  the  offender  may  be. 


VIII  LAW   IN   THE  AIR  119 


Jurisdiction  in  Civil  Cases 

The  draft  Act  of  191 1  refers — as  every  such  Act 
must — to  crimes  only,  and  the  question  of  jurisdiction 
over  torts  (or,  of  course,  contracts  or  wills)  is  not 
touched  by  its  provisions.  The  latter  question  is  one 
of  private  international  law.  As  such  it  is  a  question 
which  would  be  settled,  in  the  normal  course,  by  the 
action  of  the  various  national  courts  in  claiming  or 
repudiating  jurisdiction,  or  in  admitting  or  disallowing 
the  application  of  another  State's  law,  and  in  thus 
establishing  in  course  of  time  a  body  of  rules  to  govern 
practice.  There  are  clear  advantages,  however,  in 
having  the  principles  upon  which  a  certain  jurisdiction 
or  a  certain  State's  laws  should  be  applied  to  an  act 
done  in  the  air  defined  and  agreed  before  concrete 
cases  come  before  the  courts  and  possibly  conflicting 
decisions  as  to  competence  or  the  appropriate  law  are 
given.  It  is  unusual  to  make  questions  of  purely 
private  international  law  the  subject  of  an  international 
convention  ;  but  there  is  a  precedent  in  the  Con- 
ventions of  12  June,  1902,  on  Marriage,  Divorce,  and 
the  Guardianship  of  Minors. 

The  Analogy  of  the  "  Law  Maritime  " 

The  question,  it  may  perhaps  usefully  be  added, 
is  not  one  of  creating  or  building  up  a  distinct  air 
law  similar  to  the  "  law  maritime  "  which  the  courts 
of  England  and  other  maritime  States  apply  to  their 
countries'  ships  on  the  high  seas.  A  special  *'  law 
aerial  "  may  emerge  in  time,  but  it  will  be  a  law  con- 
cerned with  the  more  or  less  technical  questions  of 
aerial  navigation,  such  as  the  legal  responsibility  in 
collision  cases,  the  power  of  a  pilot  or  commander  to 
sell  a  damaged  aircraft  or  salved  cargo,  and  so  on.  It 
will  not  deal  with  the  contracts,  torts,  etc.,  of  air 
passengers,  or  the  members  of  crews  as  individuals. 


120  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

These  will  still  fall  to  the  ordinary  jurisdiction  and  will 
be  dealt  with  under  the  common  law  of  the  various 
States. 


The  Two  Cases  :   (a)  The  Air  Journey  within  a  Given 

Country 

In  considering  the  jurisdiction  and  law  appropriate 
to  acts  done  in  the  air,  one  must  bear  constantly  in 
mind  the  special  circumstances  of  aerial  navigation. 
Remembering  them,  one  would  begin  by  drawing  a 
distinction  between  two  classes  of  cases.  During 
the  flight  of  a  foreign  aircraft  over  a  given  territory, 
an  act  having  legal  consequences  may  be  done  either 
(i)  by  a  person  who  has  been  taken  up  in  the  aircraft 
at  one  point  in  the  territory  and  is  to  be  set  down  at 
another,  or  (2)  by  a  person  who  is  really  engaged  in 
an  international  flight,  i.e.,  v\^ho  came  in  the  aircraft 
into  the  country  or  is  going  out  of  the  country  in  the 
aircraft.  The  former  person  cannot  properly  be 
considered  ever  to  have  left  the  jurisdiction.  He  is 
almost  in  the  position  of  the  local  resident  who  is  given 
a  "  lift  "  in  a  foreign  touring  motor-car  from  his  own 
village  to  the  next.  His  case  is  quite  diff"erent  from 
that  of  the  passenger  or  member  of  the  crew  whose 
only  connection  with  the  local  country  is  that  he  travels 
through  it  by  air — ^the  difference  is  most  clearly  marked 
where  the  flight  is  a  non-stop  one — or  who  at  least 
crosses  the  frontier  in  coming  or  in  going  and,  when  he 
does  the  act  in  question,  is  midway  between  two 
jurisdictions,  if  one  may  put  it  so.^^ 

21  The  International  Convention  of  1919  provides  (Article  23) 
that  "  Legal  relations  between  persons  on  board  an  aircraft  in 
flight  are  governed  by  the  law  of  the  nationality  of  the  aircraft." 
Hence,  if  an  English  business  man  makes  an  air  journey  from,  say, 
Manchester  to  London  on  an  aircraft  which  happens  to  be  owned 
and  registered  in  Denmark,  and  makes  a  contract  en  route  %vdth 
another  Englishman  performing  the  same  journey,  neither  passenger 
having  any  intention  of  leaving  England,  the  contract  would  ap- 
parently be  governed  by  Danish  law.  The  inconvenience  of  such 
an  arrangement  is  obvious. 


VIII  LAW  IN  THE  AIR  121 


(b)  The  Air  Journey  to  or  from  Abroad 

The  writer  suggests,  then,  that  acts  done  in  the  air 
by  a  person  who  joins  the  aircraft  at  one  point  and 
leaves  it  at  another  in  a  given  country  without  having 
crossed  the  frontier  should  be  regarded  as  done  on 
the  groimdr^  What  of  the  acts  done  in  the  other 
case  ?  The  usual  reply  to  this  question  is  that  such 
acts  should  come  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  State 
of  the  aircraft's  flag,  that  is,  of  its  owner's  nationality. 
But  even  if  the  jurisdiction  of  that  State  were  approved, 
it  does  not  follow  that  a  case  arising  out  of  an  act 
done  in  the  air  would  always  and  necessarily  come 
before  its  courts.  Those  courts  might  not  entertain 
it  in  any  particular  instance. ^^     The  English  courts, 

^^  The  proposal  in  the  text  might  be  criticised  in  several  ways  : 
first,  as  regards  contracts,  other  people  in  the  aircraft  would  not 
know  that  the  person  who  joins  them  intends  to  descend  within 
the  same  country  ;  secondly,  as  regards  crimes,  to  regard  the  act 
as  done  on  the  ground  means  that  jurisdiction  is  confined  to  the 
local  State,  whereas  both  that  State  and  the  State  of  the  aircraft's 
nationality  should  have  jurisdiction  over  crimes  done  in  the  air 
(according  to  the  writer's  later  proposal).  As  to  the  first  point, 
it  is  reasonable  to  expect  that  people  making  a  contract  mth  a  fellow 
passenger  should  know  so  much  about  him  as  where  he  intends  to 
leave  them  ;  as  to  the  second,  the  reason  for  recognising  the  double 
jurisdiction  in  the  case  of  crimes  committed  in  a  really  international 
flight  is  that  the  criminal  may  fly  out  of  the  jurisdiction,  wliich, 
ex  hypothesi,  he  does  not  do  in  the  case  here  in  question. 

2^  Indeed,  under  the  circumstances  of  aerial  travel  it  may  happen 
that  the  courts  of  the  country  of  an  aircraft's  nationality  will  take 
the  same  objection  to  dealing  with  contracts  and  torts  as  was  raised 
by  Vice-Chancellor  Malins  in  the  case  of  in  Matthaei  v.  Galitzin 
(1874).  "  Certainly,  according  to  my  view,"  he  said,  "  i^  is  no 
part  of  the  business  of  this  Court  to  settle  disputes  between  foreigners. 
There  must  be  some  cause  for  giving  jurisdiction  to  the  tribunals 
of  the  country  ;  either  the  property  or  the  parties  must  be  here, 
or  there  must  be  something  to  bring  the  matter  within  the  cognisance 
of  this  Court." 

"  There  is  an  element  of  absurdity,"  says  Mr.  Foote  {Private 
Inlernaiional  fuyisprudencc,  3rd  ed.,  p.  336),  "  in  supposing  that  a 
Frenchman  who  visited  Folkestone  for  a  day  trip  could  be  served 
there  with  a  writ  in  an  English  court  to  answer  for  a  breach  in  France 
of  a  contract  made  in  France  with  another  Frenchman  ;  or  that  one 
of  his  fellow  passengers  and  fellow  countrymen  could  bring  an 
English  action  against  him  in  I'"olkcstone  for  an  assault  committed 
a  week  before  in  Boulogne." 


122  AIRCRAFT   IN  PEACE  chap. 

for  instance,  would  probably  insist,  before  they  would 
deal  with  a  case  of  aerial  tort,  that  the  defendant  should 
be  present  within  the  jurisdiction,  or,  if  he  was  outside 
it,  that  the  conditions  contemplated  in  Order  XI,  r.  i , 
of  the  Supreme  Court  Rules  should  be  shown  to  exist.^^ 
The  case  might  come  before  the  courts  of  an  entirely 
different  State,  that  is  to  say,  the  courts  of  the  country 
in  which  the  defendant  could  be  apprehended.  The 
latter  courts,  in  dealing  with  an  aerial  tort  or  contract, 
would  have  regard,  in  their  judgment,  to  the  law  of 
the  State  in  whose  jurisdiction  the  tort  was  done  or 
the  contract  made,  and. so  on,  i.e.,  ex  hypothesi,  the  law 
of  the  country  of  the  aircraft  owner's  nationality. 
But  why  should  that  cross-reference  to  the  latter 
State's  law  be  necessar}-  ?  What  particular  advantage 
is  there  in  such  a  case  in  bringing  in  the  second  State's 
laws  at  all  ?  It  would  be  far  simpler  and  would  serve 
justice  equally  well  to  let  the  law  and  jurisdiction  of 
the  lex  fori  apply.  In  civil  cases,  at  any  rate,  there 
appears  to  be  no  strong  objection  to  such  a  rule,  but 
the  case  of  crimes  is  special. 

The  Difference  between  Crimes  and  Torts 

Between  crimes  and  torts,  alike  as  .they  are  in  many 
cases  in  regard  to  the  physical  acts  which  constitute 
them,  there  is  the  very  important  legal  difference  that 
crimes,  being  offences  against  a  given  State,  are 
essentially  local  in  character,  while  torts,  being  wrongs 
against  an  individual,  are  rather  personal.  It  is  true 
that  all  civilised  States  regard  as  punishable  at  home 
grave  political  offences  against  themselves  committed 
by  their  subjects  while  resident  abroad  ;  and  sometimes 
the  more  heinous  crimes — such  as  murder  and  man- 
slaughter— are    treated    in    the    same    way.^^     These 

2*  Westlake,  op.  cit.,  §  i86. 

25  English  courts  will  deal  with  cases  of  treason,  murder,  man- 
slaughter, or  bigamy  committed  by  British  subjects  abroad.  German, 
Belgian,  French,  and  Italian  legislations  admit  the  punishment  by 
their  courts  of  even  foreigners  for  crimes  such  as  falsification  of  the 


VIII  LAW   IN   THE  AIR  123 

cases  are,  however,  exceptional,  and  the  general  rule 
is  that,  in  regard  to  crimes,  the  territorial  view  of 
competence  is  adopted,  notably  by  the  two  great 
"  common  law "  countries,  England  and  America. 
A  crime  is  in  essence  a  breaking  of  "  the  King's  peace  " 
or  a  disturbance  of  public  law  and  order,  and  the  fact 
that  it  has  been  perpetrated  within  the  realm  is  a 
material  factor  in  the  decision  as  to  judicial  competence. 
A  tort,  on  the  other  hand,  is  something  personal 
to  the  active  party  or  culprit — the  tortfeasor.  The 
guilt,  as  it  were,  follows  him.  *'  An  English  court 
has  a  right  to  entertain  all  actions  for  personal  wrongs, 
wherever  and  by  whomsoever  committed,  without 
any  breach  either  of  the  comity  of  nations  or  the 
technical  requirements  of  English  law-.  The  action 
complained  of,  however,  must  be  actionable  by  English 
law,  and  wrongful  (or  not  justifiable)  by  the  law  of 
the  place  where  it  was  committed."-^  "Provided 
that  the  person  of  the  defendant  is  within  the  juris- 
diction of  the  English  courts,  he  can  be  sued  in 
England  for  a  libel  published  in  New  York,  or  for  an 
assault  committed  in  Turkev."-^ 


The  "  Normal  "  Forum  for  Crimes 

Hence,  in  considering  what  is  the  appropriate 
jurisdiction  for  a  (so  to  speak)  homeless  crime  or  tort 
committed  in  the  air,  one  should  fasten  on  the  place 
of  the  act  in  the  former  case  and  on  the  person  doing 
the  act  in  the  latter.  A  crime  is  thus  '*  local,"  and  one 
must  ask  oneself,  What  State's  law  and  order  have 

currency  committed  abroad,  and  the  laws  of  Russia  (under  the 
Empire)  and  Italy  would  even  punish  foreigners  for  the  murder 
abroad  of  Russian  and  Italian  subjects,  respectively,  as  well  as  for 
arson  and  forgery.  (Bonfils,  Droit  international,  p.  244  ;  Lawrence, 
International  Law   (Heath,   Boston),   pp.   219-220.) 

2'  Foote,  op.  cii.,  p.   485. 

2^  Salmond,  Law  of  Torts,  3rd  ed.,  p.  148.  He  goes  on  to  point 
out  that,  to  be  actionable  in  England,  the  foreign  tort  must 
(i)  have  been  unlawful  in  the  place  where  it  was  done,  (2)  be  of  a 
kind  which  would  be  actionable  as  a  tort  if  done  in  England. 


124  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

been  broken  ?  Two  States  have  a  claim  to  considera- 
tion— the  State  in  whose  atmosphere  (and  therefore 
in  whose  jurisdiction,  in  theory)  the  crime  was  com- 
mitted and  the  State  whose  nationahty  the  aircraft 
possesses.  According  to  the  writer's  view  (see  Chap- 
ter II)  the  latter  State  will  be  that  in  which  the  aircraft 
is  housed  or  normally  located,  and  in  which  therefore 
the  pilot  (at  least)  is  likely  to  be  resident  and  available 
to  give  evidence.  (This  would  not  necessarily  be  so 
under  the  ordinary  view  taken  of  an  aircraft's  nation- 
ality, viz.,  that  it  should  follow  its  owner's.)  But  the 
State  in  whose  atmosphere  the  crime  was  committed 
seems  to  be  the  better  choice.  It  will  be  natural  for 
an  aircraft  in  which  a  crime  has  been  committed  to 
land  at  once  upon  its  occurrence.  A  full  investigation 
of  the  case  will  then  at  once  be  possible  ;  some  in- 
convenience may  be  caused  to  the  crew  and  the  pas- 
sengers, but  probably  less  than  if  they  had  to  attend  at 
some  other  State's  courts.  The  State  "  of  the  flag  " 
should,  however,  be  recognised  as  having  concurrent 
jurisdiction,  and  the  crime  should  be  cognisable  by 
the  courts  of  either  State.  Where  the  crime  was  com- 
mitted over  the  high  seas,  it  is  obvious  that  it  is  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  State  of  the  aircraft's  flag  w^hich 
should  apply  ;  in  other  cases  either  that  State's  courts 
or  those  of  the  subjacent  State  would  be  competent 
according  as  the  former  or  the  latter  were  first "  seised  " 
of  the  case.  A  proposal  on  these  lines  was  made  as 
long  ago  as  191 1  by  Professor  Sperl  of  Vienna.^^ 

28  "  The  State  has  no  interest  in  punishing  a  deUct  which  has 
been  committed  in  its  aerial  domain  on  a  foreign  aircraft  passing 
through  it  and  by  a  foreigner.  The  pubUc  peace  of  the  subjacent 
State  has  been  in  no  way  disturbed  in  such  a  case.  The  place  of 
the  delict  has  only  a  geometrical  relation  with  the  State's  domain, 
a  relation  in  itself  immaterial.  Although  the  State  has  here  no 
interest  in  repression,  it  may  nevertheless,  in  virtue  of  the  general 
principles  of  penal  law  and  the  law  of  procedure,  take  cognisance 
of  these  matters  and  subject  them  to  its  jurisdiction.  It  is  probable, 
however,  that  international  treaties  will  attribute  the  cognisance 
of  acts  which  have  only  an  accidental  connection  with  the  aerial 
domain  of  any  given  State  to  the  penal  justice  of  a  State  more 
directly  interested.     At  this  point  of  view  various  States  have  claims 


VIII  LAW  IN  THE  AIR  125 


Crimes  and  Torts  affecting  the  Subjacent  State 

A  similar  concurrent  jurisdiction  will  probably 
have  to  be  allowed  even  where  the  crime  affects  some 
person  on  the  actual  territory  of  the  subjacent  State. 
Such  a  crime  is  strictly  a  matter  solely  for  the  latter 
State's  courts,  but  unless  there  were  in  being  a  very 
highly  developed  local  system  of  policing  of  the  air, 
it  is  possible  that  in  many  cases  the  criminal  might 
make  good  his  escape.  If  he  then  came  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  State  of  the  flag,  his  ultimate  escape 
would  be  less  likely  ;  and,  where  the  rules  of  law  to 
meet  a  new  situation  have  to  be  created,  it  is  a  pity 
to  allow  a  technical  consideration  to  weigh  in  favour 
of  the  wrong-doer.  Indeed,  it  is  questionable  whether 
there  should  not  similarly  be  a  concurrent  jurisdiction 
in  the  case  of  torts  affecting  persons  or  property  in  the 
subjacent  State.  The  courts  of  that  State  and  those 
of  the  country  in  w^hich  the  defendant  vv^as  present 
and  could  be  served  would  then  have  competence, 
instead  of  the  former  State's  courts  only. 


Torts  Committed  in  the  Air 

Since  a  tort,  as  has  already  been  stated,  can  legally 
be  pursued  wherever  the  tortfeasor  goes,  the  place  of 
its  occurrence  has  not  the  same  legal  significance  as 
the  place  of  the  commission  of  a  crime.  A  tortious 
act  done  in  the  air  can,  in  fact,  be  dealt  with  under  the 
ordinary  rules  of  private  international  law.  The 
physical  conditions  surrounding  it  are  new,  but  there 

to  be  considered — the  State  of  which  the  deUiiquent  is  a  national,  the 
State  to  which  the  person  endangered  or  wounded  belongs,  the  State 
in  which  the  aircraft  has  been  registered,  perhaps  the  State  in  which 
the  delict  was  first  committed.  If  penal  competence  is  some  day 
delimited,  it  is  possible  that  the  right  of  punishing  an  act  committed 
in  the  aerial  zone  may  be  attributed  concurrently  to  two  States. 
The  State  exercising  its  right  of  repression  first  would  thus  extinguish 
the  right  of  the  other  State."  (Sperl,  La  navigation  adricnne,  in 
R.D.I.,  191 1,  p.  482.) 


126  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

is  nothing  new  in  the  legal  problem  which  the  case 
presents.  It  is  a  case,  from  the  point  of  view  of  any 
given  State's  courts,  of  a  tort  committed  outside  the 
jurisdiction.  If  the  act  is  done  in  the  air  and  does 
not  affect  persons  or  property  in  the  subjacent  State, 
and  if,  consequently,  the  latter  State  is  indifferent 
and  waives  any  theoretical  jurisdiction  it  may  possess, 
the  act  m.ay  be  regarded  as  done  in  a  place  where  no 
municipal  law  runs.  In  that  case,  the  court  before 
which  the  case  comes,  i.e.,  the  court  of  the  coimtr^^ 
in  which  the  defendant  can  be  apprehended  and  which 
will  normally  be  his  country  of  domicile,  will  deal 
with  the  case  under  its  own  law,  the  lex  fori. '^^  If,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  act  was  one  which  though  done 
in  flight  affected  persons  or  property  on  the  ground  of 
the  State  over  which  the  aircraft  was  flying,  the  latter 
State  will  not  be  prepared  to  waive  its  jurisdiction  and 
will  deal  with  the  tort  if  the  culprit  lands  or  otherwise 
comes  within  the  jurisdiction.  It  is  possible,  however, 
that  he  may  fly  across  the  frontier  after  comxmitting 
the  wrongful  act,  and  in  that  case  the  tort  would  have 
to  be  pursued  before  the  courts  of  some  other  State, 
that  is  to  say,  whatever  State  the  culprit  is  to  be  found 
in  (as  in  the  case  of  an  act  not  affecting  persons  or 
property  on  the  ground).  The  court  dealing  with 
the  case  will  then  take  account  of  the  subjacent  State's 
laws  to  this  extent  (at  least  under  English  and  French 
practice),  that  it  will  inquire  whether  the  tort  in  ques- 
tion is  wrongful  under  those  laws.  (If  the  tort  Vv-as 
one  affecting  foreign  immovables,  an  English  court 
would  not  deal  with  it  and  the  action  would  have  to 
be  brought  in  the  country'  in  which  the  property  was 
situated,  i.e.,  in  the  subjacent  State.)  Thus  in  either 
case  the  court  which  deals  with  a  tort  committed  in 
an  aircraft  "  abroad  "  will  deal  with  it  under  the  ordi- 
nary rules  of  private  international  law,  both  in  defining 
its  own  jurisdiction  and  in  deciding  whether  a  foreign 
law  has  a  bearing  upon  the  case. 

29  Foote,  op.  cit.,  p.  485. 


viii  LAW  IN  THE  AIR  127 


Contracts  made  in  the  Air 

It  will  do  the  same  in  the  case  of  a  contract  made  in 
the  air,  but  here  a  qualification  is  necessary.  The 
place  where  a  contract  is  actually  made  is  of  importance, 
for  under  the  rules  of  private  international  law  the 
law  of  that  place  governs  the  formalities  of  the  contract 
and  also — unless  there  is  evidence  that  the  contracting 
parties  intend  otherwise — ^the  intrinsic  validity  and 
effects,  and,  in  general,  the  interpretation.^^  It  is 
consequently  necessary  to  localise  the  making  of  a 
contract,  and  the  court  before  which  the  case  of  a 
contract  made  in  the  air  came  would  have  to  regard 
it  as  made  "  somewhere."  Where  will  it  consider  the 
contract  as  being  made  ?  One  cannot  say  the  country 
in  which  an  action  arising  out  of  the  contract  will  be 
heard — that  is,  one  cannot  make  the  lex  fori  applicable. 
It  would  not  be  known,  when  the  contract  is  made, 
what  that  country  will  be,  nor  indeed  whether  any 
legal  action  will  arise  at  all.  The  contract  must, 
however,  be  concluded  in  accordance  with  the  formali- 
ties of  some  country's  laws,  and  the  right  choice  in  the 
circumstances  appears  to  be  the  country  of  intended 
performance.  Performance  in  some  specific  country 
will  almost  inevitably  be  contemplated  by  the  parties, 
either  by  implicit  or  express  provision,  and  the  law  of 
that  country  should  be  taken  as  governing  the  form, 
interpretation,  and  validity  of  the  contract.  The 
lex  fori  will  apply  to  the  procedure  for  remedy.  In 
other  words  the  ordinary  principles  of  private  inter- 

^"  "  It  is  an  undoubted  rule  that  the  law  of  the  country  where 

it  Ls  made   is   to  be   considered   in   expounding   a   contract 

But  this  rule  admits  of  certain  exceptions,  e.g.,  where  the  parties  at 
the  time  of  making  the  contract  agreed  to  submit  all  questions  to 
the  arbitrament  of  a  foreign  court,  or  else  had  in  contemplation  its 
execution  in  a  different  kingdom  ;  for  contracts  arc  also  to  be 
considered  accorrling  to  the  place  where  they  are  to  be  executed, 
and  the  court  will  look  at  all  the  circumstances  to  ascertain  by  the 
law  of  which  country  the  parties  intended  the  contract  to  be  governed, 
and  will  enforce  the  contract  accordingly  .  .  .  ."  (Chitty  on 
Contracts,  i6th  ed.,  pp.  107-8.) 


128  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

national  law  will  apply  with  the  sole  necessary  modifi- 
cation that  the  lex  loci  solutionis  will  take  the  place  of 
the  lex  loci  celebrationis,  wherever,  in  a  contract  made 
on  land,  reference  would  be  made  to  the  latter  law. 

As  regards  contracts  made  on  the  ground,  it  may  here 
be  explained,  no  considerations  special  to  aerial 
navigation  appear  to  arise.  Some  difficulties  of  inter- 
pretation and  jurisdiction  may  be  met,  but  they  do  not 
differ  essentially  from  those  encountered  in  contracts 
for  sea  and  overland  transport.  The  principles  of 
such  cases  as  Cohen  v.  S.E.  &  C.R.  and  P.  &  O.  Co. 
V.  Shand  will  no  doubt  be  adopted  as  applicable  to 
aerial  as  to  other  international  transport. ^^ 

Last  Wills  and  Testaments 

For  testaments  or  wills  made  in  the  air  the  primitive 
and  natural  jurisdiction  is  that  of  the  testator's  country 
of  domicile,  and  the  law  of  that  country  should  apply, 
except — under  the  ordinary  rule  of  private  international 
law — ^in  regard  to  the  passing  of  immovable  property, 
which  is  governed  by  the  lex  situs. 

Questions  of  an  Aircraft  Crew^s  Discipline,  Wages,  etc. 

There  is  one  class  of  questions  in  which  it  will 
probably  be  the  rule  to  leave  jurisdiction  to  the  law 
of  the  flag,  viz.,  questions  of  the  interior  economy  or 
discipline  of  the  aircraft's  personnel  or  crew.  Questions 
of  this  kind  are  exempted  from  the  local  jurisdiction, 
under  the  general  practice  of  International  Law, 
when  arising  on  a  merchant  vessel  in  a  foreign  port.^^ 
Here,  again,  the  case  of  maritime  and  the  case  of 
aerial  navigation  are  not  quite  parallel,  but  reasons  of 
general  utility  will  probably  weigh  in  favour  of  apply- 
ing the  maritime  rule  to  the  other  domain.     M.  Fau- 

^^  Foote,  op.  cit.,  pp.  429-431. 

22  "  In  1 866  the  United  States  refused  to  compel  the  seamen  on  board 
a  British  merchant  ship  in  American  territorial  waters  to  perform 
their  duties  as  mariners."     (Lawrence,  International  Law,  §  119.) 


VIII  LAW  IN  THE  AIR  129 

chille's  draft  code  contained  a  provision  that  simple 
infractions  of  discipline  and  professional  duty  on  the 
part  of  an  aircraft's  crew,  even  while  on  the  soil  of  a 
foreign  State,  should  be  excepted  from  the  local 
jurisdiction.  The  Comite  jiiridique  de  V Aviation 
omitted  the  provision  from  the  code  which  they  ap- 
proved, on  the  ground  that  it  was  an  interference  with 
internal  legislation.^^  There  is,  however,  a  personal 
connection  between  the  crew  and  the  State  of  the 
flag  where  the  latter  State  is  that  in  which  the  air- 
craft is  normally  housed  and  in  which  the  crew  are 
most  likely  to  have  been  engaged  ;  and  the  jurisdiction 
and  laws  of  that  State  would  seem  to  be  the  most 
appropriate  to  apply  to  questions  affecting  their 
services. 

Summary  of  the  Proposals  as  to  Jurisdiction 

One  may  summarise  briefly  as  follows  what  has  been 
said  in  this  chapter  as  to  the  jurisdiction  most  appro- 
priate to  the  various  kinds  of  acts  that  may  be  done  in 
an  aircraft  over  foreign  territory  : 

(i)  Contraventions  of  air  regulations  agreed  to  in 
an  international  convention  would  be  punishable 
either  by  the  local  State  or  by  the  State  of  the  air- 
craft's  nationahty. 

(2)  Contraventions  of  the  subjacent  State's  defence, 
fiscal,  or  similar  laws  and  regulations  would  be  dealt 
with  only  by  that  State  (unless  at  some  future  date  the 
courts  of  the  I^eague  of  Nations  deal  with  them,  as 
being  cases  tending  to  disturb  good  inter-State 
relations). 

(3)  Acts  (crimes,  torts,  contracts,  etc.)  done  in  the 
air  by  a  person  taken  up  at  one  point  in  a  country 
and  set  down  at  another,  without  having  crossed  the 
frontier,  would  be  treated  as  done  on  the  ground. 

(4)  Murder  and  other  "  common  law "  crimes 
committed  in  the  air,  whether  affecting  persons  on  the 

3'  R.J.L.A.,  IQ12,  p.  91. 

K 


I30  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

ground  or  only  those  within  the  aircraft  itself,  would 
come  under  the  jurisdiction  of  either  the  subjacent 
State  or  the  State  of  the  aircraft's  nationality. 

(5)  Save  as  at  (3),  torts  committed  in  the  air  and  not 
affecting  in  any  way  persons  or  property  in  the  sub- 
jacent State  would  come  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
courts  of  the  country  in  which  the  defendant  is  present 
and  can  be  served,  which  would  ordinarily  be  his 
country  of  domicile. 

(6)  Torts  committed  in  the  air  but  affecting  persons 
or  property  below  would  be  treated  as  within  the 
subjacent  State's  jurisdiction,  but  the  concurrent 
jurisdiction  of  another  State  as  at  (5)  might  perhaps 
be  recognised. 

(7)  Save  as  at  (3),  contracts  made  in  the  air  would 
be  regarded  as  made  in  the  "  country  of  intended 
performance." 

(8)  Save  as  at  (3),  wills  made  in  the  air  would  be 
treated  as  made  in  the  country  of  the  testator's  domicile. 

(9)  Infractions  of  discipline  and  questions  of  the 
interior  economy  of  the  aircraft  would  be  treated 
(even  perhaps  if  the  act  in  question  were  done  on  the 
ground)  as  being  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  courts 
of  the  aircraft's  nationality. 

The  aircraft,  it  is  assumed,  would  possess  the 
nationality  of  the  country  in  which  it  was  registered, 
and  that  country  would  be  the  country  in  which  its 
headquarters  were  situated.  To  meet  possible  diffi- 
culties arising  under  paragraphs  (4)  and  (6)  above,  the 
principle  of  the  "  volume  frontier  "  might  be  usefully 
applied  to  cases  in  which  the  act  in  question  was  done 
in  the  undefined  border  atmosphere. 

The  Necessity  for  Detailed  Rules 

The  rules  set  out  above  appear,  the  writer  admits, 
to  be  unnecessarily  detailed  and  complicated.  They 
compare  badly  with  the  terse  and  businesslike  pro- 
position that  the  law  of  the  flag  governs  acts  done  in 


VIII  LAW   IN  THE  AIR  131 

an  aircraft  in  flight.  But  the  simpHcity  and  directness 
of  that  proposition  will  be  found,  in  practice,  to  be 
wholly  on  the  surface  and  utterly  deceptive.  On 
closer  examination  the  brief  and  popular  formula 
loses  every  shred  of  its  character.  As  a  practical, 
working  solution  of  the  entirely  new  and  extraordinarily 
difficult  question  of  jurisdiction  in  the  air,  the  writer 
is  convinced  that  no  simpler  or  less  detailed  body  of 
rules  than  those  given  above  will  be  of  any  use  what- 
ever. Probably  fuller  and  still  more  detailed  rules 
will  be  found  necessary  in  practice. 

Military  Aircraft  a?id  Exterritoriality 

It  remains  to  consider  the  position  as  to  public 
aircraft.  Between  military  and  other  kinds  of  public 
aircraft  a  distinction  has  to  be  made.  The  entry  of 
military  aircraft  into  another  State's  atmosphere  is 
held  to  be  necessarily  subjected  to  special  rules,  for 
(i)  the  military  interests  of  the  State  entered  require 
that  entry  should  in  no  case  be  made  without  its 
permission  ;  (2)  the  military  interests  of  the  other  State 
require  ihat,  if  entry  is  approved  in  a  particular  case, 
its  aircraft  should  be  exempt  from,  inspection  or  other 
interference  by  the  local  authorities.  The  first  of 
these  rules,  if  it  is  to  be  maintained  at  all,  should  not 
be  overridden  even  on  the  plea  of  force  majeure — a 
plea  which  there  will  often  be  occasion  to  raise  unless 
the  old  practice  of  placing  military  aerodromes  fairly 
close  to  the  frontiers  is  abandoned.  As  regards  the 
second  rule,  the  aircraft's  exterritoriality  should  not 
absolve  its  crew  from  observing  the  local  laws  and 
regulations,  and  it  should  be  permissible  in  extreme 
cases  for  a  military  aircraft  even  to  be  ordered  to  leave 
the  territory  or  perhaps  to  be  forcibly  removed  : 
such  direct  action  would  be  justified  under  international 
law  against  a  warship  whose  crew  had  so  far  abused 
their  privileges  in  a  foreign  port  as  to  violate  the 
sovereignty    of    the    territorial    State.     The    British 

K  2 


132  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

military  authorities  would  be  justified,  for  instance,  in 
expelling  an  American  flying-boat,  piloted  by  a  U.S.A. 
officer  of  Clan-na-Gael  sympathies,  which,  after  being 
permitted  to  enter  Cork  Harbour,  proceeded  there  to 
extend  help  and  encouragement  to  the  local  Sinn 
Fein  rebels.  (The  example,  needless  to  say,  is  wholly 
imaginary  and  improbable.)  In  other  cases,  any 
action  against  the  aircraft  or  its  crew  would  be  indirect 
or  diplomatic,  both  in  civil  and  criminal  cases.  The 
local  Government  would  make  representations  to  the 
Government  of  the  aircraft's  flag  and  redress  would 
only  be  obtainable  via  the  respective  Foreign  Offices. 

The  Definition  of  Military  Aircraft 

The  difficulty  in  connection  with  military  aircraft 
is  not,  however,  the  question  of  jurisdiction,  but  the 
prior  one  of  the  definition  of  such  an  aircraft.     What 
is  a  military  aircraft  ?     Peace  types  are  adaptable  to 
war.     The    fast    sporting    one-seater    and    the    great 
multiple-engine  commercial  aircraft  could  be  used  for 
scouting  and  bomb-dropping  respectively  ;    and  civil 
pilots  are  likely  to  be  reserve  officers  or  N.C.O.'s  of 
the    flying    service    of    their    State.     Definitions    of 
military   aircraft   have   varied.     M.    Fauchille's   draft 
Convention  of  1910  (Article  i)  defined  as  a  "  military 
aircraft  "  one  which  is  assigned  by  the  State  to  a  mili- 
tary service  and  which  is  commanded  by  an  officer,  in 
uniform,  of  the  land  or  sea  service.^*    The  French 
Decrets  of  21    November,    191 1,   and    17   December, 
1913,^^  and  the  draft  Convention  of  the  Paris  Con- 
ference of   1910  class  as  military  aircraft  such  public 
aircraft  as  are  in  military  service,  under  the  orders  of 
a   commander   in   uniform   and   having   on   board   a 
certificate  proving  their  military  character  ;  and  public 
aircraft  were  already  defined  in  each  case  as  the  air- 
craft employed  in  the  service  of  the  State.     The  draft 

2*  Annuaire  de  I'lnstitut  de  Droit  International,  191 1,  p.  105. 
35  R.J.L.A.,  igii,  p.  308  ;    1913,  pp.  16-17. 


VIII  LAW  IN  THE  AIR  133 

French  law  of  19 13  differed  only  in  omitting  the  con- 
dition as  to  the  possession  of  a  certificate  and  making 
the  wearing  of  uniform  by  the  commander  or  his 
having  "  a  distinctive  sign  fixed  by  a  ministerial 
regulation "  alternative  conditions. ^^  The  Franco- 
German  Agreement  of  26  July,  1913,  classed  as  air- 
craft which  were  allowed  to  enter  the  opposite  State's 
territory  only  with  its  special  permission,  and  there- 
fore, by  implication,  as  military  aircraft,  those  which 
belonged  to  the  military  administration  or  were 
manned,  in  whole  or  part,  by  a  crew  of  military 
persons  in  uniform.^^ 

The  Difficulty  of  both  Definition  and  Prohibition 

The  new  International  Convention  of  1919  breaks 
away  from  precedent  by  simply  defining  a  military 
machine  as  one  commanded  by  a  person  in  military 
service,  detailed  for  the  purpose.  There  is  no  refer- 
ence to  the  commander's  being  in  uniform,  to  the  air- 
craft's being  employed  in  the  State's  service,  or  to  its 
bearing  documentary  evidence  of  its  military  character. 
No  doubt  it  was  assumed  that  uniform  would  naturally 
be  worn  by  a  person  detailed  for  duty  and  that  a  State 
would  not  detail  him  for  duty  in  other  than  a  service 
machine.  The  facts  that  (i)  officers  on  the  active 
list  of  the  flying  services  may  fly  for  pleasure  or  sport 
outside  of  their  military  duties,  (2)  officers  of  the 
reserve  may  conceivably  be  ordered  to  use  private 
machines  to  pick  up  information  abroad  which  would 
be  invaluable  to  them  if  mobilised,  (3)  a  machine  in 
the  reserve,  i.e.,  one  upon  which  the  Government  has 
a  call  in  the  event  of  mobilisation,  may  freely  be  taken 
into  foreign  territory  by  an  officer  in  plain  clothes, 
and  possibly  an  officer  who  will  use  that  very  machine 
— say  a  fast  scouting  type — in  war,  show  what  a 
number  of  loopholes  there  are  for  escaping  from  the 
conditions  restricting  the  international  circulation  of 

"  R.J.L.A.,  1913,  p.  181.  37  K.D.I. ,  ICJ13.  p.  O98. 


134  AIRCRAFT  IN  PEACE  chap. 

fighting  aircraft.  The  Franco- German  Agreement  of 
19 1 3  was  certainl}^  intended  to  prevent  the  military 
aviators  of  the  one  coiintr}?-  from  flying  over  the  other  ; 
yet,  as  Professor  Rolland  has  pointed  out,^^  it  allowed 
a  German  officer  even  in  uniform  to  fly  into  France 
like  any  private  aviator  ;  all  he  had  to  do  was  to  go 
as  2i  passenger  in  a  private  machine  piloted  by  a  friend, 
a  civilian.  It  is  very  questionable  whether  the  rules 
restricting  or  forbidding  military  aerial  circulation 
abroad  are,  in  practical  results,  worth  the  paper  they 
are  written  on.^^ 

Public  {Non-military)  Aircraft  and  Exterritoriality 

M.  Fauchille's  draft  Convention  followed  the  mari- 
time analogy  in  claiming  the  privilege  of  exterritoriality 
for  public  aircraft  generally, ^^  and  Professor  Rolland 
took  a  similar  view  in  191 3. ^^  The  Paris  draft  Con- 
vention of  19 10,  however,  allowed  exterritoriality 
only  to  military  aircraft,  and  although  one  school 
of  thought  is  in  favour  of  assimilating  police, 
customs,  sanitary  and  similar  State  aircraft  to  militar}', 
only  excluding  "  State  commercial  aircraft "  (i.e., 
those  employed  on  a  public  transportation  service  of 
persons  or  goods),  the  modern  view  inclines  towards 
treating  all  public  aircraft  other  than  military  as 
private    aircraft    for    the    purpose    of   jurisdiction. ^^ 

38  R.D.I. ,  1913,  p.  713. 

39  In  a  Circular  dated  6  October,  1913,  the  French  Minister  of  Marine 
forbade  French  officers  to  travel  to  foreign  countries  by  any  form 
of  locomotion,  without  leave  of  the  Minister.  The  Circular  men- 
tioned that  an  officer  on  leave  had  recently  travelled  to  England  by 
aeroplane  and  thus  infringed  the  English  laws  regulating  the  zones 
over  which  flight  was  prohibited.  "  Incidents  of  this  kind,"  it  was 
added,  "  besides  exposing  those  responsible  to  severe  penalties, 
give  rise  to  diplomatic  representations  which  should  be  avoided." 
(R.D.I.,  1913,  Documents,  p.  72.)  Ser\dce  Orders  of  this  kind  to 
officers  would  probably  be  more  useful  than  any  international  pro- 
Mbition  of  entry  of  military  aircraft  into  another  State's  territory. 

*°  Annnaire  de  I'lnstitut  de  Droit  International,  1911,  p.  iii. 

«i  R.D.I. ,  1913,  p.  723. 

*2  The  Serbian  Regulations  of  19 13  class  all  public  aircraft  except 
military  \vith  private  aircraft  so  far  as  entry  of  Serbian  atmosphere 
is  concerned.     (R.J.L.A.,    1914,   p.    159.)     The   French   Decrets  of 


VIII  LAW  IN  THE  AIR  135 

This  view  is  embodied  in  the  Convention  of  1919. 
Clearly  freedom  of  circulation  must  be  allowed  to 
postal  aircraft  if  they  are  to  be  employed  at  all,  and  if 
aircraft  are  to  be  allowed  to  come  and  go  without 
abnormal  restrictions,  they  should  be  subjected  to  the 
ordinary  administrative  laws  and  regulations.  Police 
aircraft  again,  as  Dr.  Guibe  has  pointed  out,*^  would 
lose  a  good  deal  of  their  utility  if  they  were  forced  to 
halt  at  the  frontiers  of  their  State  and  to  watch  an 
aerial  criminal  escape  into  the  forbidden  zone.  A 
similar  consideration  is  applicable  to  customs  air- 
craft. But,  though  exterritoriality  is  not  recognised, 
the  aircraft  in  question  and  their  pilots  are  in  the  service 
of  the  State  to  which  they  belong,  and  it  is  probable 
that  the  local  courts  would  hesitate  to  entertain 
actions  in  which,  in  effect,  a  foreign  sovereign  Power 
would  be  the  defendant.  Diplomatic  procedure  is 
likely  to  be  adopted  where  redress  is  desired  in  respect 
of  any  act  or  omission  of  public  aircraft  in  foreign 
jurisdiction. 

191 1  and  1913,  while  defining  public  and,  as  a  subdivision  of  public, 
military  aircraft,  specifically  prohibit  the  entry  of  foreign  military 
aircraft,  but  say  notliing  on  this  point  as  to  other  public  aircraft. 
(R.J.L.A.,  1911,  p.  308  ;    1914,  p.  16.) 

*^  Essai  sur  la  navigation  aerienne,  p.  197. 

M.  Piogey  {Des  regies  de  droit  international  applicables  d  I' aviation, 
p.  41)  suggests  that  police  aircraft  (in  which  he  includes  sanitarj'' 
and  customs  aircraft)  should  not  be  obliged  to  have  a  commandant 
in  uniform,  because  it  will  sometimes  be  necessary  for  them  to 
disguise  their  character. 


APPENDIX  I 

CONVENTION  RELATING  TO  INTERNATIONAL  AIR 
NAVIGATION,   1919. 

Annexes. 

Annex  A. — The  Marking  of  Aircraft. 

Annex  B. — Certificates  of  Airworthiness. 

Annex  C. — Log  Books. 

Annex  D. — Rules  as  to  Lights  and  Signals. — Rules  of  the  Air. 

Annex  E. — Minimum  Qualifications  necessary  for  obtaining 

Certificates  as  Pilots  and  Navigators. 
Annex   F. — -International  Aeronautical   ]\Iaps  and   Ground 

Markings.     {Not  given  here.) 
Annex  G. — Collection  and  Dissemination  of  Meteorological 

Information.     {Not  given  here.) 
Annex  H. — Customs. 

CONVENTION  RELATING  TO  INTERNATIONAL  AIR 
NAVIGATION. 

CHAPTER  I. 

GENERAL   PRINCIPLES. 


Article  i. 

The  contracting  States  recognise  that  every  State  has 
complete  and  exclusive  sovereignty  in  the  air  space  above  its 
territory  and  territorial  waters. 

Article  2. 

Each   contracting  State  undertakes  in  time  of  peace  to 

accord    freedom    of    innocent   passage   above    its    territory 

and    territorial    waters  as    well    as    above    the    territories 

and  territorial  waters  of  its  Colonies  to  the  aircraft  of  the 


138  APPENDIX  I 

other    contracting    States,    provided    that    the    conditions 
estabHshed  in  this  Convention  are  observed. 

All  regulations  made  by  a  contracting  State  as  to  the 
admission  over  its  territory  of  the  aircraft  of  the  other 
contracting  States  shall  be  appHed  without  distinction  of 
nationality. 

Article  3. 

Each  contracting  State  has  the  right,  for  military  reasons 
or  in  the  interest  of  public  safety,  to  prohibit  the  aircraft  of 
the  other  contracting  States,  under  the  penalties  provided 
by  its  legislation  and  subject  to  no  distinction  being  made  in 
this  respect  between  its  private  aircraft  and  those  of  the 
other  contracting  States,  from  flying  over  certain  areas  of  its 
territory. 

If  it  makes  use  of  this  right,  it  shall  publish  and  notify 
beforehand  to  the  other  contracting  States  the  location  and 
extent  of  the  prohibited  areas. 

Article  4. 
Every  aircraft  which  finds  itself  above  a  prohibited  area 
shall,  as  soon  as  aware  of  the  fact,  give  the  signal  of  distress 
provided  in  Paragraph  17  of  Annex  D  and  land  outside  the 
prohibited  area  as  near  to  it  as  possible  and  as  soon  as 
possible  at  one  of  the  aerodromes  of  the  State  unlawfully 
flown  over. 

CHAPTER  II. 

nationality  of  aircraft. 

Article  5. 
No  contracting  State  shall,  except  by  a  special  and  tem- 
porary authorisation,  permit  the  flight  above  its  territory 
of  an  aircraft  which  does  not  possess  the  nationaUty  of  a 
contracting  State. 

Article  6. 
An  aircraft  possesses  the  nationality  of  the  State  on  the 
register  of  which  it  is  entered,  in  accordance  \vith  the  pro- 
visions of  Section  I  (c)  of  Annex  A. 

Article  7. 
An  aircraft  shall  not  be  entered  on  the  register  of  one  of 
the  contracting  States  unless  it  belongs  wholly  to  nationals 
of  such  State. 


INTERNATIONAL  CONVENTION       139 

An  incorporated  company  cannot  be  the  registered  owner 
of  an  aircraft  unless  it  possesses  the  nationahty  of  the  State 
in  which  the  aircraft  is  registered,  and  unless  the  president  or 
chairman  of  the  company  and  at  least  two-thirds  of  the 
directors  possess  the  same  nationality,  and  unless  the 
company  fulfils  all  other  conditions  which  may  be  pre- 
scribed by  the  laws  of  each  State. 

Article  8. 
An  aircraft  cannot  be  vahdly  registered  in  more  than  one 
State. 

Article  9. 

The  contracting  States  shall  every  month  exchange  among 
themselves  and  transmit  to  the  International  Commission 
for  Air  Navigation  copies  of  registrations  and  of  cancellations 
of  registration  which  shall  have  been  entered  on  their  official 
registers  during  the  preceding  month. 

Article  10. 
All  aircraft  engaged  in  international  navigation  shall  bear 
their  nationality  and  registration  marks  as  well  as  the  name 
and  residence  of  the  owner  in  accordance  with  Annex  A. 

CHAPTER  III. 

certificates    of   airworthiness   and    competency. 


Article  ii. 

Every  aircraft  engaged  in  international  navigation  shaU, 
in  accordance  with  Annex  B,  be  provided  with  a  certificate 
of  airworthiness  issued  or  rendered  valid  by  the  State  whose 
nationality  it  possesses. 

Article  12. 

The  commanding  officer,  pilots,  engineers  and  other  mem- 
bers of  the  operating  crew  of  every  aircraft  shall,  in  accord- 
ance with  Annex  E,  be  provided  with  certificates  of  com- 
petency and  hcences  issued  or  rendered  valid  by  the  State 
whose  nationality  the  aircraft  possesses. 

Article  13. 

Certificates  of  airworthiness  and  of  competency  and 
licences  issued  or  rendered  valid  by  the  State  whose  nation- 


140 


APPENDIX  I 


ality  the  aircraft  possesses,  in  accordance  with  the  regulations 
estabUshed  by  Annex  B  and  Annex  E  and  hereafter  by  the 
International  Commission  for  Air  Navigation,  shall  be 
recognised  as  valid  by  the  other  States. 

Each  State  has  the  right  to  refuse  to  recognise  for  the 
purpose  of  flights  within  the  hmits  of  and  above  its  own 
territory  certificates  of  competency  and  licences  granted  to 
one  of  its  nationals  by  another  contracting  State. 

Article  14. 

No  wireless  apparatus  shall  be  carried  without  a  special 
licence  issued  by  the  State  whose  nationality  the  aircraft 
possesses.  Such  apparatus  shall  not  be  used  except  by 
members  of  the  crew  provided  with  a  special  hcence  for  the 
purpose. 

Every  aircraft  used  in  pubHc  transport  and  capable  of 
carrying  ten  or  more  persons  shall  be  equipped  with  sending 
and  receiving  wireless  apparatus  when  the  methods  of  em- 
ploying such  apparatus  shall  have  been  determined  by  the 
International  Commission  for  Air  Navigation. 

This  Commission  may  later  extend  the  obUgation  of  carry- 
ing wireless  apparatus  to  all  other  classes  of  aircraft  in  the 
conditions  and  according  to  the  methods  which  it  may 
determine. 

CHAPTER  IV. 

ADMISSION   TO   AIR  NAVIGATION   ABOVE   FOREIGN  TERRITORY. 


Article  15. 

Every  aircraft  of  a  contracting  State  has  the  right  to  cross 
another  State  without  landing.  In  this  case  it  shall  foUow 
the  route  fixed  by  the  State  over  which  the  flight  takes  place. 
However,  for  reasons  of  general  security  it  will  be  obhged 
to  land  if  ordered  to  do  so  by  means  of  signals  provided  in 
Annex  D. 

Every  aircraft  which  passes  from  one  State  into  another 
shall,  if  the  regulations  of  the  latter  State  require  it,  land 
in  one  of  the  ae'rodromes  fixed  by  the  latter.  Notification  of 
these  aerodromes  shall  be  given  by  the  contracting  States  to 
the  International  Commission  for  Air  Navigation  and  by  it 
notified  to  all  the  contracting  States. 

The  estabhshment  of  international  airways  shall  be  subject 
to  the  consent  of  the  States  flown  over. 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       141 

Article  16. 

Each  contracting  State  shall  have  the  right  to  reserve 
to  its  national  aircraft  the  carriage  of  persons  and  goods  for 
hire  between  two  points  on  its  own  territory. 

Article  17. 

If  a  contracting  State  estabhshes  restrictions  of  the  kind 
permitted  by  Article  16,  its  aircraft  may  be  subjected  to  the 
same  restrictions  in  any  other  contracting  State,  even  though 
the  latter  State  does  not  itself  impose  these  restrictions  on 
other  foreign  aircraft. 

Restrictions  and  reservations  provided  in  Article  16  shall 
be  immediately  pubhshed,  and  shall  be  communicated  to 
the  International  Commission  for  Air  Navigation  which 
shall  notify  them  to  the  States  interested. 

Article  18. 

The  passage  or  transit  of  any  aircraft  with  or  without 
landing  over  or  through  the  territory  of  any  contracting 
State,  including  stoppages  reasonably  necessary  for  the 
purpose  of  such  transit,  shall  not  entail  any  seizure  or  deten- 
tion of  the  aircraft  by  or  on  behalf  of  such  State  or  any  person 
therein,  on  the  ground  that  the  constitution  or  mechanism  of 
the  aircraft  is  an  infringement  of  any  patent,  design  or  model 
duly  granted  or  registered  in  such  State.  Every  claim  for 
an  infringement  of  this  kind  shall  be  duly  made  in  the  country 
of  origin  of  the  aircraft. 


CHAPTER  V. 

rules  to  be  observed  on  departure,  on  landing,  and 

WHEN    under  way. 


Article  19. 

Every  aircraft  engaged  in  international  navigation  shall 
be  provided  : 

{a)  With  a  certificate  of  registration  in  accordance  mth 

Annex  A. 
{b)  With  a  certificate  of  airworthiness  in  accordance  with 

Annex  B. 
(c)  With    certificates   and    licences   of   the   commanding 

officer,  pilots  and  crew  in  accordance  with  Annex  E. 


142  APPENDIX  I 

(d)  If  it  carries  passengers,  with  a  list  of  their  names. 

(e)  If  it  carries  freight,  with  bills  of  lading  and  manifest. 
(/)  With  log  books  in  accordance  with  Annex  C. 

(g)  If  equipped  with  wireless,   with  the   special  licence 
prescribed  by  Article  14. 


Article  20. 

The  log  books  shall  be  kept  for  two  years  after  the  last 
entry. 

Article  21. 

Upon  the  departure  of  an  aircraft,  the  authorities  of  the 
country  shall  have,  in  all  cases,  the  right  to  visit  the  aircraft 
and  to  verify  all  the  documents  with  which  it  must  be 
provided. 

Article  22. 

Upon  the  landing  of  an  aircraft,  the  authorities  of  the 
country  shall  have,  in  all  cases,  the  right  to  visit  the  aircraft 
and  to  verify  all  the  documents  with  which  it  must  be 
provided. 

Article  23. 

All  persons  on  board  an  aircraft  shall  conform  to  the  laws 
and  regulations  of  the  State  visited. 

In  case  of  flight  made  without  landing  from  frontier  to 
frontier,  all  persons  on  board  shall  conform  to  the  laws  and 
regulations  of  the  country  flown  over,  the  purpose  of  which 
is  to  ensure  that  the  passage  is  innocent. 

Legal  relations  between  persons  on  board  an  aircraft  in 
flight  are  governed  by  the  law  of  the  nationality  of  the 
aircraft. 

In  case  of  crime  or  misdemeanour  committed  by  one 
person  against  another  on  board  an  aircraft  in  flight  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  State  flown  over  applies  only  in  case  the 
crime  or  misdemeanour  is  committed  against  a  national  of 
such  State  and  is  followed  by  a  landing  during  the  same 
journey  upon  its  territory. 

The  State  flown  over  has  jurisdiction  : — 

(i)  With  regard  to  every  breach  of  its  laws  for  the 
pubUc  safety  and  its  miUtary  and  fiscal  laws  ; 

(2)  In  case  of  a  breach  of  its  regulations  concerning  air 
navigation. 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       143 

Article  24. 

Aircraft  of  the  contracting  States  shall  be  entitled  to  the 
same  measures  of  assistance  for  landing,  particularly  in  case 
of  distress,  as  national  aircraft. 

With  regard  to  the  salvage  of  aircraft  wrecked  at  sea  the 
regulations  of  the  S2veral  contracting  States  as  to  the  salvage 
of  ships  will  apply  so  far  as  practicable. 

Article  25. 

Every  aerodrome  in  a  contracting  State,  which  upon  pay- 
ment of  charges  is  open  to  public  use  by  its  national  aircraft, 
shall  likewise  be  open  to  the  aircraft  of  all  the  other  contract- 
ing States. 

In  every  such  aerodrome  there  shall  be  a  single  tariff  of 
charges  for  landing  and  length  of  stay  applicable  alike  to 
national  and  foreign  aircraft. 

Article  26. 

Each  contracting  State  undertakes  to  adopt  measures  to 
ensure  that  every  aircraft  flying  above  the  limits  of  its 
territory,  and  that  every  aircraft  under  its  flag,  wherever 
it  may  be,  shall  comply  with  the  regulations  contained  in 
Annex  D  of  the  present  Convention.  It  will  punish  all 
persons  who  do  not  obey  these  regulations. 

CHAPTER  VI. 

PROHIBITED   TRANSPORT. 


Article  27. 

The  carriage  by  aircraft  of  explosives  and  of  arms  and 
munitions  of  war  is  forbidden  in  international  navigation. 
No  foreign  aircraft  shall  be  permitted  to  carry  such  articles 
between  any  two  points  in  the  same  contracting  State. 

Article  28. 

Each  State  may  prohibit  or  regulate  the  carriage  or  use  of 
photographic  apparatus.  Any  such  regulations  shall  be  at 
once  notified  to  the  International  Commission  for  Air 
Navigation,  which  shall  communicate  this  information  to  all 
other  contracting  States. 

Article  29. 

As  a  measure  of  public  safety,  the  carriage  of  objects  other 
than  those  mentioned  in  Articles  27  and  28  may  be  subjected 


144  APPENDIX  I 

to  restrictions  by  each  contracting  State.  Any  such  regula- 
tions shall  be  at  once  notified  to  the  International  Commission 
for  Air  Navigation,  which  shall  communicate  this  informa- 
tion to  all  the  other  contracting  States. 

Article  30. 

All  restrictions  mentioned  in  Article  29  shall  be  applied 
equally  to  national  and  foreign  aircraft. 

CHAPTER  VII. 
state  aircraft. 

Article  31. 

The  following  are  deemed  to  be  State  aircraft  : — 

(a)  Military  aircraft. 

{b)  Aircraft  exclusively  employed  in  State  service,  such 
as  posts,  customs,  police. 
Every  other  aircraft  is  a  private  aircraft.  All  State 
aircraft  other  than  military,  customs  and  police 
aircraft  shall  be  treated  as  private  aircraft  and 
as  such  shall  be  subject  to  all  the  provisions  of 
the  present  Convention. 

Article  32. 

Every  aircraft  commanded  by  a  person  in  military  service 
detailed  for  the  purpose  is  deemed  to  be  a  military  aircraft. 

Article  33. 

Neither  the  flight  of  a  military  aircraft  of  a  contracting 
State  over  the  territory  of  another  nor  its  landing  upon  such 
territory  shall  be  permitted  without  special  authorisation. 

In  case  of  such  authorisation  the  military  aircraft  shall 
enjoy  in  the  absence  of  special  stipulation  the  privileges  of 
exterritoriaUty  which  are  customarily  accorded  to  foreign 
ships  of  war. 

A  military  aircraft  which  is  forced  to  land  or  which  is 
required  or  compelled  to  land  shall  by  reason  thereof  acquire 
no  right  to  exterritoriality. 

Article  34. 

Agreements  between  State  and  State  will  determine  in 
what  cases  police  and  customs  aircraft  can  be  authorised  to 
cross  the  frontier.  They  shall  in  no  case  be  entitled  to  the 
privileges  of  exterritoriaUty, 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       145 
CHAPTER  VIII. 

INTERNATIONAL    COMMISSION    FOR   AIR   NAVIGATION. 


Article  35. 

There  shall  be  instituted,  under  the  name  of  the  Inter- 
national Commission  for  Air  Navigation  and  as  part  of  the 
organisation  of  the  League  of  Nations,  a  permanent  Com- 
mission composed  of  : 

Two  Representatives  of  each  of  the  following  States  : 
The  United  States  of  America,  France,  Italy  and  Japan : 

One  Representative  of  Great  Britain  and  one  of  each  of  the 
British  Dominions  and  of  India  ; 

One  Representative  of  each  of  the  other  contracting 
States. 

Each  of  the  five  States  first-named  (Great  Britain,  the 
British  Dominions  and  India  counting  for  this  purpose  as 
one  State)  shall  have  the  least  whole  number  of  votes  which, 
when  multipHed  by  five,  will  give  a  product  exceeding  by  at 
least  one  vote  the  total  number  of  the  votes  of  all  the  other 
contracting  States. 

AU  the  States  other  than  the  five  first-named  shall  each 
have  one  vote. 

The  International  Commission  for  Air  Navigation  shall 
determine  the  rules  of  its  own  procedure  and  the  place  of 
its  permanent  seat,  but  it  shall  be  free  to  meet  in  such  places 
as  it  may  deem  convenient.  Its  first  meeting  shall  take 
place  at  Paris.  This  meeting  shall  be  convened  by  the  French 
Government,  as  soon  as  a  majority  of  the  signatory  States 
shall  have  notified  to  it  their  ratification  of  the  present 
Convention., 

The  duties  of  this  Commission  are  : 

(a)  To  receive  proposals  from  or  to  make  proposals    to 

any  of  the  contracting  States  for  the  modification 
or  amendment  of  the  provisions  of  the  present 
Convention  and  to  notify  changes  adopted. 

(b)  To  carry  out  the  duties   imposed    upon  it  by  the 

present  Article  and  by  Articles  9,  13,  14,  15,  17, 
28,  29,  and  38  of  the  present  Convention. 

(c)  To  amend  the  provisions  of  the  technical  Annexes. 

{d)  To  collect  and  communicate  to  the  contracting  States 
information  of  every  kind  concerning  international 
air  navigation. 

L 


146  APPENDIX  I 

(6')  To  collect  and  communicate  to  the  contracting  States 
all  information  relating  to  wireless,  meteorology 
and  medical  science  which  may  be  of  interest  to  air 
navigation. 

(/)  To  ensure  the  publication  of  maps  for  air  navigation 
in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Annex  F. 

{g)  To  give  its  opinion  on  questions  which  the  States  may 
submit  for  examination. 

Any  modification  of  the  provisions  of  any  one  of  the 
Annexes  may  be  made  by  the  International  Commission  for 
Air  Navigation  when  such  modification  shall  have  been 
approved  by  three  fourths  of  the  total  possible  vote  and 
shall  become  effective  from  the  time  when  it  shaU  have  been 
notified  by  the  International  Commission  for  Air  Navigation 
to  all  the  contracting  States. 

Any  proposed  modification  of  the  articles  of  the  present 
Convention  shall  be  examined  by  the  International  Com- 
mission for  Air  Navigation,  whether  it  originates  with  one 
of  the  contracting  States  or  with  the  International  Commis- 
sion for  Air  Navigation  itself.  No  such  modification  shall 
be  proposed  for  adoption  by  the  contracting  States,  unless  it 
shall  have  been  approved  by  at  least  two-thirds  of  all  the 
possible  votes  which  could  be  cast  if  all  the  States  were 
present. 

All  such  modifications  of  the  articles  of  the  Convention 
(not  of  the  provisions  of  the  Annexes)  must  be  formally 
adopted  by  the  contracting  States  before  they  become 
effective. 

The  expenses  of  organisation  and  operation  of  the  Inter- 
national Commission  for  Air  Navigation  shall  be  borne  by 
the  contracting  States  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  votes 
at  their  disposal. 

The  expenses  occasioned  by  the  sending  of  technical 
delegations  will  be  borne  by  their  respective  States. 


CHAPTER   IX. 

FINAL   PROVISIONS. 


Article  36. 

Each  contracting  State  undertakes  to  co-operate  as  far 
as  possible  in  international  measures  concerning  : 


INTERNATIONAL  CONVENTION       147 

(a)  The  collection  and  dissemination  of  statistical, 
current,  and  special  meteorological  information, 
in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Annex  G. 

(6)  The  pubUcation  of  standard  aeronautical  maps,  and 
the  establishment  of  a  uniform  sj'stem  of  ground 
marks  for  flying,  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  Annex  F. 

(c)  The  use  of  \\dreless  in  air  navigation,  the  estabHshment 
of  the  necessary  wireless  stations,  and  the  observa- 
tion of  international  wireless  regulations. 

Article  :^y. 

General  provisions  relative  to  customs  in  connection  with 
international  air  na\igation  are  the  subject  of  a  special 
agreement  contained  in  Annex  H  to  the  present  Convention. 

Nothing  in  the  present  Convention  shall  be  construed  as 
preventing  the  contracting  States  from  concluding,  in  con- 
formity with  its  principles,  special  protocols  as  between 
State  and  State  in  respect  of  customs,  police,  posts  and  other 
matters  of  common  interest  in  connection  with  air  navigation. 

Article  38. 

In  the  case  of  a  disagreement  of  two  or  more  States  re- 
lating to  the  interpretation  of  the  present  Convention,  the 
question  in  dispute  shall  be  determined  by  the  Permanent 
Court  of  International  Justice  to  be  established  by  the 
League  of  Nations  and  until  its  establishment  by  arbitration. 

If  the  parties  do  not  agree  on  the  choice  of  the  arbitrators, 
they  shall  proceed  as  follows  : — 

Each  of  the  parties  shall  name  an  arbitrator,  and  the  two 
arbitrators  shall  meet  to  name  a  third.  If  the  arbitrators 
cannot  agree,  the  parties  shall  each  name  a  third  State,  and 
the  third  States  so  named  shall  proceed  to  designate  the 
third  arbitrator,  by  agreement  or  by  each  proposing  a  name 
and  then  determining  by  lot  the  choice  between  the  two. 

In  case  of  the  disagreement  of  two  or  more  contracting 
States  relating  to  one  of  the  technical  regulations  annexed 
to  the  present  Convention,  the  point  in  dispute  shall  be 
determined  by  the  decision  of  the  International  Commission 
for  Air  Navigation  by  a  majority  of  voles. 

In  case  the  difference  involves  the  question  whether  the 
interpretation  of  the  Convention  or  that  of  a  regulation  is 
concerned,  fmal  decision  shall  be  made  by  arbitration  as 
provided  in  the  first  paragraph  of  this  Article. 

L    2 


148  APPENDIX  I 

Article  39. 

In  case  of  war,  the  provisions  of  the  present  Convention 
do  not  affect  the  freedom  of  action  of  the  contracting  States 
either  as  belligerents  or  as  neutrals. 

Article  40. 

The  provisions  of  the  present  Convention  are  completed 
by  the  Annexes  A-H,  which  have  the  same  effect  and  come 
into  force  at  the  same  time  as  the  Convention  itself. 

Article  41. 

The  British  Dominions  and  India  are  deemed  to  be  States 
for  the  purposes  of  the  present  Convention. 

Protectorates,  or  territories  administered  by  the  League 
of  Nations  or  placed  under  its  control,  are.  for  the  purposes 
of  the  present  Convention,  deemed  to  form  part  of  the 
Protecting  or  Mandatory  States,  both  as  regards  their 
territory  and  as  regards  their  nationals. 

Article  42. 

The  present  Convention  shall  come  into  force  as  between 
any  of  the  contracting  States  as  soon  as  such  States  shall 
have  exchanged  ratifications,  which  shall  take  place  within 
one  year. 

The  ratifications  shall  be  deposited  in  the  archives  of  the 
Ministry  of  Foreign  Affairs  of  the  French  RepubUc. 

Article  43. 

The  States  which  have  not  taken  part  in  the  present  war 
shall  be  admitted  to  adhere  to  the  present  Convention  upon 
their  simple  declaration  notified  to  the  Ministry  of  Foreign 
Affairs  of  the  French  Repubhc,  which  shall  inform  the  con- 
tracting States  of  such  adherence. 

Article  44. 

Any  State  which  took  part  in  the  present  war  but  which 
did  not  take  part  in  the  negotiation  of  this  Convention  may 
express  its  desire  to  adhere  to  this  Convention  and  may  be 
admitted  to  adhere  to  it,  if  such  State  is  a  member  of  the 
League  of  Nations  or,  until  January  ist,  1923,  b}^  a  unani- 
mous vote  of  the  signatory  and  adhering  States  or,  after 
January  ist,  1923,  b}^  an  affirmative  vote  comprising  at  least 
three-fourths  of  the  total  possible  votes  of  the  signatory  and 
adhering  States,  the  votes  of  the  different  States  having  the 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       149 

same  weight  as  that  provided  by  Article  35  of  this  Convention 
for  the  International  Commission  for  Air  Navigation. 

The  ^linistr^''  of  Foreign  Affairs  of  the  French  Republic 
shall  receive  requests  for  adherence  to  this  Convention  under 
the  conditions  provided  by  this  article,  shall  communicate 
them  to  the  contracting  States,  shall  receive  the  votes  of  the 
contracting  States,  and  shall  announce  the  result  of  the  vote. 

Article  45. 

The  denunciation  of  the  present  Convention  shaU  take 
effect  \\ith  regard  only  to  the  State  which  shall  have  given 
notice  of  it.  Such  notice  shall  not  be  given  before  January 
ist,  1922  (nineteen  hundred  and  twenty-two),  and  the 
denunciation  shaU  not  take  effect  until  at  le?-st  one  3^ear 
after  the  giving  of  notice. 

Notices  under  this  article  shall  be  given  to  the  ]\Iinistry 
Of  Foreign  Affairs  of  the  French  Republic,  which  shall  com- 
municate them  to  the  contracting  States. 

In  faith  whereof  the  delegates  have  appended  their  sig- 
natures to  the  present  Convention. 

Done  at  Paris,   the  day  of         ,  1919,   in  the 

EngUsh  and  French  languages  which  shall  be  of  equal 
validity  and  authority,  in  a  single  copy  which  shaU  remain 
deposited  in  the  archives  of  the  French  Government,  and 
duly  certified  copies  of  which  shall  be  sent,  through  the  diplo- 
matic channel,  to  the  contracting  States. 


ANNEX   A. 
THE  MARKING  OF  AIRCRAFT. 


GENERAL. 

(a)  The  nationahty  mark  will  be  represented  by  capital 
letters  in  Roman  characters,  e.g., 

France F. 

The  registration  mark  shall  be  represented  by  a  group  of 
four  capital  letters  ;  each  group  shall  contain  at  least  one 
vowel,  and  for  this  purpose  the  letter  Y  shall  be  considered 
as  a  vowel.  The  complete  group  of  five  letters  shall  be  used 
as  a  call  sign  of  the  particular  aircraft  in  making  or  receiving 


I50  APPENDIX  I 

signals  by  wireless  telegraphy  or  other  methods  of  communi- 
cation, except  when  opening  up  communication  by  means 
of  visual  signals,  when  the  usual  methods  will  be  employed. 
The  nationality  and  registration  marks  are  assigned  in  accord- 
ance with  the  table  contained  in  section  VIII  of  this  Annex. 

(b)  On  aircraft  other  than  State  and  commercial,  the 
registration  mark  shall  be  underlined  with  a  black  hne. 

(c)  The  entry  in  the  register  and  the  certificate  of  registra- 
tion shall  contain  a  description  of  the  aircraft  and  shall 
indicate  the  number  or  other  identification  mark  given  to  it 
by  the  maker  ;  the  nationality  and  registration  marks 
mentioned  above  ;  the  usual  station  of  the  aircraft  ;  the 
full  name,  nationality  and  residence  of  the  owner,  and  the 
date  of  registration. 

{d)  All  aircraft  shall  carry  affixed  to  the  car  or  to  the 
fuselage  in  a  prominent  position  a  metal  plate,  inscribed  with 
the  names  and  residence  of  the  owner  and  the  marks  of 
nationahty  and  registration. 

Certificate  of  Registration. 

{Provisional  form.) 

Nationality  

Nationality  mark 

Registration  marks    

Date  of  registration 

I  Tourist 

Type  of  aircraft , ,  -,  Commercial 

I  State    

Maker    

Maker's  Number    

Description  

Owner's  full  name 

Owner's  residence    

Owner's  nationality 

Station  of  the  aircraft 

Signature  and  seal  of 
authority  issuing  this 
certificate 


II 

LOCATION   OF   MARKS. 

The  nationality  and  registration  marks  shall  be  painted 
in  black  on  a  white  ground  in  the  following  manner  : — 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       151 

(a)  Flying  Machines. — The  marks  shall  be  painted  once 

on  the  lower  surface  of  the  lower  main  planes  and 
once  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  top  main  planes, 
the  top  of  the  letters  to  be  towards  the  leading  edge. 
They  shall  also  be  painted  along  each  side  of  the 
fuselage  between  the  main-planes  and  the  tail 
planes.  In  cases  where  the  machine  is  not  provided 
with  a  fuselage  the  marks  shall  be  painted  on  the 
nacelle. 

(b)  Airships  and  Balloons. — In  the  case  of  airships  the 

marks  shall  be  painted  near  the  maximum  cross 

section  on  both  sides  and  on  the  upper  surface 

equidistant  from  the  letters  on  the  sides. 

In  the  case  of  balloons  the  marks  shall  be  painted  twice 

near   the    maximum   horizontal    circumference,    as    far   as 

possible  from  one  another. 

In  the  case  both  of  airships  and  balloons  the  side  marks 
shall  be  visible  both  from  the  sides  and  ground. 

Ill 

ADDITIONAL   LOCATION    OF   NATIONALITY   MARKS. 

(a)  Flying  Machines  and  Airships. — ^The  nationality 
mark  shall  also  be  painted  on  the  left  and  right  sides  of  the 
lower  surface  of  the  lowest  tail  planes  or  elevators  and  also 
on  the  upper  surface  of  the  top  tail  planes  or  elevators, 
whichever  is  the  larger.  It  shall  also  be  painted  on  both 
sides  of  the  rudder,  or  on  the  outer  sides  of  the  outer  rudders 
if  more  than  one  rudder  is  fitted. 

(b)  Balloons. — The  nationality  mark  shall  be  painted  on 
the  basket. 

IV 

MEASUREMENTS  OF   NATIONALITY  AND  REGISTRATION  MARKS. 

(a)  Flying  Machines. — The  height  of  the  marks  on  the 
main  planes  and  tail  planes  respectively  shall  be  equal  to 
four-fifths  of  the  chord,  and  in  the  case  of  the  rudder  shall 
be  as  large  as  possible.  The  height  of  the  marks  on  the  fusel- 
age or  nacelle  shall  be  four-fifths  of  the  depth  of  narrowest 
part  of  that  portion  of  the  fuselage  or  nacelle  on  which  the 
marks  are  painted. 

(b)  Airships  and  Balloons. — In  the  case  of  airships,  the 
nationality  marks  painted  on  the  tail  plane  shall  be  equal 
in  heiglit  to  four-fifths  of  the  chord  of  the  tail  ])lane  and  in 
the  case  of  the  rudder  the  marks  shall  be  as  large  as  possible. 


152  APPENDIX  I 

The  height  of  the  other  marks  shall  be  equal  to  at  least  one- 
twelfth  of  the  circumference  at  the  maximum  transverse 
cross  section  of  the  airship. 

In  the  case  of  balloons  the  height  of  the  nationaUty  mark 
shall  be  four-fifths  of  the  height  of  the  basket,  and  the 
height  of  the  other  marks  shall  be  equal  to  at  least  one- 
twelfth  of  the  circumference  of  the  balloon. 

(c)  General  — In  the  case  of  all  aircraft  the  letters  of  the 
nationaUty  and  registration  marks  need  not  exceed  2*5 
metres  [8  feet]  *  in  height. 

V 

MEASUREMENT,   TYPE   OF   LETTERS,    ETC. 

[a)  The  width  of  the  letters  shall  be  two-thirds  of  their 
height  and  the  thickness  shall  be  one-sixth  of  their  height. 
The  letters  shall  be  painted  in  plain  block  type  and  shall  be 
uniform  in  shape  and  size.  A  space  equal  to  half  the  width 
of  the  letters  shall  be  left  between  the  letters. 

{h)  In  the  case  of  underhned  letters  the  thickness  of  the 
Hne  shall  be  equal  to  the  thickness  of  the  letter  and  the  space 
between  the  bottom  of  the  letters  and  the  hne  shall  be  equal 
to  the  thickness  of  the  Hne. 

VI 

SPACING  BETWEEN  NATIONALITY  AND  REGISTRATION  MARKS. 

Where  the  nationaUty  and  registration  marks  appear 
together,  a  hyphen  of  a  length  equal  to  the  width  of  one  of 
the  letters  shaU  be  painted  between  the  nationality  mark  and 
registration  mark. 

VII 

MAINTENANCE. 

The  nationaUty  and  registration  marks  shaU  be  displayed 
to  the  best  possible  advantage,  taking  into  consideration 
the  constructional  features  of  the  aircraft.  The  marks 
must  be  kept  clean  and  \dsible. 

VIII 

TABLE   OF   MARKS. 

The  nationaUty  mark  of  the  State  named  below  appUes 
to  the  aircraft  of  its  Dominions,   Colonies,   Protectorates, 

*  Air  Navigation  Regulations,  1919,  Schedule  IV,  paragraph  4. 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       153 

Dependencies,  or  of  countries  of  which  it  is  the  Mandatory 

State. 


Country. 


United  States  of  America 

British  Empire 

France  

Italy    

Japan    


Nationality 
Mark. 


Bolivia    

Cuba    

Portugal    

Roumania 

Uruguay   

Czecho-SIovakia 

Guatemala    

Liberia    

Brazil    

Poland , 

Belgium    

Peru 

China 

Honduras    

Serbia-Croatia-Slavonia 

Haiti   

Siam    

Ecuador    

Greece  

Panama 

Hedjaz    


N 
G 
F 
I 
J 

C 
C 
C 

c 
c 

L 
L 
L 
P 
P 
O 
O 
X 
X 
X 
H 
H 
E 
S 

s 

A 


Registration 
Marks. 


/'AH  combinations  made  in 

accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  Section  I  (a) 

of  this  Annex,  using  a 

group  of  4  letters  out  of 

the  26  of  the  alphabet, 

each    group    containing 

at  least  one  vowel,  e.g.  : 
I  ADC  J,  PURN. 
All    combinations    made 

with  B  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  C  as  first  letter.   • 
All    combinations    made 

with  P  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  R  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  U  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  B  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  G  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  L  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  B  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  P  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  B  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  P  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  C  as  first  letter. 
AH    combinations    made 

with  H  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  S  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  H  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  S  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  E  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  G  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  P  as  first  letter. 
All    combinations    made 

with  H  as  first  letter. 


154  APPENDIX  I 


ANNEX    B. 

CERTIFICATES   OF  AIRWORTHINESS. 

The  following  main  conditions  govern  the  issue  of  certi- 
ficates of  airworthiness  : — 

1.  The   design  of  the  aircraft  in  regard  to  safety  shall 

conform  to  certain  standard  minimum  require- 
ments. 

2.  A  satisfactory  demonstration  must  be  made  in  flying 

trials  of  the  actual  flying  qualities  of  the  type  of 
aircraft  examined,  provided  that  machines  subse- 
quently manufactured  which  conform  to  the 
approved  type  need  not  be  subject  to  such  trials. 
The  trials  shall  conform  to  certain  standard  mini- 
mum requirements. 

3.  The  construction  of  every  aircraft  with  regard  to  work- 

manship and  materials  must  be  approved.  The 
control  of  the  construction  and  of  the  tests  shall  be 
in  accordance  with  certain  standard  minimum 
requirements. 

4.  The  aircraft  must  be  equipped  with  suitable  instruments 

for  safe  navigation. 

5.  The   standard  minimum  requirements   of   paragraphs 

I  to  3  inclusive  shaU  be  fixed  bj^  the  International 
Commission  for  Air  Navigation.  Until  they  have 
been  so  fixed  each  contracting  State  shall  determine 
the  regulations  under  which  certificates  of  air- 
worthiness shall  be  granted  or  remain  valid. 

ANNEX    C. 

LOG    BOOKS. 
I 

JOURNEY    LOG. 

This  shaU  be  kept  for  all  aircraft  and  shall  contain  the 
following  particulars  :■ — 

(a)  Category  to  which  the  aircraft  belongs  ;  its  nationality 
and  registration  marks  ;  the  fuU  name,  nationality 
and  residence  of  the  owner  ;  name  of  maker  and 
the  carr5ang  capacity  of  the  aircraft. 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       155 

(b)  111  addition  for  each  journey — 

(i)    The  names,  nationaUty  and  residence  of  each  of  the 

members  of  the  crew, 
(ii)  The  place,  date,  and  hour  of  departure,  the  route 

followed,   and   all   incidents   en  route    including 

landings. 


II 

AIRCRAFT   LOG. 

This  is  obligatory  only  in  the  case  of  aircraft  carrying 
passengers  or  goods  for  hire,  and  shall  contain  the  following 
particulars  : — 

(a)  Category  to  which  the  aircraft  belongs  ;  its  nationality 
and  registration  marks  ;  the  full  name,  nationality 
and  residence  of  the  owner  ;  name  of  maker  and 
the   carrying   capacity   of   the   aircraft. 

(6)  Type  and  series  number  of  engine  ;  type  of  propeller 
showing  number,  pitch,  diameter  and  maker's 
name. 

(c)  Type  of  wireless  apparatus  fitted. 

(d)  Table   showing   the   necessary  rigging   data   for   the 

information  of  persons  in  charge  of  the  aircraft 
and  of  its  maintenance. 
{e)  A  fully  detailed  engineering  record  of  the  life  of  the 
aircraft,  including  all  acceptance  tests,  overhauls, 
replacements,  repairs  and  all  works  of  a  like  nature. 


Ill 

ENGINE    LOG. 

This  is  obligatory  only  in  the  case  of  engines  installed  in 
aircraft  carrjdng  passengers  or  goods  for  hire,  and  in  such 
cases  a  separate  log  book  shall  be  kept  for  each  engine  and 
shall  always  accompany  the  engine.  It  shall  contain  the 
following  particulars  : — ■ 

(a)  Type  of  engine,  scries  number,  maker's  name,  power, 
normal  maxinuim  revolutions  of  engine,  date  of 
production  and  first  date  put  into  service. 

(h)  Registration  mark  and  type  of  aircraft  in  which  the 
engine  has  been  instailcd. 


156  APPENDIX  I 

(c)  A  fully  detailed  engineering  record  of  the  life  of  the 
engine,  including  all  acceptance  tests,  hours  run, 
overhauls,  replacements,  repairs,  and  all  work 
of  a  Hke  nature. 


IV 

SIGNAL  LOG. 

This  is  obligatory  only  in  the  case  of  aircraft  carrying 
passengers  or  goods  for  hire,  and  shall  contain  the  following 
particulars  : — 

(a)  Category  to  which  the  aircraft  belongs  ;  its  nationality 

and  registration  marks  ;   the  full  name,  nationality 
and  residence  of  the  owner. 

(b)  Place,  date,  and  time  of  the  transmission  or  reception 

of  any  signal. 

(c)  Name  or  other  indication  of  the  person  or  station  to 

whom  a  signal  is  sent  or  from  whom  a  signal  is 
received. 


V 

INSTRUCTIONS   FOR   USE   OF  LOG   BOOKS. 

(a)  The  constructor  should  fill  in  and  sign  the  original 

entries  in  the  log  books,  as  far  as  he  is  in  a  position 
to  do  so.  Subsequent  entries  should  be  made 
and  signed  by  the  pilot  or  other  competent  person. 

(b)  A  copy  of  the  certificate  of  airworthiness  should  be 

kept  in  the  pocket  at  the  end  of  the  aircraft  log 
book. 

(c)  All  entries  to  be  in  ink,  except  in  the  case  of  journey 

and  signal  log  books  ;    the  entries  for  these  may 

be  made  in  pencil  in  a  rough  note  book,  but  should 

be  entered  in  ink  in  the  log  book  every  24  hours. 

In  the  event  of  any  oiificial  investigation  the  rough 

note  book  may  be  called  for. 
{d)  No  erasures  should  be  made  in,  nor  pages  torn  from, 

any  log  book. 
(e)  A  copy  of  these  instructions  should  be  inserted  in 

each  log  book. 


INTERNATIONAL   COm^ENTION       157 


ANNEX    D. 


RULES    AS    TO    LIGHTS    AND    SIGNALS. 
RULES    OF   THE    AIR. 

DEFINITIONS. 

The  word  "  aircraft  "  comprises  all  balloons,  whether 
fixed  or  free,  kites,  airships,  and  flying  machines. 

The  word  "  balloon,"  either  fixed  or  free,  shall  mean  an 
aircraft  using  gas  lighter  than  air  as  a  means  of  support, 
and  having  no  means  of  propulsion. 

The  word  "  airship  "  shall  mean  an  aircraft  using  gas 
lighter  than  air  as  a  means  of  support,  and  having  means 
of  propulsion. 

The  words  "  flying  machine  "  shall  mean  all  aeroplanes, 
seaplanes,  flying  boats,  or  other  aircraft  heavier  than  air, 
and  having  means  of  propulsion. 

An  airship  is  deemed  to  be  "  under  way  "  within  the  mean- 
ing of  these  rules  when  it  is  not  made  fast  to  the  ground 
or  any  object  on  land  or  water. 


RULES     AS     TO     LIGHTS. 

The  word  "  visible  "  in  these  rules  when  applied  to  lights 
shall  mean  visible  on  a  dark  night  with  a  clear  atmosphere. 
The  angular  limits  laid  down  in  these  rules  as  shown  in  the 
sketch  (attached)  *  shall  be  determined  when  the  aircraft  is 
in  its  normal  attitude  for  flying  on  a  rectilinear  horizontal 
course. 

1.  The  rules  concerning  lights  shall  be  complied  with  in 
all  weathers  from  sunset  to  sunrise,  and  during  such  time 
no  other  Hghts  which  may  be  mistaken  for  the  prescribed 
lights  shall  be  exhibited.  The  prescribed  navigation  lights 
must  not  be  dazzling. 

2.  A  flying  machine,  when  in  the  air  or  manoeuvring  on 

*  The  sketch,  not  reproduced  here,  illustrates  the  arc  of  visibility  of  each 
of  the  lights  referred  to  in  paragraph  2  below. 


158  APPENDIX  I 

land  or  water  under  its  own  power,  shall  carry  the  following 
lights  : — 

(a)  Forward,   a  white  Hght   visible  in  a  dihedral  angle 

of  220  degrees  bisected  by  a  vertical  plane  through 
the  Hne  of  flight,  and  of  such  a  character  as  to  be 
visible  at  a  distance  of  at  least  8  kilometres  [5 
miles].* 

(b)  On  the  right  side,  a  green  light  so  constructed  and 

fixed  as  to  show  an  unbroken  light  between  two 
vertical  planes  whose  dihedral  angle  is  no  degrees 
when  measured  to  the  right  from  dead  ahead,  and 
of  such  a  character  as  to  be  visible  at  a  distance  of 
at  least  5  kilometres  [3  miles]. 

(c)  On  the  left  side,  a  red  light  so  constructed  and  fixed 

as  to  show  an  unbroken  Hght  between  two  vertical 
planes  whose  dihedral  angle  is  no  degrees  when 
measured  to  the  left  from  dead  ahead,  and  of  such 
a  character  as  to  be  visible  at  a  distance  of  at  least 
5  kilometres  [3  miles]. 

{d)  The  said  green  and  red  side  lights  shall  be  fitted  so 
that  the  green  light  shall  not  be  seen  from  the 
left  side,  nor  the  red  Hght  from  the  right  side. 

(e)  At  the  rear,  and  as  far  aft  as  possible,  a  white  Hght 
shining  rearwards  and  visible  in  a  dihedral  angle  of 
140  degrees  bisected  by  a  vertical  plane  through 
the  line  of  flight  and  of  such  a  character  as  to  be 
visible  at  a  distance  of  at  least  5  kilometres. 

(/)  In  the  case  where,  in  order  to  fulfil  the  above  conditions, 
the  single  light  has  to  be  replaced  by  several  Hghts, 
the  field  of  visibility  of  each  of  these  lights  should 
be  so  limited  that  only  one  can  be  seen  at  a  time. 

3.  The  Rules  determined  for  the  Hghting  of  flying  machines 
shall  apply  to  airships  subject  to  the  foUowing  modifica- 
tions : — 

(a)  All  Hghts  shaU  be  doubled  ;  the  forward  and  aft 
Hghts  vertically,  and  the  side  lights  horizontally 
in  a  fore  and  aft  direction. 

{b)  Both  Hghts  of  each  pair  forward  and  aft  shaU  be 
visible  at  the  same  time.  The  distance  between 
the  Hghts  comprising  a  pair  shall  not  be  less  than 
2  metres  [6  feet]. 

*  The  distances  in  square  brackets  are  those  prescribed  in  Schedule  VII 
of  the  British  Air  Navigation  Regulations,  1919. 


INTERNATIONAL   CON\^ENTION       159 

4.  An  airship,  when  being  towed,  shall  carry  the  hghts 
specified  in  paragraph  3,  and,  in  addition,  those  specified 
in  paragraph  6  for  airships  not  under  control. 

5.  [a)  A  flying  machine,  or  airship,  when  on  the  surface 
of  the  water,  and  when  not  under  control,  that  is  to  say, 
not  able  to  manceuvre  as  required  by  the  Regulations  for 
the  Prevention  of  Colhsions  at  Sea,  shall  carry  two  red 
hghts  not  less  than  two  metres  [6  feet]  apart,  one  over  the 
other,  and  of  such  a  character  as  to  be  visible  all  around  the 
horizon  at  a  distance  of  at  least  three  kilometres  [2  miles]. 

{b)  The  aircraft  referred  to  in  this  paragraph,  when  not 
making  way  through  the  water,  shall  not  carry  the  side 
lights,  but  when  making  way  shall  carr3^  them. 

6.  An  airship  which  from  any  cause  is  not  under  control, 
or  which  has  voluntarily  stopped  her  engines,  shall,  in 
addition  to  the  other  specified  hghts,  display  conspicuously 
two  red  hghts,  one  over  the  other,  not  less  than  2  metres 
[6  feet]  apart,  and  constructed  to  show  a  hght  in  all  direc- 
tions, and  of  such  a  character  as  to  be  visible  at  a  distance 
of  at  least  3  kilometres  [2  miles]. 

By  day  an  airship,  when  being  towed,  which  from  any 
cause  is  not  under  control,  shall  display  conspicuously  two 
black  balls  or  shapes,  each  60  cms.  [2  feet]  in  diameter, 
placed  one  over  the  other  not  less  than  2  metres  apart. 

An  airship  moored,  or  under  way  but  having  voluntarily 
stopped  its  engines,  shall  display  conspicuously  by  day  a 
black  ball  or  shape,  60  cms.  [2  feet]  in  diameter,  and  shall 
be  treated  by  other  aircraft  as  being  not  under  control. 

7.  A  free  balloon  shall  carry  one  bright  white  light  below 
the  car  at  a  distance  of  not  less  than  5  metres  [20  feet],  and 
so  constructed  as  to  show  an  unbroken  light  in  all  directions, 
and  of  such  a  character  as  to  be  visible  at  a  distance  of  at 
least  3  kilometres  [2  miles]. 

8.  A  fixed  balloon  shall  carry  in  the  same  position  as  the 
white  light  mentioned  in  paragraph  7,  and  in  lieu  of  that 
light,  three  lights  in  a  vertical  line  one  over  the  other,  not 
less  than  2  metres  [6  feet]  apart.  The  highest  and  lowest 
of  these  hghts  shall  be  red,  and  the  middle  hght  shall 
be  white,  and  they  shall  be  of  such  a  character  as  to  be 
visible  in  all  directions  at  a  distance  of  at  least  3  kilometres 
[2  miles]. 

In  addition,  the  mooring  cable  shall  have  attached  to  it 
at  intervals  of  300  metres  [1,000  feet],  measured  from  the 
basket,  groups  of  three  lights  similar  to  those  mentioned 
in   the   preceding   paragraph.     In  addition,    the   object   to 


i6o  APPENDIX  1 

which  the  balloon  is  moored  on  the  ground  shall  have  a 
similar  group  of  Hghts  to  mark  its  position. 

By  day  the  mooring  cable  shall  carry  in  the  same  position 
as  the  group  of  lights  mentioned  in  the  preceding  paragraph, 
and  in  Ueu  thereof,  tubular  streamers  not  less  than  20  cms. 
[8  inches]  in  diameter  and  2  metres  [6  feet]  long,  and  marked 
with  alternate  bands  of  white  and  red,  50  cms.  [18  inches] 
in  width. 

9.  An  airship  when  moored  near  the  ground  shaU  carry 
the  lights  specified  in  paragraphs  2  (a)  and  {e)  and  3. 

In  addition,  if  moored  but  not  near  the  ground,  the  air- 
ship, the  mooring  cable,  and  the  object  to  which  moored, 
shall  be  marked  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  para- 
graph 8,  whether  by  day  or  by  night. 

Sea  anchors  or  drogues  used  by  airships  for  mooring 
purposes  at  sea  are  exempt  from  this  regulation. 

10.  A  flying  machine  stationary  upon  the  land  or  water 
but  not  anchored  or  moored  shall  carry  the  lights  specified 
in  paragraph  2. 

11.  In  order  to  prevent  collisions  with  surface  craft  : — 

{a)  A  flying  machine  when  at  anchor  or  moored  on  the 
water  shall  carry  forward,  where  it  can  best  be  seen, 
a  white  light,  so  constructed  as  to  show  an  unbroken 
light  visible  all  round  the  horizon  at  a  distance  of 
at  least   2  kilometres   [i   mile]. 

{b)  A  flying  machine  of  50  metres  [150  feet]  or  upwards 
in  length,  when  at  anchor  or  moored  on  the  water, 
shall  in  the  forward  part  of  the  flying  machine 
carry  one  such  light,  and  at  or  near  the  stern  of  the 
flying  machine,  and  at  a  height  that  it  shall  not  be 
less  than  5  metres  [15  feet]  lower  than  the  forward 
light,  another  such  fight. 

The  length  of  a  flying  machine  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  the  overall  length. 

(c)  Fhdng  machines  of  50  metres  [150  feet]  or  upwards 
in  span,  when  at  anchor  or  moored  in  the  water, 
shall  in  addition  carry  at  each  lower  wing  tip  one 
Hght  as  specified  in  {a)  of  this  paragraph. 

The  span  of  a  flying  machine  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  the  maximum  lateral  dimension. 

12.  In  the  event  of  the  failure  of  any  of  the  lights  specified 
under  these  rules  to  be  carried  by  aircraft  flying  at  night,  such 
aircraft  shall  land  at  the  first  reasonably  safe  opportunity. 

13.  Nothing  in  these  rules  shall  interfere  with  the  opera- 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       i6i 

tion  of  any  special  rules  made  by  the  Government  of  any 
State  \vith  respect  to  the  additional  station  or  signal  lights 
for  two  or  more  military  aircraft,  or  for  aircraft  in  formation, 
or  with  the  exhibition  of  recognition  signals  adopted  by 
owners  of  aircraft  which  have  been  authorised  by  their 
respective  Governments  and  duly  registered  and  published. 

II 

RULES   AS   TO   SIGNALS. 

14.  {a)  Aircraft  wishing  to  land  at  night  on  aerodromes 
having  a  ground  control  shall  before  landing  : — 

Fire  a  green  Very's  light  or  flash  a  green  lamp,  and  in 
addition  shall  make  by  international  Morse  code  the  letter- 
group  forming  its  call-sign. 

{b)  Permission  to  land  will  be  given  by  the  repetition 
of  the  same  call-sign  from  the  ground,  followed  by  : — 

A  green  Very's  light  or  flashing  a  green  lamp. 

15.  The  firing  of  a  red  Very's  light  or  the  display  of  a 
red  flare  from  the  ground  shall  be  taken  as  an  instruction 
that  aircraft  are  not  to  land. 

16.  An  aircraft  compelled  t(5  land  at  night  shall  before 
landing  fire  a  red  Very's  fight  or  make  a  series  of  short  flashes 
with  the  navigation  lights. 

17.  WTien  an  aircraft  is  in  distress  and  requires  assistance, 
the  following  shall  be  the  signals  to  be  used  or  displayed, 
either   together   or   separately  : — 

(a)  The  international  signal,   SOS,   by  means  of  visual 

or  wireless  signals. 
{b)  The  international  code  flag  signal  of  distress,  indicated 

by  NC. 
(c)  The  distant  signal,  consisting  of  a  square  flag  having 

either  above  or  below  it  a  ball,  or  anything  resem- 

bUng  a  bafl. 
{d)  A  continuous  sounding  with  any  sound  apparatus, 
(e)  A  signal,  consisting  of  a  succession  of  white  Very's 

lights  fired  at  short  intervals. 

18.*  To  warn  an  aircraft  that  it  is  in  the  vicinity  of  a 
prohibited  zone  and  should  change  its  course,  the  following 
signals  shall  be  used  : — 

{a)  By  day  :   three  discharges,  at  intervals  of  ten  seconds, 
of  a  projectile  showing  on  bursting  white  smoke, 

•  Paragraphs  18  and  10  flo  not  appear  in  the  British  Air  Navigation 
Regulations  issued  on  ist  May,  1919. 

M 


t62  APPENDIX  I 

the  location  of  the  bursts  indicating  the  direction 
the  aircraft  should  follow. 
(&)  By  night  :  three  discharges,  at  intervals  of  ten  seconds, 
of  a  projectile  showing  on  bursting  white  stars, 
the  location  of  the  bursts  indicating  the  direction 
the  aircraft  should  follow. 

19.*  To  require  an  aircraft  to  land,  the  following  signals 
shall  be  used  : — 

(a)  By  day  :  three  discharges,  at  intervals  of  ten  seconds, 

of  a  projectile  showing  on  bursting  black  or  yellow 
smoke. 

(b)  By  night  :  three  discharges,  at  intervals  of  ten  seconds, 

of  a  projectile  showing  on  bursting  red  stars  or 
lights. 

In  addition,  when  necessary  to  prevent  the  landing  of 
aircraft  other  than  the  one  ordered,  a  searchlight  which  shall 
be  flashed  intermittently  shall  be  directed  towards  the  air- 
craft whose  landing  is  required. 

20.  t  {a)  In  the  event  of  fog  or  mist  rendering  aerodromes 
invisible,  their  presence  may  be  indicated  by  a  balloon 
acting  as  an  aerial  buoy  and/or  other  approved  means. 

(b)  In  fog,  mist,  falling  snow  or  heavy  rainstorm,  whether 
by  day  or  night,  an  aircraft  on  the  water  shall  make  the 
following  sound  signals  with  a  sound  apparatus  : — 

1.  If  not  anchored  or  moored,  a  sound  at  intervals  of  not 

more  than  two  minutes,  consisting  of  two  blasts 
of  about  five  seconds  duration  with  an  interval 
of  about  one  second  between  them  ; 

2.  If  at  anchor  or  moored,  the  rapid  ringing  of  an  efficient 

beU  or  gong  for  about  five  seconds,  at  intervals  of 
not  more  than  one  minute. 


Ill 

RULES   OF  THE  AIR. 

21.  Fl5dng  machines  shall  always  give  way  to  balloons, 
fixed  or  free,  and  to  airships.  Airships  shall  always  give 
way  to  balloons,  whether  fixed  or  free. 

t  Sub-paragraph  (a)  does  not  appear  in  the  British  Air  Navigation 
Regulations  issued  on  ist  May,  1919  ;  and  the  provision  corresponding  to 
sub-paragraph  {b).  2,  speaks  of  a  "  blast  "  instead  of  a  gong  or  bell. 


INTERNATIONAL  CONVENTION       i6 


J 


22.  An  airship  when  not  under  its  own  control  shall  be 
classed  as  a  free  balloon. 

23.1  Risk  of  collision  can,  when  circumstances  permit, 
be  ascertained  by  carefully  watching  the  compass  bearing 
and  angle  of  elevation  of  an  approaching  aircraft.  If 
neither  the  bearing  nor  the  angle  of  elevation  appreciably 
changes,  such  risk  shall  be  deemed  to  exist. 

24.  J  The  term  "  risk  of  colHsion  "  shall  include  risk  of 
injury  due  to  undue  proximity  of  other  aircraft.  Every 
aircraft  that  is  required  by  these  rules  to  give  way  to  another 
to  avoid  coUision  shall  keep  a  safe  distance,  having  regard 
to  the  circumstances  of  the  case. 

25.  WTiile  observing  the  rules  regarding  risk  of  coUision 
contained  in  paragraph  24,  a  motor-driven  aircraft  must 
always  manceuvre  according  to  the  rules  contained  in  the 
following  paragraphs,  as  soon  as  it  is  apparent  that,  if  it 
pursued  its  course,  it  would  pass  at  a  distance  of  less  than 
200  metres  [200  j^ards]  from  any  part  of  another  aircraft. 

26.  WTien  two  motor-driven  aircraft  are  meeting  end  on 
or  nearly  end  on  each  shaU  alter  its  course  to  the  right. 

27.  \Vlien  two  motor-driven  aircraft  are  on  courses  which 
cross,  the  aircraft  which  has  the  other  on  its  own  right  side 
shall  keep  out  of  the  way  of  the  other. 

28.  An  aircraft  overtaking  any  other  shall  keep  out  of  the 
way  of  the  overtaken  aircraft  by  altering  its  own  course 
to  the  right,  and  must  not  pass  by  diving. 

Every  aircraft  coming  up  with  another  aircraft  from  any 
direction  more  than  no  degrees  from  ahead  of  the  latter, 
i.e.,  in  such  a  position  with  reference  to  the  aircraft  which 
it  is  overtaking  that  at  night  it  would  be  unable  to  see 
either  of  that  aircraft's  side  lights,  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
an  overtaking  aircraft,  and  no  subsequent  alteration  of  the 
bearing  between  the  two  aircraft  shall  make  the  overtaking 
aircraft  a  crossing  aircraft  within  the  meaning  of  these 
rules,  or  relieve  it  of  the  duty  of  keeping  clear  of  the  over- 
taken aircraft  until  it  is  finally  past  and  clear. 

As  by  day  the  overtaking  aircraft  cannot  always  know  with 
certainty  whether  it  is  forward  or  abaft  the  direction  men- 
tioned above  from  the  other  aircraft,  it  should,  if  in  doubt, 
assume  that  it  is  an  overtaking  aircraft  and  keep  out  of 
the  way. 

29.  Where  by  any  of  these  rules  one  of  the  two  aircraft 
is  to  keep  out  of  the  way,  the  other  shall  keep  its  course 

J  Paragraphs  23  and  24  do  not  appear  in  the  British  Air  Navigation 
Regulations  issued  ist  May,  1919. 

M    2 


1 64  APPENDIX   I 

and  speed.  When,  in  consequence  of  thick  weather  or  other 
causes,  the  aircraft  having  the  right  of  way  finds  itself  so 
close  that  colUsion  cannot  be  avoided  by  the  action  of  the 
giving-way  aircraft  alone,  it  shall  take  such  action  as  will 
best  aid  to  avert  collision. 

30.  Every  aircraft  which  is  directed  by  these  rules  to  keep 
out  of  the  way  of  another  aircraft  shall,  if  the  circumstances 
of  the  case  admit,  avoid  crossing  ahead  of  the  other. 

31.  In  following  an  officially  recognised  air  route  every 
aircraft,  when  it  is  safe  and  practicable,  shall  keep  to  the 
right  side  of  such  route. 

32.  All  aircraft  on  land  or  sea  about  to  ascend  shall  not 
attempt  to  "  take  off  "  until  there  is  no  risk  of  collision 
with  aUghting  aircraft. 

33.  Every  aircraft  in  a  cloud,  fog,  mist  or  other  conditions 
of  bad  visibility  shall  proceed  with  caution,  having  careful 
regard  to  the  existing  circumstances  and  conditions. 

34.  In  obeying  and  construing  these  rules  due  regard 
shall  be  had  to  all  dangers  of  navigation  and  colUsion  and 
to  any  special  circumstances  which  may  render  a  departure 
from  the  above  rules  necessary  in  order  to  avoid  immediate 
danger. 

IV 

BALLAST. 

35.  The  dropping  of  ballast  other  than  fine  sand  or 
water  from  aircraft  in  the  air  is  prohibited. 


RULES   FOR  AIR   TRAFFIC   ON   AND   IN   THE 
VICINITY   OF  AERODROMES. 

36.  At  every  aerodrome  there  shall  be  a  flag  hoisted  in 
a  prominent  position  which  shall  indicate  that  if  an  air- 
craft about  to  land  or  leave  finds  it  necessary  to  make  a 
circuit,  or  partial  circuit,  such  circuit  shall  be  left-handed 
(anti-clockwise)  or  right-handed  (clockwise),  according  to 
the  colour  of  the  flag.  A  white  flag  shall  indicate  a  right- 
handed  circuit,  i.e.,  that  the  flag  is  to  be  kept  to  the  right  side 
or  side  which  carries  the  green  light  of  the  aircraft,  and  a 
red  flag  shall  indicate  a  left-handed  circuit,  i.e.,  that  the  red 
flag  is  to  be  kept  to  the  left  side  or  side  which  carries  the 
red  Ught  of  the  aircraft. 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       165 

37.  When  an  aeroplane  starts  from  an  aerodrome  it  shall 
not  turn  until  500  metres  [500  yards]  distance  from  the 
nearest  point  of  the  aerodrome,  and  the  tm^ning  then  must 
conform  with  the  regulations  provided  in  the  preceding 
paragraph. 

38.  All  aeroplanes  flying  between  500  and  1,000  metres 
[500  and  1,000  yards]  distance  from  the  nearest  point  of  an 
aerodrome  shall  conform  to  the  above  mentioned  circuit  law, 
unless  such  aeroplanes  are  flying  at  a  greater  height  than 
2,000  metres  [6,500  feet]. 

39.  Acrobatic  landings  are  prohibited  at  aerodromes  of 
contracting  States  used  for  international  aerial  traffic. 
Aircraft  are  prohibited  from  engaging  in  aerial  acrobatics 
within  a  distance  of  at  least  2,000  metres  [2,000  yards]  from 
the  nearest  point  of  such  aerodromes. 

40.  At  every  recognised  aerodrome  the  direction  of  the 
wind  shall  be  clearly  indicated  by  one  or  more  of  the  recog- 
nised methods,  e.g.,  landing  tee,  conical  streamer,  smudge 
fire,  etc. 

41.  Ever^^  aeroplane  when  taking  off  or  alighting  on  a 
recognised  aerodrome  used  for  international  air  traffic  shall 
do  so  up-wind,  except  when  the  natural  conditions  of  the 
aerodrome  do  not  permit. 

42.  In  the  case  of  aeroplanes  approaching  aerodromes  for 
the  purpose  of  landing,  the  aeroplane  flying  at  the  greater 
height  shall  be  responsible  for  avoiding  the  aeroplane  at  the 
lower  height,  and  shall  as  regards  landing  observe  the  rules 
of  paragraph  28  for  passing. 

43.  Aeroplanes  showing  signals  of  distress  shall  be  given 
free  way  in  attempting  to  make  a  landing  on  an  aerodrome. 

44.  Every  aerodrome  shall  be  considered  to  consist  of 
three  zones  when  looking  up-wind.  The  right-hand  zone 
shall  be  the  taking-off  zone,  and  the  left-hand  shall  be  the 
landing  zone.  Between  these  there  shall  be  a  neutral  zone. 
An  aeroplane  when  landing  should  attempt  to  land  as  near 
as  possible  to  the  neutral  zone,  but  in  any  case  on  the  left 
of  any  aeroplanes  which  have  already  landed.  After  slow- 
ing up  or  coming  to  a  stop  at  the  end  of  its  landing  run,  an 
aeroplane  will  immediately  taxi  into  the  neutral  zone. 
Similarly  an  aeroplane  when  taking  off  shall  keep  as  far  as 
possible  towards  the  right  of  the  taking-off  zone,  but  shall 
keep  clear  to  the  left  of  any  aeroplanes  which  are  taking  off 
or  about  to  take  off. 

45.  No  aeroplane  shall  commence  to  take  off  until  the 
preceding  aeroplane  is  clear  of  the  aerodrome. 


i66  APPENDIX  I 

46.  The  above  rules  shall  apply  equally  to  night  landings 
on  aerodromes,  when  the  signals  shall  be  as  follows  : — 

(a)  A  red  light  shall  indicate  a  left-hand  circuit,  and  a 
green  light  shall  indicate  a  right-hand  circuit. 
(See  paragraph  36.)  The  right-hand  zone  will  be 
marked  by  white  lights  placed  in  the  position  of 
an  "  L,"  and  the  left-hand  zone  will  be  similarly 
marked.  The  "  L's  "  shall  be  back  to  back,  that 
is  to  say,  the  long  sides  of  the  "  L's  "  will  indicate 
the  borders  of  the  neutral  zone.  The  direction  of 
landing  shall  invariably  be  along  the  long  arm  of 
the  "  L,"  and  towards  the  short  arm.  The  hghts  of 
the  "  L's  "  should  be  so  placed  that  the  lights 
indicating  the  top  extremity  of  the  long  arm  shall 
be  the  nearest  point  on  the  aerodrome  upon  which 
an  aeroplane  can  safely  touch  ground.  The  lights 
indicating  the  short  arm  of  the  "  L "  should 
indicate  the  Umit  of  safe  landing  ground  for  the 
aeroplanes,  that  is,  that  the  aeroplane  should  not 
over-run  the  short  arm.     (See  diagram  A.)* 

(6)  Where  it  is  desired  to  save  lights  and  personnel  the 
following  system  may  be  used  : — 

Two  hghts  shall  be  placed  on  the  windward  side 
of  the  aerodrome  to  mark  the  limits  of  the  neutral 
zone  mentioned  in  paragraph  44,  the  line  joining 
the  Ughts  being  at  right  angles  to  the  direction  of 
the  wind.  Two  more  Hghts  shall  be  placed  as 
follows  :  one  on  the  leeward  side  of  the  aerodrome 
on  the  line  drawn  parallel  to  the  direction  of  the 
wind  and  passing  midway  between  the  two  lights 
on  the  windward  side,  to  show  the  extent  of  the 
aerodrome  and  the  direction  of  the  wind,  and  the 
other  shall  be  placed  midway  between  the  two  lights 
marking  the  Umits  of  the  neutral  zone.  (See 
diagram  B.)* 

Additional  lights  may  be  symmetrically  put  along  the 
boundary  lines  of  the  neutral  zone,  and  on  the  ends  of  the 
taking-off  and  landing  zones  on  the  line  through  the  three 
lights  on  the  windward  side. 

47.  No  fixed  balloon,  kite,  or  moored  airship  shall  be 
elevated  in  the  vicinity  of  any  aerodrome  without  a  special 

*  The  diagrams  referred  to  in  paragraph  46  are  not  reproduced ;  they 
illustrate  the  lay-out  of  an  aerodrome  according  to  the  alternative  systems 
described  in  the  paragraph. 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       167 

authorisation,    except    in  the  cases  provided  for  in  para- 
graph 20. 

48.  Suitable  markings  shall  be  placed  on  all  fixed  obstacles 
dangerous  to  flying  within  a  zone  of  500  metres  [500  yards] 
of  all  aerodromes, 

VI 

GENERAL. 

49.  Every  aircraft  manoeuvring  under  its  own  power  on 
the  water  shall  conform  to  the  Regulations  for  Preventing 
Collisions  at  Sea,  and  for  the  purposes  of  these  regulations 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  steam- vessel,  but  shall  carry  the  hghts 
specified  in  the  preceding  rules,  and  not  those  specified  for 
steam-vessels  in  the  Regulations  for  Preventing  ColHsions 
at  Sea,  and  shall  not  use,  except  as  specified  in  paragraphs 
17  and  20  above,  or  be  deemed  to  hear  the  sound  signals 
specified  in  the  above-mentioned  Regulations. 

50.  Nothing  in  these  rules  shall  exonerate  any  aircraft, 
or  the  owner,  pilot  or  crew  thereof,  from  the  consequences 
of  any  neglect  to  carry  lights  or  signals,  or  of  any  neglect  to 
keep  a  proper  look-out,  or  of  the  neglect  of  any  precaution 
which  may  be  required  b}''  the  ordinary  practice  of  the  air, 
or  by  the  special  circumstances  of  the  case. 

51.  Nothing  in  these  rules  shall  interfere  with  the  opera- 
tion of  any  special  rule  or  rales  duly  made  and  published 
relative  to  navigation  of  aircraft  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  any  aerodrome  or  other  place,  and  it  shall  be  obligatory 
on  all  owners,  pilots,  or  crews  of  aircraft  to  obey  such  rules. 


ANNEX    E. 

MINIMUM  QUALIFICATIONS  NECESSARY  FOR  OB- 
TAINING CERTIFICATES  AS  PILOTS  AND 
NAVIGATORS. 

I 

CERTIFICATES   FOR    PILOTS   OF   FLYING   MACHINES. 

(A.)  Private  Pilot's  Flying  Certificate 
(not  valid  for  purposes  of  public  transport). 

I.  Practical  Tests  : 

In  eacli  practical  test  the  candidate  must  be  alone  in  the 
flying  machine. 


1 68  APPENDIX  I 

[a)  Test  for  Altitude  and  Gliding  Flight.  A  flight  without 
landing  during  which  the  pilot  shall  remain  for  at  least  an 
hour  at  a  minimum  altitude  of  2,000  metres  above  the  point 
of  departure.  The  descent  shall  finish  with  a  glide,  the 
engines  cut  off  at  1,500  metres  above  the  landing  ground. 
The  landing  shall  be  made  without  restarting  the  engine  and 
within  150  metres  or  less  of  a  point  fixed  beforehand  by  the 
official  examiners  of  the  test. 

(b)  Tests  of  Skill.  A  flight  without  landing  around  two 
posts  (or  buoys)  situated  500  metres  apart  making  a  series 
of  five  figure-of-eight  turns,  each  turn  reaching  one  of  the 
two  posts  (or  buoys).  This  flight  shall  be  made  at  an  altitude 
of  not  more  than  200  metres  above  the  ground  (or  water) 
without  touching  the  ground  (or  water).  The  landing  shall 
be  effected  by  : 

(i)  Finally  shutting  off  the  engine  or  engines  at  latest 
when  the  aircraft  touches  the  ground  (or  water). 

(ii)  Finally  stopping  the  flying  machine  within  a  distance 
of  50  metres  from  a  point  fixed  by  the  candidate 
before  starting. 

2.  Special  Requirements  : 

Knowledge  of  Rules  as  to  Lights  and  Signals,  and  Rules  of 
the  Air.  Rules  for  Air  Traffic  on  and  in  the  Vicinity  of 
Aerodromes.  A  practical  knowledge  of  international  air 
legislation. 


(B.)   Pilot's  Flying  Certificate  for  Flying  Machines 
USED  FOR  Purposes  of  Public  Transport. 

I.  Practical  Tests  : 

In  each  practical  test  the  candidate  must  be  alone  in  the 
flying  machine. 

(a)  The  tests  for  altitude  and  gliding  flight  and  for  skill 
are  the  same  as  those  required  for  a  private  pilot's  flying 
certificate.  Candidates  already  in  possession  of  the  latter 
certificate  are  not  required  to  pass  these  tests  again. 

(b)  Test  of  endurance  consisting  of  a  cross-country  or 
oversea  flight  of  at  least  300  kilometres,  after  which  the 
final  landing  shall  be  made  at  the  point  of  departure.  This 
flight  shall  be  made  in  the  same  flying  machine  within  eight 
hours.     It  shall  include   two   obligatory  landings   (during 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       169 

which  the  machine  must  come  to  rest) ,  which  shall  not  be 
at  the  point  of  departure,  but  which  shall  be  fixed  by  the 
judges. 

At  the  time  of  departure  the  candidate  shall  be  informed 
of  his  course  and  furnished  \\'ith  the  appropriate  map.  The 
judges  will  decide  whether  the  course  has  been  correctly 
followed. 

(c)  Night  Flight.  A  thirty  minutes'  flight  made  between 
two  hours  after  sunset  and  two  hours  before  sunrise,  at  a 
height  of  at  least  500  metres. 

2.  Technical  Examination : 

After  satisfactory  practical  tests  have  been  passed, 
candidates  will,  when  summoned,  submit  themselves  to 
examination  on 

{a)  Flying  Machines  : 

Theoretical  knowledge  of  the  resistance  of  the  air  as  con- 
cerns its  effects  on  wings  and  tail  planes,  rudders,  elevators, 
and  propellers  ;  functions  of  the  different  parts  of  the 
machine  and  of  their  controls. 

Assembling  of  flying  machines  and  their  different  parts. 

Practical  tests  on  rigging. 

{h)  Engines  : 

General  knowledge  of  internal  combustion  engines,  in- 
cluding functions  of  the  various  parts  ;  a  general  knowledge 
of  the  construction,  assembUng,  adjustment,  and  charac- 
teristics of  aero-engines. 

Causes  of  the  faulty  running  of  engines  and  of  breakdown. 

Practical  te  ts  in  running  repairs. 

(c)  Special  Requirements  : 

Knowledge  of  Rules  as  to  Lights  and  Signals  and  Rules 
of  the  Air,  and  Rules  for  Air  Traffic  on  and  in  the  Vicinity 
of  Aerodromes. 

Practical  knowledge  of  the  special  conditions  of  air  traffic 
and  of  international  air  legislation. 

Map  reading,  orientation,  location  of  position,  elementary 
meteorology. 

REMARKS. 

The  practical  tests  shall  be  carried  out  within  a  maximum 
period  of  one  month. 


170  APPENDIX  I 

They  may  be  carried  out  in  any  order,  and  each  may  be 
attempted  twice.  They  shall  be  witnessed  by  properly 
accredited  examiners,  who  \\dll  forward  the  official  reports 
to  the  proper  authorities. 

The  official  reports  will  give  the  different  incidents, 
especially  those  of  landings.  The  candidates  shall  furnish 
before  each  test  proper  identity  forms. 

A  barograph  shall  be  carried  on  all  practical  tests,  and  the 
graph,  signed  by  the  examiners,  shall  be  attached  to  their 
report. 

Pilots  who  hold  the  military  pilot's  certificate  shall  be 
entitled  to  the  private  pilot's  flying  certificate,  but  in  order 
to  obtain  the  pilot's  flying  certificate  for  purposes  of  Public 
Transport  it  will  be  necessary  to  pass  the  technical  conditions 
for  navigation  as  required  by  B  (2)  (c). 


II 

CERTIFICATES   FOR   PILOTS   OF   BALLOONS. 

1.  Practical  Tests  : 

The  candidate  must  have  completed  the  following  certified 
ascents  : — 

1.  By  day  :    3  ascents  under  instruction. 

I  ascent  in  control  under  supervision. 
I  ascent  alone  in  the  balloon. 

2.  By  night :  i  ascent  alone  in  the  balloon. 

Each  ascent  shall  be  of  at  least  two  hours'  duration. 

2.  Theoretical  Tests  : 

Elementary  aerostatics  and  meteorology. 

3.  Special  Requirements  : 

General  knowledge  of  a  balloon  and  its  accessories  ; 
inflation ;  rigging ;  management  of  an  ascent  ;  instru- 
ments ;  precautions  against  cold  and  high  altitudes. 

Knowledge  of  Rules  as  to  Lights  and  Signals  and  Rules 
of  the  Air  ;  Rules  for  Air  Traffic  on  and  in  the  Vicinity  of 
Aerodromes. 

Practical  knowledge  of  international  air  legislation. 
Map  reading  and  orientation. 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       171 


III 

CERTIFICATES   FOR  AIRSHIP   OFFICER   PILOTS. 

Every  airship  officer  pilot  shall  have  qualified  as  pilot  of 
a  free  balloon. 

There  shall  be  three  classes  of  airship  officer  pilots. 

The  holder  of  a  first-class  certificate  is  qualified  to  com- 
mand any  airship. 

The  holder  of  a  second-class  certificate  is  qualified  to 
command  airships  under  20,000  cubic  metres  capacity. 

The  holder  of  a  third-class  certificate  is  quaUfied  to 
command  airships  under  6,000  cubic  metres  capacity. 

All  mihtary  and  naval  airship  officer  pilots  are  entitled 
to  a  third-class  certificate. 

All  mihtary  and  naval  airship  officer  pilots  who  have 
commanded  airships  over  6,000  cubic  metres  capacity  are 
entitled  to  a  first-class  certificate. 


QUALIFICATIONS   FOR   THIRD-CLASS   CERTIFICATE. 

Practical  Tests  : 

{a)  Twenty  certified  ffights  (three  of  which  shall  be  by 
night)  in  an  airship,  each  flight  being  of  at  least  one  hour's 
duration.  In  at  least  four  of  these  ffights  the  candidate 
must  have  handled  the  airship  himself,  under  the  super- 
vision of  the  commanding  officer  of  the  airship,  including 
ascent  and  landing. 

(6)  One  cross-country  ffight  on  a  predetermined  course 
of  at  least  100  kilometres,  terminating  with  a  night  landing, 
and  made  with  a  duly  authorised  inspector  on  board. 

Theoretical  Examination  : 

Aerostatics  and  meteorology  (density  of  gases,  laws  of 
Mariotte  and  of  Gay-Lussac)  ;  barometric  pressure,  Archi- 
medes' principle ;  confinement  of  gases ;  interpretation 
and  use  of  meteorological  information  and  of  weather 
charts. 

Physical  and  chemical  properties  of  light  gases,  and  of 
materials  used  in  the  construction  of  airships. 

General  theory  of  airships. 

Dynamic  properties  of  moving  bodies  in  air. 


172  APPENDIX  I 

General  Knowledge  : 

Elementary  knowledge  of  internal  combustion  engines. 

Elementary  navigation  ;  use  of  the  compass  ;  location 
of  position. 

Inflation  ;  stowage  ;  rigging  ;  handling  ;  controls  and 
instruments. 

QUALIFICATIONS   FOR   SECOND-CLASS   CERTIFICATE. 

Practical  Tests  : 

To  be  eligible  for  a  second-class  certificate  a  candidate 
must  be  holder  of  a  third-class  certificate  and  have  at  least 
four  months'  service  as  a  third-class  officer  on  an  airship  ; 
and  also  have  completed  at  least  ten  flights  as  third-class 
officer  on  an  airship  of  capacity  above  6,000  cubic  metres, 
in  which  he  has  handled  the  airship  himself,  including  ascent 
and  landing,  under  the  supervision  of  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  airship. 

Theoretical  Examination : 

Advanced  knowledge  of  the  subjects  required  for  the  third 
class  certificate. 


QUALIFICATIONS   FOR   FIRST-CLASS   CERTIFICATE. 

Practical  Tests  : 

To  be  eligible  for  a  first-class  certificate  a  candidate  must 
be  holder  of  a  second-class  certificate,  have  at  least  two 
months'  active  service  as  a  second-class  officer  on  an  airship, 
and  also  have  completed  at  least  five  flights  as  second-class 
officer  of  an  airship  of  capacity  above  20,000  cubic  metres, 
in  which  he  has  handled  the  airship  himself,  including  ascent 
and  landing,  under  the  supervision  of  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  airship.  Each  flight  must  be  at  least  of  one 
hour's  duration  with  a  minimum  of  fifteen  hours  for  the 
five  flights. 

Theoretical  Examination : 
As  required  for  a  second-class  certificate. 

IV 

CERTIFICATE   FOR   NAVIGATORS. 

Aircraft  used  for  public  transport  carrying  more  than  ten 
passengers  and  having  to  make  a  continuous  flight  between 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       173 

two  points  more  than  500  kilometres  apart  overland,  or  a 
night  flight,  or  a  flight  between  two  points  more  than  200 
kilometres  apart  over  sea,  must  have  on  board  a  navigator 
who  has  been  granted  a  certificate  as  such  after  passing  a 
theoretical  and  practical  examination  in  the  following  : — 

1.  Practical  Astronomy  : 

True  and  apparent  movements  of  the  celestial  bodies. 
Different  aspects  of  the  celestial  sphere. 

Hour  angles,  mean,  true,  and  astronomical  time. 

Shape  and  dimensions  of  the  earth. 

Star  globes  and  maps. 

Method  of  determining  latitude,  longitude,  time,  and 
azimuth. 

2.  Navigation  : 

Maps  and  charts — how  to  read  them. 

Compass  ;  magnetic  meridian  ;  variation,  deviation. 

Courses,  bearings,  and  their  corrections. 

Compensation  of  compasses  (technical  and  practical). 

Calculations  of  azimuth. 

Fhght  by  dead  reckoning,  measure  of  the  relative  speed, 
drift,  traverse  table. 

Chronometer,  chronometer  rate,  comparisons. 

Sextants,  adjustments. 

Nautical  almanac. 

Determination  of  positions  by  means  of  bearing  and 
altitude  of  stars. 

Knowledge  of  great  circle  navigation. 

Aeronautical  navigational  instruments. 

3.  General  Knowledge  : 

International  rules  for  air  and  maritime  navigation. 

International  air  legislation. 

Practical  knowledge  of  meteorology  and  of  weather  charts. 


V 

MEDICAL  CERTIFICATES. 

International  Medical  Requirements  for  Air  Navigation. 

I.  Every  candidate  before  obtaining  a  licence  as  a  pilot, 
navigator  or  engineer  of  aircraft  engaged  in  public  transport 


174  APPENDIX   I 

will  present  himself  for  examination  by  specially  qualified 
medical  men  (flight  surgeons),  appointed  by  or  acting  under 
the  authority  of  the  contracting  State. 

2.  Medical  supervision,  both  for  the  selection  and  the 
maintenance  of  efficiency,  shall  be  based  upon  the  following 
requirements  of  mental  and  physical  fitness  : — 

{a)  Good  family  and  personal  history,  with  particular 
reference  to  nervous  stability.  Absence  of  any 
mental,  moral  or  physical  defect  which  will  inter- 
fere with  flying  efficiency. 

(b)  The  minimum  age  for  pilots  and  navigators  engaged 

in  public  transport  shall  be  nineteen  (19)  years. 

(c)  General  Surgical  Examination.     The  aviator  or  aero- 

naut must  neither  suffer  from  any  wound,  injury  or 
operation  nor  possess  any  abnormality,  congenital 
or  otherwise,  which  will  interfere  with  the  efficient 
and  safe  handling  of  aircraft. 

(d)  General  Medical  Examination.     The  aviator  or  aero- 

naut must  not  suffer  from  any  disease  or  disability 
which  renders  him  liable  suddenly  to  become 
unfit  for  the  management  of  aircraft.  He 
must  possess  heart,  lungs,  kidneys  and  nervous 
system  capable  of  withstanding  the  effects  of 
altitude  and  also  the  effects  of  prolonged  flight. 

{e)  Eye  Examination.  The  aviator  or  aeronaut  must 
possess  a  degree  of  visual  acuity  compatible  with 
the  efficient  performance  of  his  duties.  No  pilot 
or  navigator  shall  have  more  than  two  (2)  dioptres 
of  latent  hypermetropia  ;  muscle  balance  must  be 
good  and  commensurate  with  the  refraction.  He 
must  have  a  good  field  of  vision  in  each  eye  and 
must  possess  normal  colour  perception. 

(/)  Ear  Examination.  The  middle  ear  must  be  healthy. 
The  aviator  or  aeronaut  must  possess  a  degree  of 
auditory  acuity  compatible  with  the  efficient 
performance  of  his  duties. 

[g)  The  vestibular  mechanism  must  be  intact  and  neither 
unduly  hypersensitive  nor  hyposensitive. 

{h)  Nose  and  Throat  Examination.  The  aviator  or  aero- 
naut must  possess  free  nasal  air  entry  on  either  side 
and  not  suffer  from  serious  acute  or  chronic  affec- 
tions of  the  upper  respiratory  tract. 

3.  Each  contracting  State  shall  for  the  present  fix  its  own 
methods  of  examination  until  the  detail  of  tests  and  the 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       175 

minimum  standard  of  requirements  have  been  finally  settled 
by  the  authorised  medical  representatives  of  the  Inter- 
national Commission  for  Air  Navigation. 

4.  The  successful  candidate  will  receive  a  medical  certifi- 
cate of  acceptance,  which  must  be  produced  before  the  licence 
can  be  issued. 

5.  In  order  to  ensure  the  maintenance  of  efficiency, 
every  aviator  or  aeronaut  shall  be  re-examined  periodically, 
at  least  every  six  months,  and  the  findings  shall  be  attached 
to  his  original  record.  In  case  of  illness  or  accident  also,  an 
aviator  or  aeronaut  shall  be  re-examined  and  pronounced 
fit  before  resuming  air  duties.  The  date  and  result  of  each 
re-examination  shall  be  recorded  on  the  aeronaut's  flying 
certificate. 

6.  No  aviator  or  aeronaut  who,  before  the  date  of  the 
present  Convention,  has  given  proof  of  his  flying  ability, 
shall,  so  long  as  he  retains  such  ability,  be  necessarily 
disqualified  because  he  fails  to  fulfil  all  of  the  above  require- 
ments. 

7.  Each  contracting  State  may  raise  the  conditions  set 
forth  above,  as  it  deems  fit,  but  these  minimum  requirements 
shall  be  maintained  internationallv. 


ANNEX    F. 

INTERNATIONAL  AERONAUTICAL   MAPS 
AND  GROUND  MARKINGS. 

[This  Annex,  being  of  a  technical  nature,  is  not  given  here.] 


ANNEX    G. 

COLLECTION     AND     DISSEMINATION     OF 
METEOROLOGICAL  INFORMATION. 

[This  Annex,  being  of  a  technical  nature,  is  not  given  here.] 


176  APPENDIX  I 

ANNEX    H. 
CUSTOMS. 

GENERAL   PROVISIONS. 
I. 

Any  aircraft  going  abroad  shall  depart  only  from  aero- 
dromes specially  designated  by  the  customs  administration 
of  each  contracting  State,  and  named  "  customs  aerodromes." 

Aircraft  coming  from  abroad  shall  land  only  in  such 
aerodromes. 

2. 

Every  aircraft  which  passes  from  one  State  into  another 
is  obliged  to  cross  the  frontier  between  certain  points  fixed 
by  the  contracting  States.  These  points  are  shown  on  the 
aeronautical  maps. 

3. 
All  necessary  information  concerning  customs  aerodromes 
within  a  State,  including  any  alterations  made  to  the  list  and 
any  corresponding  alterations  necessary  on  the  aeronautical 
maps  and  the  dates  when  such  alterations  become  valid, 
and  all  other  information  concerning  any  international 
aerodromes  which  may  be  estabhshed,  shall  be  communi- 
cated by  the  States  concerned  to  each  other  and  to  the 
International  Commission  for  Air  Navigation,  which  shall 
notify  such  information  to  all  of  the  contracting  States. 
The  contracting  States  may  agree  to  estabhsh  international 
aerodromes  at  which  there  may  be  joint  customs  services 
for  two  or  more  States. 

4- 

When,  by  reason  of  a  case  of  force  majeure,  which  must  be 
duly  justified,  an  aircraft  crosses  the  frontier  at  any  other 
point  than  those  designated,  it  shall  land  at  the  nearest 
customs  aerodrome  on  its  route.  If  it  is  forced  to  land 
before  reaching  this  aerodrome  it  shall  inform  the  nearest 
poUce  or  customs  authorities. 

It  will  only  be  permitted  to  leave  again  with  the  authorisa- 
tion of  these  authorities,  who  shall,  after  verification,  stamp 
the  log  book  and  the  manifest  provided  for  in  paragraph  5  ; 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       177 

they  shall  inform  the  pilot  of  the  customs  aerodrome  where 
he  must  necessarily  carry  out  the  formalities  of  customs 
clearance. 

5- 
Before  departure,  or  immediately  after  arrival,  according 
to  whether  they  are  going  to  or  coming  back  from  a  foreign 
country,  pilots  shaU  show  their  log  books  to  the  authorities 
of  the  aerodrome  and,  if  necessary,  the  manifest  of  the  goods 
and  supplies  for  the  journey  which  they  carry. 

6. 

The  manifest  is  to  be  kept  in  conformity  with  the  attached 
form  No.  i. 

The  goods  must  be  the  subject  of  detailed  declarations  in 
conformity  with  the  attached  form  No.  2,  made  out  by  the 
senders. 

Every  contracting  State  has  the  right  to  prescribe  for  the 
insertion  either  on  the  manifest  or  on  the  customs  declara- 
tion of  such  supplementary  entries  as  it  may  deem  necessary. 

7- 

In  the  case  of  an  aircraft  transporting  goods  the  customs 
officer,  before  departure,  shaU  examine  the  manifest  and 
declarations,  make  the  prescribed  verifications  and  sign  the 
log  book  as  well  as  the  manifest.  He  shall  verify  his  signa- 
ture with  a  stamp.  He  shall  seal  the  goods,  or  sets  of  goods, 
for  which  such  a  formality  is  required. 

On  arrival  the  customs  officer  shall  ensure  that  the  seal  is 
unbroken,  shall  pass  the  goods,  shall  sign  the  log  book  and 
keep  the  manifest. 

In  the  case  of  an  aircraft  with  no  goods  on  board,  the  log- 
book only  shall  be  signed  by  the  police  and  customs  officials. 

The  fuel  on  board  shall  not  be  liable  to  customs  duties 
provided  the  quantity  thereof  does  not  exceed  that  needed 
for  the  journey  as  defined  in  the  log  book. 

8. 

As  an  exception  to  the  general  regulations,  certain  classes 
of  aircraft,  particularly  postal  aircraft,  aircraft  belonging 
to  aerial  transport  companies  regularly  constituted  and 
authorised,  and  those  belonging  to  members  of  recognised 
touring  societies  not  engaged  in  the  public  conveyance  of 
persons  or  goods,  may  be  freed  from  the  obligation  of  landing 

N 


178  APPENDIX  I 

at  a  customs  aerodrome  and  authorised  to  begin  or  end 
their  journey  at  certain  inland  aerodromes  appointed  by 
the  customs  and  poHce  administration  of  each  State  at 
which  customs  formalities  shall  be  complied  with. 

However,  such  aircraft  shall  follow  the  normal  air  route, 
and  make  their  identity  known  by  signals  agreed  upon  as 
they  fly  across  the  frontier. 

REGULATIONS  APPLICABLE   TO   AIRCRAFT  AND   GOODS. 

9- 

Aircraft  landing  in  foreign  countries  are  in  principle 
liable  to  customs  duties  if  such  exist. 

If  they  are  to  be  re-exported,  they  shall  have  the  benefit 
of  the  regulations  as  to  permit  by  bond  or  deposit  of  the 
taxes. 

In  the  case  of  the  formation  between  two  or  more  countries 
of  the  Union  of  touring  societies,  the  aircraft  of  the  said 
countries  will  have  the  benefit  of  the  regulations  of  the 
"  Tryptique." 

10. 

Goods  arriving  by  aircraft  shall  be  considered  as  coming 
from  the  country  where  the  log  book  and  manifest  have  been 
signed  by  the  customs  officer. 

As  regards  their  origin  and  the  different  customs  n'gimes, 
they  are  hable  to  the  regulations  of  the  same  kind  as  are 
applicable  to  goods  imported  by  land  or  sea. 

II. 

With  regard  to  goods  exported  in  discharge  of  a  temporary 
receiving  or  bonded  account  or  liable  to  inland  taxes,  the 
senders  shall  prove  their  right  to  send  the  goods  abroad 
by  producing  a  certificate  from  the  customs  of  the  place  of 
destination. 

AIR  TRANSIT. 
12. 

When  an  aircraft  to  reach  its  destination  must  fly  over 
one  or  more  contracting  States,  without  prejudice  to  the 
right  of  sovereignty  of  each  of  the  contracting  States,  two 
cases  must  be  distinguished  : — 

I.  If  the  aircraft  neither  sets  down  nor  takes  up  pas- 
sengers or  goods,  it  is  bound  only  to  keep  to  the  normal  air 


INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       179 

route  and  make  itself  known  by  signals  when  passing  over 
the  points  designated  for  such  purpose. 

2.  In  other  cases,  it  shall  be  bound  to  land  at  a  customs 
aerodrome  and  the  name  of  such  aerodrome  shall  be  entered 
in  the  log  book  before  departure.  On  landing,  the  customs 
authorities  shall  examine  the  papers  and  the  cargo,  and  take, 
if  need  be,  the  necessary  steps  to  ensure  the  re-exportation 
of  the  craft  and  goods  or  the  pajrment  of  the  dues. 

The  provisions  of  paragraph  9  (2)  are  applicable  to  goods 
to  be  re-exported. 

If  the  aircraft  sets  down  or  takes  up  goods,  the  customs 
officer  shall  verify  the  fact  on  the  manifest,  duly  completed, 
and  shall  affix,  if  necessary,  a  new  seal. 

VARIOUS   PROVISIONS. 

13- 

Every  aircraft  during  flight,  wherever  it  may  be,  must 
conform  to  the  orders  from  police  or  customs  stations  and 
police  or  customs  aircraft  of  the  State  over  which  it  is  flj^ng. 

14. 

Customs  officers  and  excise  officials,  and  generally  speaking 
the  representatives  of  the  pubUc  authorities  shall  have  free 
access  to  all  starting  and  landing  places  for  aircraft ;  they 
may  also  search  any  aircraft  and  its  cargo  to  exercise  their 
rights  of  supervision. 

15. 
Except  in  the  case  of  postal  aircraft,  all  unloading  or 
throwing  out  in  the  course  of  flight,  except  of  ballast,  may 
be  prohibited. 

16. 

In  addition  to  any  penalties  which  may  be  imposed  by 
local  law  for  infringement  of  the  preceding  regulations,  such 
infringement  shall  be  reported  to  the  State  in  which  the  air- 
craft is  registered  and  that  State  shall  suspend  for  a  limited 
time,  or  permanently,  the  certificate  of  registration  of  the 
offending  aircraft. 

17- 
The  provisions  of  this  Annex  do  not  apply  to  military 
aircraft  visiting  a  State  by  special  authorisation  (Articles  31, 
32,  and  33  of  the  Convention),  nor  to  police  and  customs 
aircraft  (Articles  31  and  34  of  the  Convention). 

N   2 


i8o 


APPENDIX  I 


Form  No.  i— MANIFEST. 

Note.— The  manifest  should  not  bear  on  it  erasures  or  eoppeo- 
tions  except  those  approved  by  the  proper  customs  officials,  nor 
contain  interlineations  or  several  articles  entered  on  the  same 
line.    As  many  extra  sheets  may  be  added  as  are  necessary. 


AIR  NAVIGATION. 

MANIFEST  OR  GENERAL   DECLARATION   OF  CARGO. 
MACHINE    ..jR-gi^trationMark. 


Space 

reserved 

for 

COMMAND- 
ING 
OFFICER. 

entries 

by 
Customs 

Officers. 

GOODS    - 

fName  : 
Residence  : 
Nationality  : 
Number  of  Licence  : 

■  Place  of  departure  :  Country  : 

Place  of  destination  :  Country 

Number  of  annexed  declarations  : 


The  Commanding  Officer  guarantees  the  accuracy  of  the 
contents  of  this  manifest  under  penalties  provided  by  law. 
Consequently  he  has  dated  and  signed  this  document 
immecfiately  below  the  last  entry. 


File 

NUMBER 

of 
Docu- 
ment. 

Marks 

and 

numbers 

on 

the 

Parcels. 

Number 
(in   figures 
and  letters) 

and 

Descriptions 

of  Parcels. 

Nature 
of 

THE    GOODS. 

Weight. 

Observations. 

INTERNATIONAL   CONVENTION       i8i 


:z: 

o 

1— 1 

:^ 

0^ 

o 

►o 

< 

u 

< 
O 

Q 

> 

s; 

1 

< 

01 

'A 

2 

d 

0^ 

■2 

^ 

< 

>>- 

^ 

</5 

« 

o 

O 

5/5 

o 


^ 


^ 


O 


C 

<D 

O 

W4 

G 

a. 

-t-> 

<u 

0) 

13 

nU 

<--i 

vt-i 

o 

o 

<D 

<D 

O 

O 

ol 

rt 

CUi       p^ 


Observ.\- 

TIONS. 

H 

a 
o 

w 

H 

tfl       1 

■J 
> 

Country 
of  origin 

Detailed  Description 
OF  contents. 

Nature 
of  goods. 

to 

►J 

•< 

0 
0 

W 

ca 
& 

z 

AND 

numbers. 

On 


OS 


4) 


APPENDIX    II 

AIR  NAVIGATION  REGULATIONS,  1919. 

Arrangement  of  Regulations. 

Regulation. 

1.  General  conditions  of  flying. 

2.  Additional  conditions  in  certain  cases. 

3.  Reference  to  schedules. 

4.  Aerodromes. 

5.  General  safety  provisions. 

6.  Production  of  licences,  certificates,  and  log-books  for 

inspection. 

7.  Right  of  inspection  of  and  access  to  aerodromes  and 

factories. 

8.  Exceptions, 

9.  Foreign  aircraft. 

10.  Penalties. 

11.  Power  to  cancel  or  suspend  licences  and  certificates. 

12.  Interpretation. 

13.  Saving. 

14.  Short  title. 

Schedules. 

I.     Registration  of  aircraft. 
II.     Licensing  of  personnel. 

III.  Certificates  of  airworthiness  for  passenger  aircraft 

and  periodical  overhaul  and  examination  of  such 
aircraft. 

IV.  Registration  and  nationality  marks.* 
V.     Log-books. 

VI.     Prohibited  areas. 
VII.     Rules  as  to  Hghts  and  signals  and  rules  of  the  air.* 
VIII.     Rules  as  to  aircraft  arriving  in  or  departing  from  the 
United  Kingdom. 

*  Not  given  here. 


AIR  NAVIGATION  REGULATIONS,  1919     183 

ORDER   OF  THE   SECRETARY   OF   STATE   UNDER 
THE  AIR  NAVIGATION  ACTS,    1911  TO   1919. 

In  pursuance  of  the  powers  conferred  upon  me  by  the  Air 
Navigation  Acts,  191 1  to  1919,  and  all  other  powers  enabling 
me  in  that  behalf,  I,  the  Right  Honourable  Winston  Spencer 
Churchill,  one  of  His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretaries  of 
State,  by  order  make  the  followdng  regulations  : — 

I.  General  Conditions  of  Flying. — No  aircraft  shaU  fly 
\vithin  the  limits  of  the  British  Islands  and  the  territorial 
waters  adjacent  thereto  unless  the  following  conditions  are 
complied  with  : — 

(i)  The  aircraft  shall  be  registered  in  the  prescribed 
manner  : 

(2)  The  aircraft  shall  bear  the  prescribed  registration  and 

nationality  marks,  affixed  or  painted  on  the  aircraft 
in  the  prescribed  manner  : 

(3)  The  personnel  of  the  aircraft  shall  be  licensed  in  the 

prescribed  manner  : 

(4)  There  shall  be  carried  in  the  aircraft — 

(a)  the  certificate  of  registration  ;  and 

(b)  the  licence  of  any  member  of  the  personnel  who 

is  required  to  be  licensed  : 

(5)  The   provisions   of   these   regulations   as   to   general 

safety,  and  the  rules  as  to  lights  and  signals  and 
rules  of  the  air,  as  set  out  in  these  regulations,  shall 
be  duly  complied  with  : 

(6)  No  mails   shall  be   carried  without   the   consent   in 

writing  of  the  Postmaster-General,  and  no  wireless 
apparatus  shall  be  installed  or  worked  except  under 
and  in  accordance  with  a  licence  granted  by  the 
Postmaster-General,  containing  such  conditions  as 
may  be  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  State  : 

(7)  The  aircraft  shall  not  fly  over  any  prohibited  area  as 

defined  by  these  regulations  : 
Provided  that — 

(a)  the  requirements  of  this  regulation  as  to  registra- 
tion and  as  to  the  bearing  of  registration  and  nation- 
ality marks  shall  not  apply  to  aircraft  built  for 
the  purpose  of  experiment,  and  flown  for  the  pur- 
pose of  experiment  or  test  only  within  three  miles 
of  an  aerodrome  or  aircraft  factory  or  in  accordance 
with  such  directions  (if  any)  as  may  be  given  by 
the  Secretary  of  State  ;   and 


i84  APPENDIX  II 

(6)  the  requirements  of  this  regulation  as  to  licensing 
of  personnel  shall  not  apply  within  the  precincts 
of  an  aerodrome  in  the  case  of  personnel  under 
instruction  or  of  aircraft  flying  for  experimental 
purposes. 

2.  Additional  Conditions  in  Certain  Cases. — Without 
prejudice  to  the  last  foregoing  regulation — 

(i)  A  passenger  aircraft  carrying  passengers  shall  not — 

(a)  fly  within  the  limits  aforesaid  unless  it  has 
been  certified  in  the  prescribed  manner  as  airworthy, 
and  the  prescribed  conditions  as  to  airworthiness, 
periodical  overhaul,  and  examination  before  each 
flight  are  compUed  with,  and  aU  the  prescribed 
certificates  in  relation  to  airworthiness  are  carried 
in  the  aircraft  ;   or 

(b)  use  as  a  regular  place  of  departure  or  place  of 
landing  any  place  other  than  a  licensed  aerodrome, 
or  a  Royal  Air  Force  aerodrome  or  aerodrome 
under  the  control  of  the  Secretary  of  State  approved 
for  the  purpose  by  the  Secretary  of  State  : 

(2)  A  passenger  or  goods  aircraft  shall  not  fly  within  the 

limits  aforesaid  unless  there  are  carried  in  the 
aircraft  the  prescribed  log-books,  accurately  kept 
up  to  date  in  the  prescribed  form  and  manner  : 

(3)  An  aircraft  arriving  in  or  departing  from  the  United 

Kingdom  shall  comply  with  the  provisions  of  these 
regulations  applicable  to  such  a  case. 

3.  Reference  to  Schedules. — (i)  The  provisions  in  the 
schedules  to  these  regulations  shall  have  effect  as  part  of 
these  regulations,  and  shall  be  duly  observed  by  aU  persons 
concerned  in  the  cases  to  which  they  relate,  that  is  to  say  : — 


Schedule. 

Subject  matter. 

I. 

Registration  of  aircraft. 

II. 

Licensing  of  personnel. 

III. 

Certificates  of  airworthiness  for  passenger  aircraft,   and 

periodical  overhaul  and  examination  of  such  aircraft. 

IV. 

Registration  and  nationality  marks. 

V. 

Log-books. 

VI. 

Prohibited  areas. 

VII. 

Rules  as  to  lights  and  signals  and  rules  of  the  air. 

VIII. 

Rules  as  to  aircraft  arriving  in  or  departing  from   the 

United  Kingdom. 

AIR  NAVIGATION  REGULATIONS,  1919     185 

(2)  The  Secretary  of  State  may,  if  he  thinks  fit,  issue 
directions  for  the  purpose  of  supplementing  or  giving  full 
effect  to  the  provisions  of  the  above  schedules,  or  for  any 
purpose  for  which  provision  is  under  these  regulations  to  be 
made  by  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  State. 

4.  Aerodromes. — (i)  No  place  in  the  British  Islands  shall 
be  used  as  an  aerodrome  or  as  a  regular  place  of  landing  or 
departure  by  passenger  aircraft  carrying  passengers,  unless 
it  has  been  licensed  for  the  purpose  by  the  Secretary  of  State, 
and  any  conditions  of  the  licence  are  compHed  with. 

(2)  There  shall  be  kept  exhibited  in  a  conspicuous  place  at 
all  aerodromes  used  for  the  landing  or  departure  of  passenger 
or  goods  aircraft,  a  tariff  of  charges  in  such  form  and  on 
such  scale  as  may  be  directed  or  approved  by  the  Secretary 
of  State. 

(3)  In  the  case  of  any  contravention  of  or  failure  to  comply 
\vith  this  regulation,  the  proprietor  of  the  aerodrome  shall 
be  deemed  to  have  acted  in  contravention  of  or,  as  the  case 
may  be,  failed  to  comply  with  these  regulations. 

(4)  This  regulation  shall  not  apply  to  Royal  Air  Force 
aerodromes  or  aerodromes  under  the  control  of  the  Secretary 
of  State,  the  use  of  which  has  been  sanctioned  by  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  ;  provided  that  any  directions  of  the  Secretary 
of  State  as  to  the  use  of  such  aerodromes  are  complied 
with. 

5.  General  Safety  Provisions. — (i)  An  aircraft  shall  not 
fly  over  any  city  or  town  except  at  such  altitude  as  will 
enable  the  aircraft  to  land  outside  the  city  or  town  should 
the  means  of  propulsion  fail  through  mechanical  breakdown 
or  other  cause  : 

Proxdded  that  this  prohibition  shall  not  apply  to  any 
area  comprised  \\dthin  a  circle  with  a  radius  of  one  mile  from 
the  centre  of  a  licensed  aerodrome  or  of  a  Royal  Air  Force 
aerodrome,  or  of  an  aerodrome  under  the  control  of  the 
Secretary  of  State. 

(2)  No  person  in  any  aircraft  shall — 

(a)  carry  out  any  trick  flying  or  exhibition  flying  over 

any  city  or  town  area  or  populous  district ;   or 

(b)  carry  out  any  trick  fljdng  or  exhibition  flying  over 

any  regatta,  race  meeting,  or  meeting  for  public 
games  or  sports,  except  where  specially  arranged 
for  in  writing  by  the  promoters  of  such  regatta  or 
meeting ;   or 


1 86  APPENDIX  II 

(c)  carry  out  any  flying  which  by  reason  of  low  altitude 

or  proximity  to  persons  or  dwellings  is  dangerous 
to  public  safety  ;   or 

(d)  drop,  or  cause  or  permit  to  be  dropped,  from  the 

aircraft  any  article  except  ballast  as  authorised  by 
the  rules  of  the  air  as  set  out  in  these  regulations. 

6.  Production  of  Licences,  Certificates  and  Log-hooks  for 
Inspection. — (i)  Any  member  of  the  personnel  of  an  air- 
craft shall  on  demand  produce  his  Ucence  for  the  inspection 
of  any  person  authorised  for  the  purpose  by  the  Secretary 
of  State. 

(2)  The  owner  and  person  in  charge  of  any  aircraft  shall, 
on  demand,  produce  for  the  inspection  of  any  person  autho- 
rised for  the  purpose  by  the  Secretary  of  State,  any  certifi- 
cates or  licences  relating  to  the  aircraft,  and  also,  in  the  case 
of  passenger  or  goods  aircraft,  any  of  the  prescribed  log- 
books. 

7.  Right  of  Inspection  of  and  Access  to  Aerodromes  and 
Factories. — (i)  Any  person  authorised  by  the  Secretary  of 
State  for  the  purpose  shall  have  the  right  of  access  at  all 
reasonable  times  to  any  aerodrome  for  the  purpose  of  in- 
specting the  same,  or  to  any  place  to  which  access  is  neces- 
sary for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  his  powers  and  duties 
under  these  regulations. 

(2)  All  aircraft  belonging  to  or  employed  in  the  service  of 
His  Majesty?'  shall  have  at  all  reasonable  times  the  right  of 
access  to  any  licensed  aerodrome. 

(3)  During  the  construction  of  a  passenger  aircraft  any 
person  authorised  by  the  Secretary  of  State  shall  at  all  times 
during  working  hours  have  the  right  of  access,  for  purposes 
of  inspection,  to  that  portion  of  the  shops  in  which  parts  are 
being  manufactured  or  assembled,  and  to  dra\vings  of  the 
parts  under  inspection,  whether  at  the  works  of  the  main 
contractor  or  of  sub-contractors. 

8.  Exceptions. — These  regulations  do  not  (except  where 
otherwise  expressly  stated)  apply — 

[a)  to  military  aircraft  belonging  to  or  employed  in  the 
service  of  His  Majesty  ;   or 

(6)  to  any  aircraft  or  to  any  persons  if  and  to  such  extent 
as  such  aircraft  or  persons  may  be  excepted  from 
these  regulations,  or  any  of  them,  by  direction  of 
the  Secretary  of  State  on  the  recommendation  of 
a  Government  Department. 


AIR  NAVIGATION  REGULATIONS,  1919     187 

9.  Foreign  Aircraft. — The  provisions  of  these  regulations 
as  to — 

(a)  registration  of  aircraft  ; 

(b)  licensing  of  personnel  ; 

(c)  airworthiness  ; 

(d)  log-books  ;  and 

(e)  wireless  apparatus  ; 

shall  not  apply  to  foreign  aircraft  : 

Provided  that — 

(i)  no  foreign  military  aircraft  shall  fly  over  or  land  in  the 
British  Islands  or  the  territorial  waters  adjacent 
thereto  except  on  the  express  invitation  or  with 
the  express  permission  of  His  Majesty  or  of  a 
Government  Department,  but  any  such  aircraft 
landing  on  such  invitation  or  with  such  permission 
shall  be  exempt  from  these  regulations  to  such 
extent  and  on  such  conditions  as  may  be  specified 
in  the  invitation  or  permission  ;  and 

(ii)  where  any  foreign  aircraft,  after  first  landing  in  the 
British  Islands,  flies  over  any  part  thereof  except 
in  such  manner  as  may  be  necessary  in  order  to 
proceed  to  a  foreign  destination,  aU  the  provisions 
of  these  regulations  shall  apply  to  that  aircraft 
unless  there  are  carried  in  the  aircraft,  and  pro- 
duced for  inspection  as  and  when  required  by  the 
Secretary  of  State,  certificates,  Ucences,  and  log- 
books issued  by  the  responsible  authority  in  the 
country  to  which  the  aircraft  belongs,  compl5dng 
substantially  with  the  provisions  of  these  regula- 
tions, and  unless  (in  the  case  of  a  passenger  aircraft) 
the  conditions  of  the  aircraft  from  the  point  of  view 
of  the  safety  of  the  passengers  and  personnel 
correspond  substantially  with  the  particulars  con- 
tained in  the  certificates  produced. 

10.  Penalties. — (i)  Where  any  aircraft  flies  in  contra- 
vention of,  or  fails  to  comply  with,  these  regulations  or  any 
provision  thereof,  the  owner  of  the  aircraft,  and  also  the  pilot 
or  commander,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  contravened  or, 
as  the  case  may  be,  failed  to  comply  with  these  regulations  : 

Provided  that  it  shall  be  a  good  defence  to  any  proceed- 
ings for  contravention  or  failure  to  comply  with  these  regu- 
lations if  the  contravention  or  failure  is  proved  to  have  been 
due  to  stress  of  weather  or  other  unavoidable  cause. 


1 88  APPENDIX  II 

(2)  If  any  person  obstructs  or  impedes  any  person  acting 
under  the  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  State  in  the  exercise 
of  his  powers  and  duties  under  these  regulations,  such  first- 
mentioned  person  shall  be  deemed  to  have  acted  in  contra- 
vention of  these  regulations. 

(3)  Any  person  contravening  or  failing  to  comply  with 
these  regulations  or  any  provision  thereof  is  Uable  to  im- 
prisonment for  a  term  not  exceeding  six  months  or  to  a  fine 
not  exceeding  two  hundred  pounds,  or  to  both  such  im- 
prisonment and  fine. 

{4)  Any  aircraft  which  flies  or  attempts  to  fly  over  a  pro- 
hibited area  is  liable  to  be  fired  on  in  accordance  with  section 
two  of  the  Aerial  Navigation  Act,  1913,  and  the  provisions 
of  these  regulations  relating  thereto. 

(5)  If  any  person  in  any  aircraft  is  guilty  of  any  act  of 
espionage  to  which  the  provisions  of  section  one  of  the 
Official  Secrets  Act,  1911,  apply,  he  is  Hable  to  penal  servi- 
tude for  a  term  not  exceeding  seven  years. 

11.  Power  to  Cancel  or  Suspend  Licences  and  Certifi- 
cates.— (i)  The  licence  of  any  member  of  the  personnel  of  an 
aircraft,  or  the  licence  of  any  aerodrome,  may  be  cancelled 
or  suspended  by  the  Secretary  of  State  on  sufficient  ground 
being  shown  to  his  satisfaction,  after  due  inquirj^  and  his 
decision  shall  be  final : 

Provided  that  in  special  cases  the  Secretary  of  State  may 
suspend  any  such  licence  temporarily  and  provisionally 
pending  the  holding  of  an  inquiry. 

(2)  Any  certificate  relating  to  the  airworthiness  of  an  air- 
craft may  be  cancelled  or  suspended  by  the  Secretary  of 
State  if  he  is  satisfied  that  reasonable  doubt  exists  as  to  the 
safety  of  the  aircraft  in  question,  or  of  the  type  to  which  the 
aircraft  in  question  belongs. 

(3)  Where  any  person  is  convicted  of  any  contravention 
or  failure  to  comply  with  these  regulations  in  respect  of  any 
aircraft,  the  Secretary  of  State  may  cancel  or  suspend  the 
certificate  of  registration  of  that  aircraft. 

12.  Interpretation. — In  these  regulations,  unless  the  con- 
text otherwise  requires, — 

"  Aircraft "  includes  airships  and  flying  machines,  all 
balloons,  whether  fixed  or  free,  and  kites  ; 

"  Airship  "  means  an  aircraft  lighter  than  air  and  having 
means  of  propulsion  ; 

"  Balloon  "  means  an  aircraft  lighter  than  air  and  having 
no  means  of  propulsion  ; 


AIR  NAVIGATION  REGULATIONS,  1919     189 

"  Flying  machine  "  includes  aeroplanes,  seaplanes,  flying 
boats,  and  other  flying  machines  heavier  than  air 
and  having  means  of  propulsion  ; 

"  ^Military  aircraft  "  includes  naval,  military,  and  air- 
force  aircraft  ; 

"  Passenger  aircraft  "  and  "  goods  aircraft  "  mean  respec- 
tively aircraft  intended  for  carrying  passengers,  or 
goods  (including  mails),  for  hire  or  reward,  and 
include  respectively  aircraft  on  which  passengers  or 
goods  are  actually  so  carried  ; 

"  Personnel  "  (in  relation  to  any  aircraft)  includes  any 
pilot,  commander,  navigator,  and  engineer,  and  any 
operative  member  of  the  crew  ; 

"  Aerodrome  "  means  any  definite  and  limited  ground  or 
water  area  intended  to  be  used  and  capable  of  being 
used,  either  wholly  or  in  part,  for  the  landing  or 
departure  of  aircraft  ; 

"  Proprietor  of  an  aerodrome "  includes  any  person 
responsible  for  the  management  thereof  ; 

"  Licensed  aerodrome "  means  an  aerodrome  licensed 
under  these  regulations  ; 

"  Prescribed  "  means  prescribed  by  these  regulations  or 
by  directions  of  the  Secretary  of  State  thereunder  ; 

"  Prohibited  area  "  means  any  of  the  areas  referred  to  in 
Schedule  VI.  of  these  regulations  ; 

"  Secretary  of  State  "  includes,  in  relation  to  any  purpose 
of  these  regulations,  any  person  authorised  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  for  that  purpose. 

The  Interpretation  Act,  1889,  applies  for  the  purpose  of 
the  interpretation  of  these  regulations  as  it  applies  for  the 
purpose  of  the  interpretation  of  an  Act  of  Parliament,  and  as 
if  these  regulations  were  an  Act  of  Parliament. 

13.  Saving. — Nothing  in  these  regulations  shall  be  con- 
strued as  conferring  any  right  to  land  in  any  place  as  against 
the  owner  of  the  land  or  other  persons  interested  therein, 
or  as  prejudicing  the  rights  or  remedies  of  any  person  in 
respect  of  any  injury  to  persons  or  property  caused  by  any 
aircraft. 

14.  Short  Title. — These  regulations  may  be  cited  as  the 
Air  Navigation  Regulations,  1919. 

Winston  S.  Churchill, 
Air  Ministry,  London,  {one  of  His  Majesty's 

2,0th  April,  1919.  principal  Secretaries  of  State). 


190  APPENDIX   II 


SCHEDULES. 

SCHEDULE   I. 

Registration  of  Aircraft. 

1.  Certificates  of  registration  shall  be  granted  by  the 
Secretary  of  State,  and  upon  registration  there  shall  be 
assigned  to  the  registered  aircraft  a  registration  mark. 

2.  The  applicant,  unless  the  Secretary  of  State  in  special 
cases  otherwise  allows,  must  be  a  British  subject,  or  in  the 
case  of  a  body  corporate  must  be  registered  and  have  its 
principal  place  of  business  in  the  United  Kingdom. 

3.  AppUcation  for  registration  shall  be  made  to  the  Secre- 
tary, Air  Ministry. 

4.  The  fee  to  be  charged  for  registration  will  be  one 
guinea. 

5.  Upon  any  change  of  ownership  of  registered  aircraft, 
the  certificate  of  registration  shall  lapse,  but  a  fresh  certifi- 
cate may  be  applied  for  by  the  new  owner. 

SCHEDULE  n. 

Licensing  of  Personnel. 

Licensing  Authority. 

1.  Licences  shall  be  granted  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 
Applications  therefor  shall  be  made  to  the  Secretary,  Air 
Ministry. 

Pilots. 

2.  A  person  applying  for  a  pilot's  licence  to  fly  passenger 
or  goods  aircraft  will  be  required  to — 

(a)  pass  a  medical  examination  carried  out  under  the  con- 
trol of  the  Secretary  of  State  ; 

(6)  produce  a  certificate  of  competency  issued  by  the 
Secretary  of  State,  or  be  quahfied  as  a  Royal  Air 
Force  pilot  ; 

(c)  submit  proof  of  recent  reasonable  fl^^ng  experience  on 
the  class  of  machine  for  which  the  licence  is  re- 
quired, or  failing  such  proof  undergo  practical  tests. 

3.  A  person  applying  for  a  pilot's  licence  to  fly  machines 
other  than  passenger  or  goods  aircraft  must  either  be  qualified 


AIR  NAVIGATION  REGULATIONS,  1919    191 

as  a  Royal  Air  Force  pilot,  or  produce  a  certificate  of  com- 
petency issued  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 

Navigators. 

4.  A  person  applying  for  a  licence  to  navigate  passenger 
or  goods  aircraft  will  be  required  to — 

{a)  pass  a  medical  examination  carried  out  under  the  con- 
trol of  the  Secretary  of  State  ; 

[h)  produce  a  certificate  of  competency  issued  by  the 
Secretary  of  State. 

Engineers. 

5.  A  person  applying  for  a  licence  to  be  engaged  as  engineer 
on  passenger  or  goods  aircraft  will  be  required  to — 

{a)  pass  a  medical  examination  carried  out  under  the  con- 
trol of  the  Secretary  of  State  ; 

[h)  submit  proof  of  sufficient  knowledge  and  experience 
in  the  management  of  aircraft  engines  ; 

(c)  undergo,  if  necessary,  practical  and  theoretical  tests. 

Other  Persons. 

6.  Persons  applying  for  a  licence  in  any  other  capacity 
than  those  above  specified  must  comply  with  such  conditions 
as  may  be  directed  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 

General. 

7.  Holders  of  licences  may  be  required  from  time  to  time 
to  undergo  further  medical  examinations  carried  out  under 
the  control  of  the  Secretary  of  State. 

8.  Licences  shall  remain  valid  for  the  following  periods  : — 

Pilots'  licences  -        -        -        -     6  months, 
Other  licences    -        -        -        -   12  months, 

and  shall  not  be  valid  unless  endorsed  by  the  Secretary  of 
State  at  those  intervals. 

9.  The  fee  to  be  charged  in  respect  of  each  licence  issued 
and  in  respect  of  each  such  endorsement  as  aforesaid  shall 
be  five  shillings. 

In  the  event  of  any  applicant  being  required  to  undergo 
such  practical  tests  as  are  specified  in  paragray^hs  2  (c)  and 
5  (c)  above,  a  further  fee  of  one  guinea  will  be  charged. 


192  APPENDIX  11 


SCHEDULE  III. 

Certificates  of  Airworthiness  for  Passenger  Aircraft 
AND  Periodical  Overhaul  and  Examination  of 
SUCH  Aircraft. 

General. 

1.  A  certificate  of  airworthiness  in  respect  of  one  aircraft 
of  any  type  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  "a  type  aircraft  ") 
will  be  issued  by  the  Secretary  of  State  in  accordance  with 
the  conditions  set  out  in  this  schedule  at  a  charge  of  five 
guineas, 

2.  After  the  issue  of  a  certificate  of  airworthiness  to  a 
type  aircraft,  any  further  aircraft  of  that  t3T)e  will  be  in- 
spected for  airworthiness  by  employees  of  the  constructor, 
under  arrangements  approved  by  the  Secretary  of  State, 
and  if  the  aircraft  in  respect  of  which  a  certificate  of  air- 
worthiness is  desired  conforms  in  all  essential  respects  with 
the  type  aircraft,  and  is  of  satisfactory  workmanship  and 
materials,  a  certificate  of  airworthiness  will  be  issued  in 
respect  of  such  aircraft  by  the  Secretary  of  State  at  a  charge 
of  one  guinea  : 

Provided  that  the  Secretary  of  State  may  take  steps  to 
test  the  inspection  made  by  the  employees  of  a  constructor, 
and  if  such  test  inspection,  in  his  opinion,  warrants  such  a 
course,  may  order  a  further  inspection  to  be  carried  out  by 
any  person  or  persons  duly  authorised  by  him,  and  to  issue 
or  refuse  a  certificate,  as  he  may  decide,  after  such  inspec- 
tion, or  to  refuse  to  issue  certificates  of  airworthiness  in 
respect  of  further  aircraft  of  the  same  type  as  that  subjected 
to  such  test  inspection  that  have  been  or  may  be  constructed 
by  the  particular  constructor. 

3.  Licences  to  competent  persons  for  the  purposes  of  this 
schedule  shall  be  granted  by  the  Secretary  of  State  on  com- 
pliance with  such  conditions  as  he  may  direct. 

Type  Aircraft. 

4.  A  certificate  of  airworthiness  will  not  be  granted  for  any 
type  of  passenger  aircraft  until  the  following  conditions 
stipulated  below  have  been  fulfilled  : — 

(a)  The  design  has  been  approved  by  the  Secretary  of 
State  in  regard  to  safety  ; 


AIR  NAVIGATION  REGULATIONS,  1919     193 

[b)  The  construction  has  been  so  approved  in  regard  to 

workmanship  and  material  used  ;   and 

(c)  A  satisfactory  demonstration  in  accordance  with  the 

directions  of  the  Secretary  of  State  has  been  made  in 
fl;^dng  trials  that  the  aircraft  is  safe  for  the  purpose 
for  which  it  is  intended. 


Periodical  Overhaul. 

5.  All  passenger  aircraft  must  be  inspected,  overhauled 
and  certified  as  airworthy  by  competent  persons  appointed 
by  the  owners  or  users  of  them,  and  hcensed  for  the  purpose 
under  this  schedule,  at  such  times  as  the  Secretary  of  State 
may  direct,  and  such  certificate  or  certificates  must  be 
produced  to  the  Secretary  of  State  on  demand. 

6.  Aircraft  inspected,  overhauled,  or  certified  as  provided 
in  the  foregoing  paragraph  may  be  inspected  by  authorised 
representatives  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  and  the  Secretary 
of  State  is  entitled  under  these  regulations  to  cancel  or 
suspend  the  certificate  of  airworthiness  of  any  aircraft 
deemed  to  be  unsafe  as  a  result  of  such  inspection. 


Examination  before  each  Flight. 

7.  No  passenger  aircraft  carrying  passengers  shall  on  any 
day  proceed  on  any  journey  unless  it  has  previously  been 
inspected  at  least  once  on  that  day  by  a  competent  person 
Hcensed  for  the  purpose  under  this  schedule,  who  shall  not 
be  the  pilot  of  the  particular  machine. 

8.  If  such  competent  person  is  satisfied  that  the  aircraft 
is  fit  in  every  way  for  the  flight  or  fhghts  proposed,  he  shall 
sign  in  duplicate  a  certificate  to  that  effect,  which  certificate 
shall  be  countersigned  by  another  person  in  the  employment 
of  the  owner,  giving  the  time  and  date  of  such  certification. 
For  this  purpose  the  counter-signature  of  the  pilot  may  be 
accepted. 

9.  One  copy  of  each  certificate  will  be  retained  by  the 
owner  of  the  aircraft,  and  the  duplicate  copy  must  be  carried 
in  the  aircraft. 

10.  The  pilot  will  be  responsible  for  seeing  that  the 
aircraft,  before  commencing  any  flight,  is,  in  his  opinion,  in 
a  satisfactory  condition  and  does  not  carry  more  than  the 
load  specified  in  the  certificate  of  airworthiness,  and  must 
sign  a  certificate  to  that  effect. 

O 


t94  APPENDIX   II 

SCHEDULE   IV. 

Registration  and  Nationality  Marks. 

[The  British  regulations  on  this  subject  are  identical  in 
substance  with  those  contained  in  paragraphs  II  to  VII,  in- 
clusive, of  Annex  A,  "  The  Marking  of  Aircraft,"  of  the 
International  Convention — see  Appendix  I — and  are 
therefore  omitted  here.] 

SCHEDULE   V. 

Log-books. 

1.  Log-books  shall  take  the  form  of  an  aircraft  log-book, 
an  engine  log-book,  a  journey  log-book,  and  a  signal  log- 
book. If  more  than  one  engine  is  fitted  a  separate  log-book 
shall  be  provided  for  each  engine. 

2.  Each  log-book  shall  be  self-contained,  but  aU  log-books 
shall  be  kept  together  in  the  aircraft  in  a  waterproof  bag  of  a 
pattern  authorised  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 

3.  The  log-books  shall  conform  in  all  essentials  to  the 
patterns  authorised  by  the  Secretary  of  State,  and  shall 
contain  such  information  and  particulars  as  the  Secretary 
of  State  may  direct. 

SCHEDULE  VI. 

Prohibited  Areas. 

I.  Each  of  the  places  named  or  described  in  the  following 
Ust,  with  the  land  and  territorial  waters  surrounding  such 
place  to  a  distance  of  three  statute  miles  in  all  directions 
from  its  boundary,  shall  be  a  prohibited  area  : — 

Whole  of  Scapa  Flow.  Dalmore  village,  near  Inver- 

Kirkwall  Town.  gordon. 

The  area  enclosed  by  straight  Aberdeen  Wireless  Station. 

lines  joining  the  following  Montrose  Town. 

points  : — ^Tor    Ness,    Rora  Broughty  Ferry  Castle. 

Head,     Inga    Ness,     Mull  Inchkeith  Island. 

Head,  Old  Head   (Orkney  Rosyth  Dockyard. 

Islands).  Pitfirrane  Park. 

Thurso  Town.  Forth  Bridge. 

Cromarty  Ness.  Tynemouth,       North      Pier 
Invergordon  Pier.  Lighthouse. 


AIR  NAVIGATION  REGULATIONS,  1919     195 


Elswick  Railway  Station. 

Killingholme  Air  Station. 

Cleethorpes  Wireless  Station. 

Louth  Railwa}^  Station. 

Landguard  Point,  Break- 
water (Felixstowe). 

Parkeston  Quay. 

Ipswich  Wireless  Station. 

Osea  Island. 

Shoeburyness  Church. 

Fobbing  Church. 

Tilbury  Fort. 

Purfleet  Railway  Station. 

Barking  Creek  Mouth. 

Waltham  Abbey  Railway 
Station. 

Enfield  Lock  Railway 
Station. 

Chatham  Dockyard. 

Teapot  Hard. 

Chattenden  Farm, 

Allhallows  Church. 

Grain  Martello  Tower. 

Sheerness  Dockyard. 

Dover  Castle. 

Archcliffe  Fort. 

Lydd  Railway  Station. 

Newhaven  Station  Harbour 
Jetty. 

Fort  Cumberland. 

Spithead  :  namely,  the  space 
between  a  line  from  Lee- 
on-Solent  Pier  to  Wootton 
Point  and  a  line  from 
Southsea  Castle  to  Sea- 
view  Pier. 


Portsmouth  Dockyard 

Cosham  Railway  Station. 

Fareham  Railway  Station. 

Culver  cuff.  Naval  Signal 
Station. 

Needles  Lighthouse. 

Southampton  Docks. 

Marchwood  Park. 

Hurst  Castle. 

Osmington  Church. 

Weymouth  Pier. 

Portland  Convict  Prison. 

Turnchapel  Railway  Station. 

Plymstock  Railway  Station. 

Keyham  Dockyard. 

Devonport  Dockyard. 

Saltash  Railway  Bridge. 

Penlee  Point. 

Thorn  Island  (Milford  Ha- 
ven). 

Pembroke  Wireless  Station. 

Old  Milford  Railway  Station. 

St.  Ann's  Head. 

Barrow-in-Furness  Town 
Hall. 

Stevenston  Railway  Station. 

Greenock  Pier. 

So  much  of  Loch  Long  as 
lies  north  of  a  line  drawn 
due  east  from  Knap 
Point. 

Carrickfcrgus  Railway  Sta- 
tion. 

Grey  Point. 

Spike  Island. 

Haulbowline  Dockyard. 


2.  The  prohibited  areas  are  more  particularly  shown 
in  a  map  issued  for  the  purpose  by  the  Secretary  of 
State. 

3.  The  officer  to  give  the  signals  and  take  the  action 
mentioned  in  section  2  of  the  Aerial  Navigation  Act,  1913, 
shall  be  a  commissioned  officer  in  His  Majesty's  Naval, 
MiHtary,  or  Air  Forces. 

4.  The  signals  which  may  be  given  when  an  aircraft  flies 

O    2 


196  APPENDIX  II 

or  attempts  to  fly  over  any  of  the  prohibited  areas  shaU  be 
as  follows  : — 

By  day  :  three  discharges,  at  intervals  of  not  less  than  ten 
seconds,  of  a  projectile  showing  smoke  on  bursting. 

By  night  :  three  discharges,  at  intervals  of  not  less  than 
ten  seconds,  of  a  projectile  showing  red  stars  or  red 
lights. 

5.  On  such  a  signal  being  given,  the  aircraft  shall  imme- 
diately land  at  the  nearest  practicable  spot ;  provided  that, 
if  it  be  approaching  or  fl3dng  over  any  prohibited  area,  it 
shall  not,  in  descending,  advance  further  towards  or  into 
the  area. 

6.  If  an  aircraft  is  unable  to  land  immediately  in  response 
to  the  signal,  owing  to  stress  of  weather  or  other  unavoidable 
cause,  it  shall  make  the  following  signal : — 

By  day  :    show,  from  the  place  where  they  can  be  most 
clearly  seen  from  below,  a  red  triangular  flag,  together 
with  two  black  balls  superimposed  vertically  one  above 
the  other  ; 
By  night  :    wave  a  white  hght,  at  the  same  time  extin- 
guishing the  side  lights  ; 
and  shall,  as  soon  as  possible,  land  at  the  nearest  practicable 
spot  in  the  United  Kingdom. 

SCHEDULE  VII. 

Rules  as  to  Lights  and  Signals  and  Rules  of  the  Air. 

[The  British  rules  are  identical  in  substance  with  those 
contained  in  Annex  D  of  the  International  Convention — 
see  Appendix  I — and  are  therefore  not  reproduced  here.] 

SCHEDULE   VIII. 

Rules  as  to  Aircraft  arriving  in  or  departing  from 
THE  United  Kingdom. 

Preliminary. 
I. — (i)  For  the  purposes  of  the  rules  in  this  schedule  the 
following  aerodromes  are  appointed  aerodromes,  that  is  to 
say  : — 

New  Holland,  Lincolnshire  ; 
Hadleigh,  Suffolk  ; 
Lympne,  Kent  ; 
HouNSLOW,  Middlesex. 


AIR  NAVIGATION  REGULATIONS,  1919     197 

Provided  that  the  Secretary  of  State  may  by  directions 
add  any  aerodrome  to  the  Ust  of  appointed  aerodromes  or 
remove  any  aerodrome  from  that  list. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  the  rules  in  this  schedule — 

"  Importer  "  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  the  Customs 

Consolidation  Act,  1876  ; 
"  Commissioners  "   means   Commissioners   of   Customs 

and  Excise  ; 
"Examination  station"  means  a  space  at  an  appointed 

aerodrome  approved  by  the  Commissioners  as  an 

examination  station  ; 
"  Pilot  "  includes  person  in  charge. 

Other  expressions  have  the  same  meaning  as  in  the 
general  provisions  of  these  regulations. 

Arrival  at  and  departure  from  Appointed  Aerodromes. 

2.  No  aircraft  entering  the  United  Kingdom  from  abroad 
shall  land  for  the  first  time  in  the  United  Kingdom  except  at 
an  appointed  aerodrome  :  Provided  that  this  rule  shall  not 
apply  where  an  aircraft  is  compelled  to  land  before  arriving 
at  an  appointed  aerodrome,  owing  to  accident,  stress  of 
weather,  or  unavoidable  cause,  in  which  event  the  procedure 
laid  down  in  rule  21  (hereafter)  will  be  followed. 

3.  No  aircraft  shall  fly  to  a  place  outside  the  United 
Kingdom  unless  it  has  departed  from  an  appointed  aerodrome. 

4. — (i)  No  person  in  any  aircraft  entering  the  United 
Kingdom  shall  carry  or  allow  to  be  carried  in  the  aircraft — 

{a)  any  goods  the  importation  of  which  is  prohibited  by 

the  laws  relating  to  Customs  ; 
(b)  any  mails,  except  with  the  permission  in  writing  of  the 

Postmaster-General. 

(2)  No  person  in  any  aircraft  entering  the  United  Kingdom 
shall  break  or  alter  any  seal  placed  upon  any  part  of  the 
aircraft  or  upon  any  goods  therein  by  a  Customs  officer  at 
the  aerodrome  from  which  he  departed  for  the  United 
Kingdom. 

5.  No  aircraft  shall  enter  or  leave  the  United  Kingdom, 
having  any  secret  or  disguised  place  adapted  for  concealing 
goods. 

6.  The  pilot  of  any  aircraft  arriving  at  an  appointed  aero- 
drome from  a  place  outside  the  United  Kingdom  shall,  on 
landing,  forthwith  take  his  aircraft  to  the  examination 
station  at  that  aerodrome  ;   provided  that  a  pilot  shall  not 


iqS  appendix  II 

be  deemed  to  have  contravened  or  failed  to  comply  with  this 
rule  if  he  proves  that  circumstances  over  which  he  had  no 
control  prevented  him  from  taking  his  aircraft  to  the  examina- 
tion station,  and  that,  after  the  report  required  by  rule  7 
(hereunder)  had  been  duly  made  by  him,  all  goods  carried  in 
the  said  aircraft  were  removed  to  the  examination  station 
in  the  presence  of  an  officer  of  Customs  and  Excise  or  some 
person  duly  authorised  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 

7.  Within  twenty-four  hours  after  the  landing  at  any 
appointed  aerodrome  of  an  aircraft  from  a  place  outside  the 
United  Kingdom  the  pilot  shall — 

(a)  make  a  report  to  the  proper  officer  of  Customs  and 
Excise  in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  Commissioners  ; 
and 

{b)  truly  furnish  the  several  particulars  required  by  such 
form  ;  and 

(c)  deUver  to  such  officer  with  such  report  his  log-book, 

manifest,  and  declaration  of  the  goods  on  board 
his  aircraft  signed  by  the  proper  Customs  officer 
at  the  aerodrome  from  which  he  departed  for  the 
United  Kingdom  ;  and 

(d)  land  at  such  aerodrome  for  examination  of  baggage 

all  passengers  carried  in  such  aircraft,  and,  after 
making  such  report,  shall  produce,  and,  if  required 
to  do  so,  shall  land,  all  goods  in  such  aircraft  for 
examination. 

8.  If  at  any  aerodrome  or  other  place  within  the  United 
Kingdom  goods  or  passengers  are  loaded  for  conveyance  by 
air  to  an  appointed  aerodrome,  the  pilot  shall  obtain  from  the 
proprietor  of  the  aerodrome  of  departure  a  certificate  of 
departure  in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of  State 
and  the  Commissioners,  and  on  arriving  at  the  appointed 
aerodrome  the  aircraft,  and  all  goods  and  passengers  carried 
therein,  shall,  on  production  of  such  certificate,  be  exempt 
from  inspection  by  an  officer  of  Customs  and  Excise,  unless 
such  officer  has  reason  to  suspect  that  the  aircraft  has,  since 
the  issue  of  such  certificate,  called  at  a  place  outside  the 
United  Kingdom. 

9.  The  pilot  of  every  aircraft  in  which  goods  are  to  be 
exported  shall,  before  any  goods  be  taken  on  board,  deliver 
to  the  proper  officer  of  Customs  and  Excise  a  notice  of  de- 
parture for  a  foreign  destination  in  the  form  prescribed  by 
the  Commissioners,  in  which  shall  be  truly  stated  the  parti- 
culars recjuired  by  svich  form, 


AIR  NAVIGATION  REGULATIONS,  1919     199 

10. — (i)  Every  pilot  of  an  aircraft  carrying  goods  to  any 
place  outside  the  United  Kingdom  shall  deliver  to  the  proper 
officer  of  Customs  and  Excise  at  an  appointed  aerodrome, 
together  with  any  log-books  belonging  to  the  aircraft,  an 
appUcation  for  clearance  from  that  aerodrome  in  the  form 
prescribed  by  the  Commissioners,  in  duplicate,  and  also  if 
the  aircraft  carries  any  goods  a  manifest  and  declaration  in 
the  form  prescribed  by  the  Commissioners  declaring  the 
goods  and  stores  on  such  aircraft,  and  shall  truly  state 
therein  the  particulars  required  by  such  forms  respectively  ; 
and  such  forms,  when  signed  by  such  officer,  shall  be  the 
clearance  and  authority  for  the  aircraft  to  proceed  to  its 
foreign  destination. 

(2)  No  pilot  shall  depart  in  any  such  aircraft  from  the 
United  Kingdom  until  he  has  obtained  such  authority,  or 
shall,  after  obtaining  such  authority,  call  at  any  other  place 
in  the  United  Kingdom  before  proceeding  to  his  foreign 
destination.  Any  pilot  intending  to  land  at  one  or  more 
appointed  aerodromes  before  proceeding  to  his  foreign 
destination  shall  apply  for  the  said  clearance  and  authority 
at  the  last  appointed  aerodrome  at  which  he  lands. 

Importation,  Entry,  and  Unloading  of  Goods. 

11.  No  person  importing  goods  in  an  aircraft  shall  bring 
the  goods  into  any  place  in  the  United  Kingdom  other  than 
an  appointed  aerodrome,  or  shall  unload  the  goods  from 
any  aircraft  except  at  an  examination  station  (unless  such 
goods  are  unloaded  in  the  presence  of  an  officer  of  the 
Customs  and  Excise  under  the  provisions  of  rule  6  above) 
and  shall  not  unload  the  goods  except  between  such  hours 
as  the  Commissioners  prescribe,  or  remove  the  goods  from 
an  examination  station  unless  the  goods  have  first  been 
duly  entered  in  maimer  provided  by  these  rules  and  produced 
to  the  proper  officer  of  Customs  and  Excise  and  duly  cleared 
by  him. 

12.  No  person  shall  remove  from  any  aircraft  any  goods 
imported  therein  until  the  report  required  by  rule  7  (above) 
has  been  made,  and  the  authority  of  the  proper  officer  of 
Customs  and  Excise  has  been  obtained. 

13.  The  importer  of  any  goods  imported  in  aircraft  shall 
deliver  to  the  collector  of  Customs  and  Excise  in  whose  dis- 
trict the  aerodrome  of  importation  is  situated  an  entry  of 
such  goods  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Customs 
Acts,  and  shall  truly  furnish  thereon  the  several  particulars 


200  APPENDIX   II 

required  by  the  form  of  entry,  and  shall  pay  to  such  collector 
all  duties  chargeable  thereon  at  the  times  and  in  the  manner 
prescribed  by  the  said  Acts  ;  provided  that  no  entry  shall 
be  required  in  respect  of  diamonds  or  bullion  or  the  baggage 
of  passengers. 

14.  All  goods  imported  into  an  appointed  aerodrome  in 
any  aircraft  shall  be  duly  entered  and  unladen  \^dthin  seven 
days  from  the  time  of  the  arrival  of  such  aircraft  at  that 
aerodrome  or  within  such  further  period  as  the  Commis- 
sioners may  allow. 

15.  All  goods  imported  in  aircraft  which  have  not  been 
examined  and  cleared  by  the  proper  officer  of  Customs  and 
Excise  shall  be  stored  in  a  transit  shed  at  the  appointed 
aerodrome,  and  no  person  shall  remove  such  goods  from  the 
transit  shed  before  examination  and  clearance  by  such 
officer. 

Exportation  of  Goods. 

16. — (i)  The  exporter  of  any  goods  intended  for  exporta- 
tion in  aircraft  shall  deliver  to  the  proper  officer  of  Customs 
and  Excise  at  the  appointed  aerodrome  from  which  such  air- 
craft is  cleared  to  its  foreign  destination,  an  entry  in  the  form 
prescribed  by  the  Commissioners,  and  shall  truly  state  in 
such  form  the  particulars  hereby  required  ;  and  such  form 
when  signed  by  the  proper  officer  of  Customs  and  Excise 
shall  be  the  clearance  and  authority  for  the  exportation  of 
such  goods. 

(2)  No  person  shaU  export  goods  on  such  aircraft  until 
such  authority  has  been  given  by  the  proper  officer  of  Cus- 
toms and  Excise. 

17.  No  person  shall  without  the  consent  of  the  proper 
officer  of  Customs  and  Excise  unload  from  any  aircraft  any 
goods  loaded  thereon  for  exportation  which  have  been 
cleared  under  rule  16  above,  or  open,  alter,  or  break  any 
lock  or  mark  or  seal  placed  by  any  officer  of  Customs  and 
Excise  on  any  goods  in  any  aircraft  about  to  depart  from  the 
United  Kingdom. 

General  Provisions. 

18.  No  pel  son  shall  make  any  signal  to  or  from  an  aircraft 
entering  or  leaving  the  United  Kingdom  except  such 
signals  as  are  authorised  by  these  regulations  ;  provided 
that  no  offence  shall  be  deemed  to  be  committed  under  this 
rule  if  the  person   making  such  signal  proves  that  the  signal 


AIR  NAVIGATION  REGULATIONS,  1919    201 

was  not  given  for  the  purpose  of  evading  or  of  assisting  any 
person  in  evading  these  rules. 

19.  If  any  officer  of  Customs  and  Excise  in  the  execution 
of  his  duty  boards  any  aircraft  in  any  place,  the  pilot  thereof 
shall  not  convey  him  in  the  aircraft  awa}^  from  such  place 
^^dthout  his  consent. 

20.  No  dutiable  goods  shall  be  removed  in  aircraft  from 
the  Isle  of  Man  to  Great  Britain  or  Ireland  except  from  an 
appointed  aerodrome  and  with  the  consent  of  the  proper 
officer  of  Customs  and  Excise. 

21.  If  any  aircraft  arriving  from  a  place  outside  the 
United  Kingdom,  shall  land  in  any  place  other  than  an 
appointed  aerodrome,  the  pilot  shall  forthwith  report  to  an 
officer  of  Customs  and  Excise  or  police  constable,  and  shall 
on  demand  produce  to  such  officer  or  police  constable  the 
log-books  belonging  to  the  aircraft,  and  shall  not  allow  any 
goods  to  be  unloaded  therefrom  without  the  consent  of  an 
officer  of  Customs  and  Excise,  and  no  passenger  thereof  shall 
leave  the  immediate  vicinity  without  the  consent  of  an 
officer  of  Customs  and  Excise  or  police  constable.  If  such 
place  of  landing  shall  be  an  aerodrome  the  pilot  shall  forth- 
with report  the  arrival  of  the  aircraft  and  the  place  whence 
it  came  to  the  proprietor  of  the  aerodrome,  and  the  pro- 
prietor of  the  aerodrome  shall  forthwith  report  the  arrival 
of  the  aircraft  to  an  officer  of  Customs  and  Excise,  and  shall 
not  allow  any  goods  to  be  unloaded  therefrom  or  any  pas- 
senger thereof  to  leave  the  aerodrome  without  the  consent 
of  such  officer. 

22. — (i)  The  proprietor  of  any  aerodrome  shall  at  all 
times  permit  any  officer  of  Customs  and  Excise  to  enter  and 
inspect  his  aerodrome  and  all  buildings  and  goods  thereon. 

(2)  The  pilot  of  any  aircraft  shall  permit  any  officer  of 
Customs  and  Excise  at  any  time  to  board  and  inspect  his 
aircraft  and  any  goods  laden  thereon. 

(3)  The  importer  or  exporter  of  any  goods  imported  or 
exported  in  aircraft  shall  produce  such  goods  to  the  proper 
officer  of  Customs  and  Excise  at  the  aerodrome  of  importa- 
tion or  exportation,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  permit  him  to 
inspect  such  goods. 

23.  Any  provisions  for  the  time  being  in  force  of  the  Aliens 
Restriction  Order  or  of  the  Defence  of  the  Realm  Regulations 
with  respect  to  persons  arriving  in  or  departing  from  the 
United  Kingdom  by  sea,  shall  apply  to  persons  arriving  or 
departing  by  air  as  if  the  same  were  herein  set  out,  with  ruch 
modifications  as  are  necessary  for  adapting  them  to  such 


202  APPENDIX   II 

purpose,  and  in  particular  with  the  substitution  of 
"  appointed  "  aerodrome  for  the  approved  ports  specified  in 
the  Aliens  Restriction  Order. 

24.  All  persons  importing  or  exporting  or  concerned  in 
importing  or  exporting  goods,  mails,  or  passengers  into  or 
from  the  United  Kingdom  in  aircraft  and  all  pilots  of  air- 
craft arriving  in  or  departing  from  the  United  Kingdom 
shall  observe  and  comply  with  the  provisions  of  sections 
53,  76,  102,  104,  and  118  of  the  Customs  Consolidation  Act, 
1876,  as  if  any  references  in  such  provisions  to  ships  or  vessels 
and  the  masters  or  captains  thereof,  and  to  the  loading  or 
unloading  of  goods  thereon  or  therefrom,  included  references 
to  aircraft  and  the  pilots  thereof,  and  to  the  loading  or  un- 
loading of  goods  thereon  or  therefrom,  and  as  if  references 
in  such  provisions  to  a  quay  included  a  reference  to  an 
examination  station. 


APPENDIX    III 


PRECEDENTS,  DRAWN  FROM  THE  GREAT  WAR, 
BEARING  ON  THE  OUESTION  OF  THE 
SOVEREIGNTY  OF  THE^AIR. 

In  this  Appendix  the  writer  gives,  first,  the  substance  of 
the  more  important  protests,  explanations,  etc.,  which 
passed  between  each,  in  turn,  of  the  various  neutral 
Governments  concerned  and  the  Government  of  the 
aircraft  which  was  alleged  to  violate  the  former's  neutrality  ; 
secondly  and  thirdly,  the  instances  of  direct  action  by 
neutral  Governments  against  the  offending  aircraft  them- 
selves by  way  of  [a)  internment  and  (6)  preventive  forceful 
measures  respectively. 


protests,  replies,  etc.,  illustrating  the  views  of  the 
powers  concerned  on  the  question  of  air  frontiers. 

(i)  Holland  and  the  Belligerent  Powers. 

On  29  August,  1914,  the  German  Government  protested, 
through  its  Minister  at  The  Hague,  against  the  seizure  by 
Holland  of  a  German  naval  aeroplane  at  Schiermonnikoog 
and  claimed  that  it  should  be  treated  like  a  belligerent 
warship.  The  Dutch  Government,  in  Notes  dated  11  Sept- 
ember and  22  October,  1914,  replied  that  aeroplanes  and 
liydroplanes  could  not  be  considered  as  warships  ;  their 
very  nature,  their  great  liberty  of  action,  the  facility  with 
which  they  can  carry  out  reconnaissances  and  escape  from 
all  control,  make  them  things  sui  generis  and  render  special 
treatment  necessary — "  such  as  bombardment  [from  the 
ground]  where  a  belligerent  aircraft  takes  the  risk  of  flying 
over  neutral  territory." 

In  January,  1915,  the  Dutch  Government  addressed  a 


204  APPENDIX  III 

protest  to  Germany  against  the  flight  of  a  German  airship 
over  Holland. 

In  a  Note  dated  lo  July,  1915,  in  answer  to  a  German 
protest  of  20  May,  1915,  against  the  internment  of  a  German 
airman  who  landed  in  Holland  owing  to  an  error  of  direction 
and  was  interned,  the  Dutch  Government  stated  :  "If 
an  aeroplane  is  found  over  Dutch  territory,  it  is  immediately 
a  target  for  fire,  this  being  the  sole  method  of  enforcing 
respect  for  the  territory's  neutrality.  If  the  aviator  lands 
on  the  territory  of  the  kingdom,  whether  voluntarily  or  as 
the  result  of  the  firing  or  for  any  other  reason,  he  is  interned 
with  his  aeroplane.  The  fact  that  the  aeroplane  has  flown 
over  Dutch  territory,  or  even  that  it  has  merely  landed  there, 
suffices  to  justify  this  measure." 

In  reply  to  a  protest  by  the  Dutch  Government  against 
the  flight  of  a  German  airship  over  Dutch  territory  on  18 
August,  1 91 5,  the  German  Government  explained  that 
this  "  regrettable  incident  "  was  the  result  of  special  atmo- 
spheric conditions  which  led  the  pilot  astray.  The  German 
Government  added  that  since  the  beginning  of  hostilities 
aircraft  pilots  had  received  the  strictest  orders  never  to  fly 
over  the  territory  of  neutral  countries. 

On  23  September,  1915,  the  Dutch  Government  addressed 
a  protest  to  Germany  against  the  flight  of  two  Zeppelins 
over  Dutch  territory  on  8  September,  1915.  The  Note 
stated  :  "In  the  interests  of  the  defence  of  the  kingdom 
as  well  as  with  a  view  to  the  maintenance  of  a  strict  neu- 
trality, the  Government  of  the  Queen  has  forbidden  foreign 
aircraft  to  fly  over  Dutch  territory.  .  .  .  The  fact  of 
fl3dng  over  the  territory  of  a  State  without  its  consent  is 
incompatible  with  respect  for  sovereignty.  .  .  .  The  two 
aircraft  in  question,  after  having  perceived  that  they  were 
over  the  neutral  territory  of  the  Netherlands,  at  a  distance  of 
only  a  few  kilometres  from  the  maritime  frontier  which 
they  had  crossed  unawares,  have  nevertheless  pursued  their 
course  above  the  country,  towards  the  territory  in  German 
occupation.  By  so  doing,  they  have  committed  an  act 
incompatible  with  Dutch  sovereignty  and  Dutch  neu- 
trality. .  .  .  The  German  Government  has  more  than  once 
declared  that  the  strictest  orders  had  been  given  to  German 
commanders  never  to  fly  over  the  territory  of  neutral 
States.  Recently,  when  a  Zeppelin  passed  over  Dutch 
territorial  waters,  the  Imperial  Minister  at  The  Hague 
renewed  this  declaration  in  his  Government's  name.  The 
Queen's  Government  cannot,  therefore,  conceal  its  astonish- 


THE   SOVEREIGNTY   OF  THE  AIR     205 

ment  that,  in  spite  of  these  assurances,  the  number  of  cases 
in  which  German  aircraft  have  flown  over  Dutch  territory 
has  increased." 

On  14  October,  1915,  some  German  airships,  returning 
from  the  great  raid  of  13  October  on  London,  flew  over 
Holland,  and  the  Dutch  Government  protested  at  Berhn. 
The  German  Government  "  expressed  its  sincere  regret  and 
attributed  the  incident  to  the  thick  fog,  which  rendered 
navigation  difficult." 

On  I  February,  1916,  the  German  airship  L.  ig,  which 
was  subsequently  wrecked  in  the  North  Sea  and  sank,  after 
an  unsuccessful  request  to  the  British  trawler  "  King 
Stephen  "  for  assistance,  flew  (as  did  also  two  other  airships) 
over  Dutch  territory  and  was  fired  at  by  the  Dutch  troops 
in  Ameland.  On  6  February  the  Dutch  Minister  at  Berlin 
drew  the  attention  of  the  German  Government  to  "  this 
violation  of  Dutch  territory."  On  17  February  the  German 
Government,  on  its  side,  protested  against  the  action  of  the 
Dutch  forces  in  firing  on  L.  19,  without  any  warning  or 
without  taking  account  of  the  fact  that  the  airship  was 
acting  under  force  majeure  in  approaching  Dutch  territory. 
The  German  Government  stated  that  "  the  Dutch  authori- 
ties should  have  realised  that  the  airship  could  not  have  been 
over  Dutch  territory  except  as  the  result  of  force  majeure, 
it  being  known  that  the  Imperial  Government  had  given 
its  aviators  the  strictest  orders  to  avoid  flying  over  the 
territory  of  neutral  Powers,  and  to  leave  by  the  shortest 
route  when,  through  error,  they  found  themselves  over  such 
territory."  The  Dutch  Government  replied  on  18  March, 
1916,  that  it  did  not  doubt  the  sincere  desire  of  Germany  to 
"  avoid  all  violation  of  neutral  territory,"  but  that  the  fact 
remained  that  many  such  violations  had  occurred,  and  that 
the  Dutch  Government  had  drawn  the  attention  of  Berlin 
to  them.  It  pointed  out  that  the  sole  safe  method  of 
avoiding  these  recurrent  violations  was  for  the  aircraft 
commanders  "  to  keep  at  such  a  distance  from  the  land  and 
sea  frontiers  of  Holland  as  to  escape  all  possibility  of  being 
brought  over  Dutch  territory,  even  by  error  or  owing  to 
atmospheric  conditions."  ...  "In  the  interest  of  national 
defence,  as  well  as  for  the  purpose  of  maintaining  a  strict 
neutrality,  a  neutral  State  is  justified  in  opposing  by  force 
every  passage  of  its  frontiers  by  belligerent  aircraft,  unless 
they  indicate  by  a  white  flag  or  other  signal  their  intention 
to  land.  Considerations  of  humanity  may  lead  the  authori- 
ties to  defer  the  resort  to  force  until  the  aviator  has  been 


2o6  APPENDIX   III 

warned  that  he  is  above  neutral  territory,  but  no  such  warn- 
ing is  obHgatory.  Hence  the  Queen's  Government,  in 
communicating  to  the  Powers  concerned  the  Royal  Decree 
of  4  August,  1914,  forbidding  foreign  aviators  to  cross  the 
frontiers  of  the  kingdom,  signified  that  it  could  accept  no 
responsibihty  for  the  consequences  of  an  infraction  of  this 
prohibition." 

On  9  August,  1917,  a  German  cadet  airman  having  flown 
over  Dutch  territory,  the  German  Government  apologised 
and  explained  that  he  had  lost  his  way  in  the  clouds. 

On  18  August,  1917,  a  German  aeroplane  squadron  flew 
over  Dutch  Territory,  and  the  German  Government  ex- 
pressed its  regret  for  the  violation  of  Dutch  territory,  but 
excused  the  action  of  the  airmen  by  the  prevalence  of  thick 
clouds  and  a  strong  south-westerly  \\dnd.  The  Netherlands 
Government  was  not  satisfied  with  the  explanation  and 
instructed  its  Minister  to  renew  the  protest.  It  also  asked 
for  explanations  from  the  British,  French,  and  Belgian 
Governments  as  to  the  supposed  violation  of  Dutch  territory 
by  their  airmen  at  Schouwen. 

On  28  December,  1917,  the  Dutch  Minister  for  Foreign 
Affairs  issued  an  official  statement  that  the  British  Govern- 
ment had  apologised  for  the  violation  of  Dutch  territory 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Breskens  (Zealand)  by  seven 
British  aeroplanes  and  had  added  that  the  British  Govern- 
ment had  given  "  special  and  emphatic  orders  to  aU  British 
naval  air  forces  to  avoid  Dutch  territory  in  future," 

Between  1916  and  1918  the  British  and  Dutch  Govern- 
ments exchanged  a  number  of  Notes  relative  to  the  intern- 
ment of  British  seaplanes  which  were  rescued  at  sea  and  taken 
into  Dutch  ports.  The  correspondence  is  given  in  White 
Paper  "  Cd.  8985."  The  British  Government  argued  that 
the  seaplanes  should  not  be  interned  because  they  "  would 
never  have  come  into  the  possession  of  the  Netherlands 
Government  at  all  if  they  had  been  left  alone  by  the  Dutch 
subjects  who  brought  them  into  the  Netherlands  ports." 
The  case  of  the  Dutch  Government  was  that  a  neutral  State 
is  bound  by  international  law  to  abstain  from  all  action 
which  amounts  to  strengthening  the  armed  forces  of  the 
beUigerents.  No  question  relating  directly  to  the  air 
frontier  arose,  but  the  correspondence  is  noteworthy  as 
evidence  of  the  different  attitude  taken  by  the  British 
authorities  towards  internment  of  machines  towed  into- 
Dutch  territory  and  those  which  entered  it  via  the  air,  no- 
protest  having  been  raised  in  the  latter  case. 


THE   SOVEREIGNTY   OF  THE  AIR     207 


(2)     Switzerland  and  the  Belligerent  Powers. 

On  4  and  10  August,  1914,  the  Swiss  Government  issued 
instructions  to  its  troops  that,  subject  to  an  officer's  order, 
they  were  to  open  fire  upon  all  foreign  aircraft  flying  over 
Swiss  territory.  At  the  same  time  the  belligerent  Govern- 
ments were  notified  that  foreign  aviators  were  forbidden  to 
fly  over  the  territory  of  the  Confederation  and  that  all 
necessary  means  would  be  employed  to  prevent  their 
passage.  (See  the  Federal  Ordinance  of  4  August,  1914, 
and  the  Note  to  France  of  10  August,  1914,  in  R.D.I.,  1915, 
Documents,  pp.  185,  187.)  Subsequently,  in  April,  1916, 
the  instructions  to  the  troops  were  made  more  stringent 
and  the  rule  requiring  an  officer's  order  to  be  given  before 
fire  could  be  opened  on  a  foreign  aircraft  was  cancelled  as 
far  as  concerned  all  the  frontier  regions  of  Switzerland. 

On  21  November,  1914,  British  and  French  aeroplanes 
were  stated  to  have  flown  across  Swiss  territory  in  their  raid 
upon  the  airship  sheds  at  Friederikshafen,  and  the  Swiss 
Ministers  in  London  and  Bordeaux  were  instructed  to  lodge 
energetic  protests  with  the  British  and  French  Governments 
and  to  demand  satisfaction.  The  matter  was  the  subject  of 
a  question  in  the  British  House  of  Commons  on  26  November, 
1914,  and  Mr.  Chm-chill,  while  stating  that  the  naval  airmen 
who  raided  Friederikshafen  were  given  instructions  and  a 
marked  map-route  which  should  have  kept  them  clear  of 
neutral  territory,  added  that  no  agreement  was  reached  at 
the  Paris  Conference  of  1910  in  regard  to  the  passage  of 
belligerent  aircraft  over  neutral  territory.  In  December, 
1914,  the  French  and  British  Governments'  replies  to  the 
Swiss  protest  were  published.  The  French  Government 
expressed  regret  and  stated  that  it  wished  Swiss  neutrality 
to  be  scrupulously  respected  by  French  troops,  whether  it 
was  a  question  of  the  actual  territory  or  of  the  air  above  it. 
The  British  reply  stated  that  the  aviators  had  formal  in- 
structions not  to  fly  over  Swiss  territory,  and  if  they  had  done 
so,  it  must  be  attributed  to  accident  and  to  the  difficulty 
of  recognising  at  a  great  height  the  position  of  an  aeroplane. 
It  stated  that,  in  view  of  the  proofs  of  passage  advanced  by 
the  Federal  Council,  the  aviators  acted  contrary  to  the 
Government's  intentions  and  expressed  its  deep  regret.  It 
added,  however,  that  the  orders  given  to  the  aviators  and 
the  expression  of  regret  were  not  to  be  interpreted  as  a  recog- 
nition by  the  British  Government  of  the  existence  of  a 


2o8  APPENDIX   III 

sovereignty  of  the  air.  The  Federal  Council  informed  the 
British  Government  that  as  International  Law  does  not 
recognise  any  limit  to  the  sovereignty  of  the  air,  the  Federal 
Council  must  claim  this  sovereignty  to  its  full  extent.  It 
added  that,  since  the  mobilisation  of  the  Swiss  Army,  it 
had  issued  instructions  accordingly. 

On  21  September,  1915,  a  German  aviator  dropped  bombs 
at  Porrentruy,  and  a  German  Note  of  29  September,  1915, 
in  reply  to  the  Swiss  protest,  stated  that  stringent  precau- 
tions had  been  taken  to  prevent  a  recurrence  of  the  incident. 
These,  however,  were  unavailing,  for  on  17  October,  1915, 
another  German  aeroplane  threv/  eight  bombs  on  Chaux- 
de-Fonds,  while  yet  another  flew  at  the  same  time  over 
Porrentruy,  but  without  dropping  bombs.  The  Swiss 
Government,  on  20  October,  1915,  lodged  a  vigorous  protest 
against  "  this  new  violation  of  Swiss  neutrality,"  demanded 
full  and  complete  satisfaction,  and  asked  for  the  punishment 
of  the  aviators  concerned  and  compensation  for  the  victims. 
A  few  months  later  the  Swiss  authorities  had  again  occasion 
to  complain,  for  on  31  March,  1916,  two  German  aeroplanes 
flew  over  Porrentruy  and  dropped  bombs  there.  The 
Berne  Government  at  once  protested,  reminding  Berlin  that 
after  the  Chaux-de-Fonds  incident  the  German  Government 
had  warned  its  airmen  against  flying  over  Swiss  territory. 
The  German  Government  expressed  its  regret  and  stated 
that  the  responsible  airmen  would  be  punished  and 
removed. 

A  German  aeroplane  again  flew  over  Porrentruy  on  26 
April,  1916,  and  dropped  bombs  at  Delle.  The  Swiss 
Government  at  once  recalled  its  Minister  at  BerUn  in  order 
to  discuss  with  him  the  serious  situation  created  by  the 
repeated  violations  of  Swiss  territory  by  German  aviators. 
On  28  April  the  Political  Department  at  Berne  published  a 
communique  stating  that  the  German  authorities,  on  their 
own  initiative,  had  removed  the  guilty  aviators  from  the 
corps  of  aviators  and  had  forbidden  all  flights  on  the  Swiss 
frontier. 

In  June,  1916,  and  April,  1917,  further  instances  occurred 
of  flights  by  German  aeroplanes  over  Swiss  territory  ;  in 
each  case  the  German  Government  expressed  its  regret  and 
stated  that  the  airman  would  be  punished. 

On  25  April,  1917,  a  French  aeroplane  dropped  bombs  on 
Porrentruy  and,  in  reply  to  the  Swiss  protest,  the  French 
Government  expressed  its  regret  and  agreed  to  pay  for  all 
damage. 


THE   SOVEREIGNTY   OF  THE  AIR     209 

(3)     Denmark  and  the  Belligerent  Powers. 

On  31  January,  1916,  a  German  airship  passed  over 
Danish  territory  for  a  short  distance  near  Vedsted  and  the 
Copenhagen  Government  protested  at  BerHn.  The  German 
Government  expressed  its  regret  and  attributed  its  aviators' 
error  to  the  foggy  weather. 

On  14  February,  1916,  a  German  seaplane  flew  over 
Copenhagen,  and  the  Danish  Government,  besides  taking 
direct  preventive  action  at  the  time,  lodged  a  formal  protest 
at  Berlin. 

In  June,  1916,  the  Danish  Minister  of  the  Interior,  ques- 
tioned as  to  the  flight  of  the  German  airship  L.  24  over  the 
island  of  Fano,  replied  that  warning  shots  were  fired  to  inform 
the  airship  that  it  was  over  Denmark. 

(4)     Sweden  and  the  Belligerent  Powers. 

In  July,  1916,  a  Provisional  Order  was  issued  prohibiting 
foreign  aircraft  from  flying  over  Swedish  territory. 


II 

internments. 

Note. — ^The  place  mentioned  in  each  case  is  the  place 
at  which  the  aircraft  landed,  unless  otherwise  stated. 

(i)     Holland : 


14  Aug. 

1914 

German  machine 

Schiermonnikoog. 

20  Aug. 

1914 

German  machine 

Oostburg. 

17  Oct. 

1914 

Belgian  or 

French  machine 

Near  Biervliet. 

14  Dec. 

1914 

British  machine 

Breskens. 

18  Dec. 

1914 

British  machine  rescued  in  open  sea  and 
taken    into    Dutch    port  ;     airmen    re- 
leased but  machine  interned. 

24  Jan. 

1915 

French  machine 

Near  Flushing. 

3  Feb. 

1915 

French  machine 

North  Beveland. 

16  Feb. 

1915 

British  machine 

Not  stated. 

10  Mar. 

1915 

British  machine 

Not  stated. 

21  Mar. 

1915 

British  machine 

Saint  Kauis,  Zealand. 

24  Mar. 

1915 

British  machine 

Not  stated. 

12  April 

1915 

German  machine 

Walcheren. 

2  June 

1915 

British  machine 

Cadzand. 

5  June 

19^5 

British  machine 

Axel,  Zealand. 

P 

210 


APPENDIX  HI 


(i)     Holland :  (cont.) 


3  July  igi5 

21  July  1915 

28  Aug.  1915 

3  Oct.  1915 

21  Nov.  1915 

I  Dec.  1915 

ly  Feb.  1916 

28  Feb.  1916 

19  Mar.  1916 

24  April  1916 


Sas  Van  Gent. 
Wierickershaws. 
Near  Venlo,  Dutch 

Limburg. 
Nieuwliet. 
Schiermonnikoog. 
Near  Aardenburg. 

Blerik, 


25  May 
9  Aug. 


1916 
1916 


10  Nov.  1916 

26  Feb.  1917 

I  Mar.  1917 

22  April  1917 

12  May  1917 

22  July  1917 

29  July  1917 

5  Aug.  1917 

6  Aug.  1917 

7  Aug.  1917 


12  Aug.  1917 
18  Aug.  1917 
18  Aug.   1917 


23  Aug.  1917 
28  Aug.  1917 
18  Sept.  1917 


British  machine 
British  machine 
German  machine 

British  machine 
German  machine 
German  machine 

Zeppelin,  blown  adrift,  wrecked  at 
near  Venlo  ;  seized  and  interned. 
German  machine       Berghaven  (Nimegen). 
German  machine       Gelderland. 
British  machine,  found  drifting  in  sea  out- 
side Dutch   territorial  waters,   brought 
into    Scheveningen ;     airman    released, 
machine  interned. 
German  machine       Nieuwnahen. 
German  Machine       Vlodrop,  near 

Roermond. 
German  machine       Roosteren. 

(Had  been  fired  on  by  Dutch  troops  and 
hit.) 

Westkapelle. 

Walcheren. 
Near  Heide. 
Not  stated. 
Not  stated. 
Not  stated. 
Cadzand. 
Ternauzen. 
Oostburg. 
Nes,  Ameland. 
Cocksdorp  (Texel). 
A  German  N.C.O.  who  had  been  put  into  a 
Belgian  boat  as  a  "  prize  crew  "  by  a 
German   seaplane,    which   descended  in 
Dutch  territorial  waters  to  capture  the 
boat,  was  seized  by  Dutch  troops  in  a 


8  Sept.  1916 


17  Sept.  1916      British  machine 


Belgian  machine 
British  machine 
British  machine 
British  machine 
British  machine 
British  machine 
German  machine 
German  machine 
German  machine 


patrol  boat. 
German  machine 
German  machine 
German  machine 

(Had   been   shot 
Sergeant  Lok). 
German  machine 
German  machine 
German  machine 


Schoondijk  (Zealand). 
Blyham  (Winschoten) . 
Beerta  (Winschoten). 
down   by   the   Dutch 

Elburg. 

Valthermonde. 

Breskens. 


THE   SOVEREIGNTY   OF  THE  AIR     211 


(i)     Holland :  (cont.) 

25  Sept.  1917      Two  German 

machines     Wielingen. 
(One  was   attempting  to  tow  away  the 
other,  which  had  had  a  forced  landing 
in  Dutch    waters,    when    the    former 
was  fired  on  by  a  Dutch  torpedo  boat 
and  damaged.) 
25  Sept.  1917       British  machine  rescued  in  open  sea  and 
towed  into  Dutch  port ;  airmen  released, 
machine  interned. 


29  Sept. 

1917 

German  machine 

Near  Sas  Van  Gent. 

29  Sept. 

1917 

British  machine 

Oostburg. 

24  Oct. 

1917 

British  machine 

Westkapelle. 

31  Oct. 

1917 

German  machine 

Near  Holten. 

I  Dec. 

1917 

German  machine 

Near  Brabant. 

13  Dec. 

1917 

British  airship  C.26  Near  Utrecht. 

(Had  drifted  over  Dutch  territory  and 

when  it  was 

found  was  empty  ;    the 

aviator  had  dropped  from  it  and  was 

found  near  Sliedricht.) 

18  Dec. 

1917 

German  machine 

Limburg. 

6  Jan. 

1918 

British  machine 

Brielle,  South  Holland. 

19  Jan. 

1918 

British  machine 

Hengstdyk. 

29  Jan. 

1918 

German  machine 

Oldenzaal. 

II  April 

1918 

British  miachine 

Sgravenhage. 

4  May 

1918 

Two  German 

machines 

Mouth  of  Scheldt. 

4  June 

1918 

Two  British 

machines 

Terschelling. 

17  June 

1918 

British  machine 

Not  stated. 

27  June 

1918 

British  machine 

Not  stated. 

29  June 

1918 

British  machine 

Flushing. 

I  July 

1918 

British  machine 

Koudekerke. 

31  July 

1918 

British  machine 

Not  stated. 

2  Aug. 

1918 

British  machine 

Not  stated. 

9  Aug. 

1918 

German  machine 

Schiermonnikoog. 

16  Aug. 

1918 

British  machine 

Koudekerke. 

16  Aug. 

1918 

British  machine 

Breskens. 

5  Sept. 

1918 

British  machine 

Noorddijk. 

15  Sept. 

1918 

British  machine 

Zierikzee. 

15  Sept. 

1918 

Two  other  British 

machines 

Not  stated. 

17  Sept. 

1918 

British  machine 

Oosterhout. 

25  Sept. 

1918 

British  machine 

Flushing. 

26  Sept. 

1918 

British  machine 

Breskens. 

28  Sept. 

1018 

British  machine 

Waterlandskerkje. 
P    2 

212 


APPENDIX   III 


(i)     Holland:  (cont.) 

2  Oct.    1 91 8      British  machine 


British  machine 
British  machine 


Not  stated. 

Sreede. 

Ymuiden. 


7  Oct.    1918 
9  Nov.  1918 

(Note. — The  list  of  German  and  French  machines  given 
above  as  interned  in  Holland  is  probably  far  from  complete.) 


(2)     Switzerland : 

8  April  1915 
27  June  1915 

3  Feb.    1916 


June  1916 

13  Oct.  1916 

29  Jan.  1917 

4  Dec.  1917 

15  Feb.  -— " 


1918 


12  Sept.  1918 


(3)     Denmark : 

Dec.  1914 

Dec.  1914 

19  Dec.  1914 

18  Feb.  1915 


19  Feb.    1915 


22  Aug.  1915 

Dec.  1915 

13-14  Dec.  1917 

20  June  1918 


19  July   1918 


French  machine 
French  machine 
(Gilbert,  pilot) 
Itahan     biplane  ; 
Valley,      after 
liberated  as  not 
operation  of  war. 
Italian  machine 
German  machine 
German  machine 
German  machine 
German  machine 

American 

machine 


German  machine 
German  machine 
German  machine 
German  airship 
(L3 


Porrentruy. 
Near  Rheinfelden. 

descends    in     Villegio 

flying     over     Lugano  ; 

being  engaged  in  any 

Not  stated. 

Soleure. 

Basel. 

Not  stated. 

Inside  Franco-Swiss 

frontier 

Fahy. 


Fanoe. 
Not  stated. 
Fanoe. 


Fanoe. 
(Airship,  having  stranded,  set  on  fire  by 
crew  ;  crew  interned.) 
German  airship        Boersmose  Strand. 
(Schutte-Lanz.) 

(Airship    blown    up    by   crew ;    crew 
interned.) 

Near  Fanoe  coast. 
Solberg,  Jutland  coast. 


German  machine 
German  machine 
Two  German 

machines 
German  machine 


Mano. 
Valby,  near 

Copenhagen. 
(Incident  of  Dr.  Nicolai's  desertion.) 
Three  British  machines  (after  attack  on 
airship  sheds  at  Tondern)  ;   Bramminge, 
Esbjerg,  and  near  Klegod. 


THE   SOVEREIGNTY   OF   THE  AIR     213 

(4)  Norway : 

3  May    1916      German  airship 

(L20.)      Hafrsfjord,  near 

Stavanger. 
(Wreck  of  airship  blown  up  by  Norwegian 
authorities,  crew  liberated.) 

(5)  Sweden : 

3  April  1 91 7       German  balloon         Cimbrishamn. 

(6)  Spain  : 

24  May    1918       British  machine         Spanish  Morocco. 

(Machine  burnt,  two  occupants  interned.) 

(7)  Bulgaria : 

23  May    1915      Turkish   machine,  with  German  officer  as 
pilot  ;   Philippopolis. 
8  June  1915       German  machine       Near  Egri  Palanka. 

(8)  Rumania : 

22  May    1915      German  machine       Seileni,  near 

Constantza. 
29  Dec.  1915       Austrian  machine     Droftiano. 

(9)  China  : 

6  Nov.  1914       German  machine       Near  Tsingtau. 


Ill 

PREVENTIVE   MILITARY   ACTION    BY    NEUTRAL   TROOPS. 

Note. — Unless  otherwise  stated,  the  entry  means  that  the 
belligerent  machine  was  fired  at  by  the  neutral  country's 
troops  at  the  place  named. 

(i)     Holland : 

20  Aug.  1914 

20  Aug.  1914 
22  Sept.  1914 

18  Mar.   1915 
12  April  1915 

21  July    1915 

8  Sept.  1915 
10  Sept.  1 91 5 


German  airship         Zevenaar. 
German  aeroplane     Beek. 
Unknown  Maastricht, 

machine 
(Also  pursued  by  motor-cars.) 
German  machine       East  of  Knockc. 


German  machine 
Unknown 

machine 
Two  German  air- 
ships 
German  airship 


Walcheren. 
Sas  Van  Gent. 

Hoof  dorp  and 

Wcrkendam. 
Roosendaal. 


214 


APPENDIX  III 


(I) 

Holland 

;  (cont 

14  Oct. 

1915 

27  Jan. 

1916 

I  Feb. 

1916 

25  May 
29  July 

1916 
1916 

•) 


3  Aug.   1916 


23  Aug.  1916   GeiTuan  airship 


25  Aug. 
2  Sept. 


8  Sept. 

8  Sept. 
26  Sept. 

2  Oct. 

2  June 

6  June 

17  June 

6  Aug. 

9  Aug. 
9  ^'^ug. 


1916 
1916 


1916 
1916 
1916 
1916 

1917 
1917 
1917 

1917 
1917 
1917 


18  Aug.  1917 
18  Aug.  1917 
22  Aug.  1917 


25  Sept.  1917 


German  airships,   returning  from  raid  on 

England  ;  North  and  South  Holland. 
German  airship         Dutch  -  Belgian 

frontier. 
German  airships,  returning  from  raid  on 

England  ;   Ameland.     (L.19  hit.) 
German  machine       Nieuwnahen. 
German   airship,    returning   from  raid   on 

England  ;  Sluis-Kil. 
German  airships,  returning  from  raid  on 
England ;     Terschelling,    Egmont    and 
ZwoUe. 

Meerssen  (near 

Maastricht). 
Maastricht. 
Flushing. 


German  airship 
Machines  of  un- 
known   nation 
ality 
German  machine 
German  airship 
German  airship 
German  airships, 


Roost  eren. 
Schiermonnikoog. 
Texel. 
returning  from  raid 


on 


England  ;  Cocksdorp  (Texel). 


German  airship 
German  airship 
German  airship 


Bellingwolden. 
Terschelling. 
Between  Harlingen 


German  machine 
German  machine 
German  machine 


and  Groningen. 


Cocksdorp  (Texel). 
Sas  Van  Gent. 
Eindhoven  (North 

Brabant). 
German  machine  shot  down  (by  the  Dutch 

Sergeant  Lok)  at  Beerta  (Winschoten) . 
Large  number  of       Territorial  waters 

machines  near  Westcapelle. 

Four  airships  observed  at  Assen  and 
pursued  by  a  military  motor-car  armed 
with  machine  guns  through  Vriez,  Zuid- 
laren  and  Kropswolde,  but  the  aircraft 
flew  at  such  a  height  that  firing  at  them 
would  have  been  useless. 
German  machine       Wielingen. 

(Fired  at  by  Dutch  torpedo  boat  in  the  act 
of  attempting  to  tow  away  another 
German  seaplane  which  had  come 
down  in  Dutch  waters.) 


THE   SOVEREIGNTY   OF   THE  AIR     215 


(i)  Holland :  (cont.) 

27  Sept.  1 91 7      German  machine 


20  Oct.    1917 
18  Mar.   1918 

(2)  Switzerland : 

3  Feb.   1916 
6  July   1917 

4  Dec.   1917 
13  Mar.   1918 

(3)  Denmark : 
12  Feb.    1916 

I  June  1 91 7 

(4)  Sweden  : 

I  June  1917 

II  June  1917 

16  June  1917 

(5)  Roumania : 

17  July    1915 


German  airship 
Squadron  of 

airships 

Italian  machine 
German  machine 
German  machine 
British  or  French 
machine 


Pannerden  (West- 

phalian  frontier) . 
Ymuiden. 
Katwyk. 


Over  Lugano. 
Inside  Rhine  frontier. 
Not  stated. 
Over  Lake  Constance. 


German  machine  having  flown  over  Copen- 
hagen, Danish  officer  goes  in  pursuit  in 
monoplane. 

German  airship  Koege. 


Three  German  Ysted. 

airships 

German  airship  coming  within  the  Swedish 
territorial  line  in  the  Aaland  Islands,  is 
forced  to  turn  about  by  a  Swedish 
torpedo  boat. 

German  airship         Cimbrishamn. 


Unknown  aircraft  .flying  over  Roumania, 
is  pursued  by  Roumanian  aircraft. 


Neutral  Aircyaft  penetrating  Belligerent  Atmosphere. 

Professor  Rolland  in  R.D.I.,  1916,  p.  591,  states  that 
"  Up  to  the  present  [autumn  of  1916]  no  incident  has  been 
reported  arising  from  a  flight  by  neutrals  over  belligerent 
territory."  There  appears,  however,  to  have  been  a  case 
in  February,  19 16,  when  it  was  reported  from  Bucarest  that 
Roumanian  aeroplanes  flew  over  Bulgarian  territory  and 
were  heavily  fired  upon  by  the  Bulgarian  troops. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


(See  Note  at  end  of  the  Bibliography) . 

R.D.I.  =  Revue  de  Droit  International  Public. 
R.J.L.A.  =  Revue  Juridique  de  la  Locomotion  Aerienne. 

Anzillotti,  Paper  on  the  juridical  condition  of  the  air  space. 
Proceedings  of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910  {see  De  Valles). 

Archdeacon,  Les  zones  interdites,  R.J.L.A.,  1913,  p.  289. 

Baden-Powell,  Law  in  the  Air,  "  National  Review,"  March, 
1909. 

[Reproduction  of  same  in  French  : 

La  Lot  del' Air,  "  Revue  aerienne,"  No.  14,  10  May,  1909.] 

Baldwin,  The  Law  of  the  Airship,  in  "  The  American  Journal 
of  International  Law,"  Jan.  1910,  p.  95. 

Liability  for  Accidents  in  Aerial  Navigation,  "  Michigan  Law 

Review,"  1910,  Vol.  IX,  p.  21. 

Bellenger,  La  guerre  aerienne  et  le  droit  international,  1912. 

Benvenisti,  Paper  on  Force  Majeure  and  its  effects  on  civil 
obligations  connected  with  aviation,  R.J.L.A.,  1913,  p.  206. 

Bielenberg,  Die  Freihcit  des  Luftraums,  191 1. 

Blachere,  L'Air,  vote  de  communication,  et  le  droit,  191 1. 

Bodenheim,  Das  Privairecht  der  Luftschiffahrt,  1910. 

BoMPARD,  La  circulation  aerienne  internationale,  in  "La  Grande 
Revue,"  10  Sept.,  1913,  p.  129. 

G.  BoN'NEFOY,  Le  Code  de  I' Air,  1909. 

Du   traitenient  juridique   applique   aux   aerostats   etr angers 

voyageant   on   atterrissant   en   France,  "  Journal    de    Droit 
International  Prive,"  1910,  pp.  59  ff. 

BoscHAN,  Die  Beurkundung  von  Todesfallen  auf  Luftschiffen,  in 
"  Das  Recht,"  1908,  No.  19. 

Bouteloup,  Translation  of  Catellani,  Le  Droit  Aerien,  iqi2. 


2i8  BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Broda,  La  navigation  aerienne,  Vempire  de  I'air,  in  "  Les  Docu 

ments  du  Progres,"  1909,  p.  492. 
Brougham    Leech,    Jurisprudence    of  the  Air,    "  Fortnightly 

Review,"  August  1912,  p.  235. 
Castelli,    II   dominio   dell'    aria,    "  Revista   Internazionale  di 
Scienze  Sociali  e  Discipline  Ausiliarie,"  July  1908,  pp.  320-1. 
Catellani,  //  diritto  aereo,  1911. 
Cavicchioni,    Paper   on   guarantees   of    capacity    of    aviators. 

Proceedings  of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910  {see  De  Valles). 
Chessex,  L'Air:    un  nouveaii  domain  e  juridique,  "Journal  du 

Droit  International  Prive,"  1911,  p.  482. 
Clunet,  Les  frontier es  de  I'air,  in  Le  Matin,  28  Oct.,  1908. 
CoGLiOLO,  Paper  on  applicability  of  rules  of  maritime  law  to  the 
air  space.     Proceedings  of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910  {see 
De  Valles). 
Dalla  Torre,    Paper   on   the   international  law   of   aviation. 

Proceedings  of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910  {see  De  Valles). 
D'Amelio,  Sid  regolamento  giuridico  delta  navigazione.    "  Rivista 
di  diritto  publico  e  della  publica  amministrazione,"  1909, 
pp.  502-514- 
David,   Luftverschollenheit,   in   "  Deutschen  Juristen  Zeitung," 

1908,  No.  21. 
De  Castro  y  Casaleiz,  Les  progres  de  la  locomotion  aerienne  et  le 
droit   international.     "  Bulletin   Argentin    de   Droit    Inter- 
national Prive,"  1909,  Vol.  2,  No.  6,  p.  350. 
D'HooGHE,  Droit  aerien,  1912. 
De     Lapradelle,     Aerial    Warfare    and    International    Law, 

"  Scribner's  Magazine,"  July  1915,  p.  19. 
Delayen,  Paper  on  Births,  Deaths,  and  Marriages  on  aircraft 

in  flight,  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  253. 
Desouches.    Reglementation   de   la   navigation    aerienne,   stiivie 

des  projets  de  I' Aero-Club  de  France,  Paris,  1910. 
De  Stael-Holstein,  La  reglementation  de  la  guerre  des  airs,  191 1. 

L'Air  et  I'avenir.     Considerations  sur  le  frafic  aerien.  1912 

(extract  from  "  La  Vie  Internationale  "). 

L'empire  de  I'air:   quelques  considerations,  R.J.L.A.,  1912, 

p.  310. 
De  Valles,  Atti  del  primo  Congresso  Nazionale  di  locomozione 
aerea  (Acts  of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910,  Prof.  Arnaldo  de 
Valles,  Secretary). 

. Sunto  de  Relazione  per  il  Congresso  Giuridico  Internazionale 

di     Verona    per    il    regolamento    della    locomozione   aerea. 
(Proceedings  of  same.) 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  219 

Erle  Richards — sec  Richards. 

Erythropel,  Das  Recht  am  Luftraum,  Gottingen. 

Fauchille,  Le  domaine  aerien  et  le  regime  juridique  des  aerostats, 
R.D.I.,  1901,  p.  414. 

Regime  juridique  des  aerostats,  "  Rapport  et  propositions 

a  rinstitut  de  Droit  International,"  Annuaire  1902,  p.  19. 

Projet  de  Reglenient  sur  le  regime  juridique  des  aerostats, 

"  Journal  du  Droit  International  Prive,"  1909,  p.  89. 

La  circulation  aerienne  et  les  droits  des  etais  en  temps  de 

paix,  R.J.L.A.,  1910,  p.  9. 

— ■ — •  La  circulation  aerienne  et  les  droits  des  etats  en  temps  de 
paix,  R.D.I.,  1910,  p.  55. 

Le  regime  juridique  des  aerostats,  R.J.L.A.,  1911,  p.  142; 

p.  169. 

Projet  de  convention  sur  le  regime  juridique  des  aerostats, 

R.J.L.A.,  1911,  p.  218. 

Les  attentats  allemands  contre  les  Mens  et  les  personnes, 

R.D.I.,  1915,  p.  249  {see  pp.  291-3  as  to  aerial  bombardment). 

Le  bombardement  aerien,  R.D.I.,  1917,  p.  56. 

Ferber,  La  liherte  de  I'atmosphere,  in  the  "Aerophile,"  15  July, 
1908. 

L' aviation  :  ses  debuts,  son  developpement. 

L'aviation :    de  crete  a  crete,  de  ville  a  ville,  de  continent  a 

continent,  1909. 

FiORE,  Degli  aeronauti  nei  loro  rapporti  colle  leggi  e  costumi  di 
guerra,  1912. 

Fleischmann,  Grundgedanken  des  Luftrechts,  1910. 

FoNTiN,  Paper  on  the  rendering  of  assistance  to  aircraft.  Pro- 
ceedings of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910  {see  De  Valles). 

Friedrichs,  Brauchen  wir  ein  Luftschiffahrtgesetz,  in  "  Deutsche 
Zeitschrift  fiir  Luftschiffahrt,"  No.  25. 

Gardair,  De  la  propriete  de  I' air,  191 1. 

Gareis,  Jurisfische  Ausblicke  in  die  Zukunft  des  Luftschiffahrts- 
betriebs,  in  Supplement  to  "  Miinchner  Neueste  Nachrichten," 
17  February,  1909. 

Gatti,  Paper  on  policing  of  aerodromes  and  aerial  meetings. 
Proceedings  of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910  {see  De  Valles). 

Gemma,  Paper  on  an  international  union  of  aviation.  Pro- 
ceedings of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910  {see  De  Valles). 


220  BIBLIOGRAPHY 

GiANNiNi,  II  primo  Congresso  Giuridico  Internationale  per 
I'aviazione  in  Verona,  "  Ri vista  delle  Comunicazioni," 
June,  igio. 

GoRDiNi,  Paper  on  the  right  of  States  to  the  atmosphere.  Pro- 
ceedings of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910  {see  De  Valles). 

Grahame-White,  see  Wallace. 

Grote,  Beitrdge  zum  Recht  der  Luftschiffahrt,  1907. 

Grovalet,  La  navigation  aerienne  devant  le  droit  international, 

1909. 
Grunwald,  Das  Luftschiff  in  volkerrechtlicher  und  strafrechtlicher 

Beziehung,  1908. 

Der  Luftraum  in  rechtlicher  Beziehung  zu  den  Teilen  der 

Erde,  Uber  denen  er  sich  hefindet,  in  "  Archiv  fiir  offentliches 
Recht,"  1909,  vol.  XXIV,  No.  2,  p.  190. 

Standesamtliche  Behandlung  von  Todesfallen  und  Geburten 

auf  Luftschiff  en,  in  "  Archiv  fiir  offentliches  Recht,"  1909, 
vol.  XXIV,  p.  477. 

GuiBE,  Essai  sur  la  navigation  aerienne  en  droit  interne  et  en  droit 
international,  19 12. 

Hazeltine,  The  Law  of  the  Air,  1911. 

Hearne,  Airships  in  Peace  and  War,  1910. 

Hennequin,  Paper  on  jurisdiction  in  the  air,  R.J.L.A.,  1912, 

p.  201,  p.  215. 
Henry-Couannier,  Paper  on  the  ownership  of  the  ground  and 

the  freedom  of  the  atmosphere.     The  right  of  circulation 

and  of  landing.  Proceedings  of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910 

{see  De  Valles). 
La  loi  des  contrees  desertes  et  des  points  inaccessibles,  R.J.L.A., 

1911,  p.  105. 
Le  silence  de  la  Conference  internationale,  R.J.L.A.,  1911, 

p.  I. 
Les  exces  de  la  reglementation  aerienne  anglaise,  R.J.L.A., 

1913,  p.  225. 
L'aviation  sur  les  eaux  territoriales,  R.J.L.A.,  1913,  p.  257. 

Paper  on  question   of  descent  of  aircraft  on  territorial 

waters,  rivers,  lakes,  etc.,  R.J.L.A.,  1913,  p.  161. 

— —  L'aviation  sur  les  eaux  territoriales,  28th  Report  of  Inter- 
national Law  Association  (Madrid  Session),  1914,  p.  534. 

HiLDEBRANDT,  Die  Luftschiffahrt  nach  ihrer  geschichtlichen  und 
gegenwdrtigen  Entwicklung,  1907. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  2ii 

HiLTY,  Die  vdlkerrechtlichen  Gcbrduche  in  der  almosphdrischen 
Zone,  in  "  Archiv  fiir  offentliches  Recht,"  vol.  XIX,  1905, 
p.  87. 

Die  rechtlichen   und  politischen   Folgen   der   Luftschiffahrt 

fiir  die  Schweiz  Eidgenossenschaft,  1909. 

Jam.mes,  Des  actions  civiles  et  penales  qui  peuvent  nattre  du  fait 
de  la  navigation  aerienne,  1912. 

Javal,  Statut  juridique  des  aerostats,  "  Revue  aerienne,"  18  Feb., 
1908. 

JULLIOT,  De  la  propriete  du  domaine  aerien,  "  Revue  des  Idees," 
5  Dec,  1908. 

De  la  propriete  du  domaine  aerien,  Paris,  1909. 

De  I'ahus  du  droit  dans  ses  applications  a  la  locomotion 

aerienne,  "  Revue  des  Idees,"  15  Aug.,  1910. 

De  I'abiis  du  droit  dans  ses  applications  a  la  locomotion 

aerienne,  Paris,  1910  (extract  from  "  Revue  des  Idees  "). 

Avions  sanitaires  et  conventions  de  la  Croix-Rouge,  R.J.L.A., 

1912,  p.  341. 

(Same  in  R.D.I.,  1912,  p.  689  ;    see  also  R.D.I.,  1913, 
p.  112). 

Avions  et  dirigeables  au  secours  des  blesses  militaires,  1913. 

Aeronefs  sanitaires  et  Convention  de  la  Croix-Rouge,  R.  J.L.x\., 

1913.  P-  33- 

Les  inscrits  aeriens,  R.J.L.A.,  1913,  p.  i. 

Aeronefs  sanitaires  et  Convention  de  la  Croix-Rouge,  1913. 

Les  aeronefs  sanitaires  et  la  guerre  de  1914,  R.D.I.,  1917, 

p.  509. 

JURiscH,  Grundziige  des  Luftrechts,  1897. 

— ■ —  Das  Luftrecht  in  der  Deutschen  Gewerbeordnung,  1905. 

Kausen,  Die  Radiotelegraphie  im  Volkerrecht  (Erster  Teil,  §  2. 
Das  Luftrecht),  1910. 

Kenny,  Law  of  the  Air,  in  "  Zeitschrift  fiir  Volkerrecht  und 
Bundesstaatsrecht,"  Vol.  IV,  1910,  p.  472. 

Kipp,  Luftschiffahrt  und  Grundeigentum,  in  "  Die  Juristische 
Wochenschrift,"  1908,  Nos.  17-20. 

Kocii,  Le  Droit  de  I' air  d'apres  le  nouveau  code  civil  suisse,  R.J  .L.A. 
1911,  p.  233. 

KuHN,  Aerial  Navigation  in  its  relation  to  International  Law,  a 
paper  read  at  the  international  law  sessions  of  the  American 
Political  Science  Association,  Richmond,  31.12.08,  1909. 


222  BIBLIOGRAPHY 

KuHN,  The  Beginnings  of  an  Aerial  Law,  "  American  Journal  of 
International  Law,"  January  1910,  p.  log. 

Lafon,  Le  fiitur  code  de  I' air,  R.J.L.A.,  1911,  p.  329. 

Lalande,   La  reglemenlation   de  la   circulation   aerienne  inter- 
nationale,  1913. 

Laude,  Le  droit  et  I' air,  in  the  "  Journal  des  Tribunaux,"  Brussels, 
30  Dec,  1909,  6  Jan.,  1910. 

Laurens   de  la  Barre,   La  circulation  aerienne  et  les  bases 
possibles  de  sa  reglementation  internationale,  Paris,  1909. 

Laurentie,  Le  domaine  aerien,  in  "  La  Loi  "  of  2  May  1907,  and 
in  the  "  Journal  du  Droit  International  Prive,"  1907,  p.  1004. 

Leblanc,  La  navigation  aerienne  au  point  de  vue  du  droit  civil, 
1914. 

Leech,  see  Brougham  Leech. 

Le  Moyne,  Le  Droit  futur  de  la  guerre  aerienne,  1913. 

Levy-Oulmann,  Les  cas  de  force  majeure  et  V exploitation  des 
aeroplanes,  R.J.L.A.,  1914,  p.  33. 

Linckelmann,  Luftschiffahrt  und  Grundeigentum  in  "  Die  Juris- 
tische  Wochenschrift,"  1909,  Nos.  1-2. 

LocHET,  Les  assurances  et  I'aviation,  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  277. 

LouBEYRE,  Les  principes  du  droit  aerien,  1911. 

LuDOWiEG,  Zur  Schadensersatzpflicht  des  Luftschiffers,  in  "  Die 
Juristische  Wochenschrift,"  1908,  No.  21. 

Lycklama  a  Nijeholt,  De  Luchtvaart  in  het  Volkenrecht,  1910. 

La  souverainete  aerienne,  R.J.L.A.,  1910,  pp.  229-284. 

Air  Sovereignty  (The  Hague),  1910. 

Prescriptions  de  droit  civil  concernant  I'etendue  de  la  pro- 
priety fonder  e,  R.J.L.A.,  1911,  p.  no. 

Prescriptions  legales  concernant  I' obligation   de  tolerer  des 

conduites  electriques  aeriennes,  R.J.L.A.,  1911,  p.  in. 

Magnani,  //  diritto  sullo  spazio  aereo  e  l' aeronautic  a,  1909. 

Mahot  de  la  Querantonnais,  Paper  on  Mortgages  and  Liens 
upon  aircraft,  R.J.L.A.,  1914,  p.  133. 

Malcolm,  Reports  of  Civil  Aerial  Transport  Committee,  London, 
1918  (D.  O.  Malcolm,  Secretary  ;  E.  H.  Tindal  Atkinson, 
Asst.  Secretary). 

Manduca,  La  responsabilitd  penale  dei  reati  commessi  nello  spazio 
aereo  e  la  giurisdizione  istruttoria,  1891. 

Martini,  Laproprieta  dello  spazio  aereo,  "  Rivista  delle  Comuni- 
cazioni,"  January  1911. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  223 

Matter,  L' aviation  et  le  droit  dc  chacun,  in  "  La  Revue  Bleue," 
6  Feb.,  1910. 

Meili,  Das  Lufischiff  ini  internen  Recht  imd  Volkerrecht,  1908. 
{Resume  of  above  in  French  in  the  "  Journal  du  Droit 
International  Prive,"  1909,  p.  79). 

Ballons,  Flugmaschinen,  LuftscJiiffe,  und  die  Jurispriidenz, 

1908. 
Das  Lufischiff  und  die  Rechtswissenschaft,  in  "  Blatter  der 

vergleichenden    Rechtswissenschaft    und    Volkswirtschafts- 

lehre,"  1909,  p.  250. 

Dig  Luft  in  ihrer  Bedeutung  fur  das  modernste  Verkehrs-  und 

Transportrecht,   in   "  Blatter   fiir   Rechtsanwendung,"   vol. 
LXXIV,  1909,  Nos.  I  and  2. 

/  problemi  giuridici  delta  aviazione,  "  Rivista  delle  Comuni- 

cazioni,"  Feb.  1910. 
//  prima  Congresso  Giuridico  Internazionale  di  Verona  per 

il  regolamento  delta  locomozione  aerea,  ' '  Rivista  delle  Comuni- 

cazioni,"  April,  1910. 

Le  programme  du  premier  Congres  internationat  juridique 

de  ta  navigation  aerienne,  in  "  Luftschiffahrt,  Flugtechnik 
und  Sport,"  April,  1910. 

Menir,  L'aviation  et  les  secours  aux  btesses  mititaires,  R.J.L.A. 

1914,  p.  116. 
Merignh.\c,  Le  domainc  aerien  prive  et  puhtic  et   tes  droits  de 

l'aviation  en  temps  de  paix  et  de  guerre,  R.D.I.  1914,  p-  205. 

Meurer,  Liiftschiffahrtsrecht,  1909. 

Meyer,  Die  Luftschiffahrt  in  kriegsrechtticher  Beleuchtung,  1909. 

Die  Erschliessung  des  Luftraums  in  iJiren  rechttichen  Folgen, 

1909  (Resume  of  above  in  French  in  the  "  Journal  du  Droit 
International  Prive,"  1909,  p.  681). 

Paper  on  aircraft  and  war.     Proceedings  of  Congress  of 

Verona,  1910  {see  De  Valles). 

Quelques  points  du  droit  aerien,  R.J.L.A.,  1910,  p.  37. 

Le  droit  aerien  a  ta  session  de  t'Institui  de  Droit  Internationat, 

R.J.L.A.,  1911,  p.  297. 

L'aviation  etle  droit  puhtic,  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  181. 

Das  Schadensersatzrecht  der  Luftfahrt  nach  gettendem  Recht 

und  de  lege  fcrenda,  1913. 

Moedebeck,    Die   Luftschiffahrt,    ihrc    Vergangenhcit   und    ihre 
Zukunft,  1906. 


224  BIBLIOGRAPHY 

MoNTENOT,  La  circulation  aerienne  envisagee  au  point  de  vue 
juridique,  1912. 

MuMM,  La  navigation  aerienne  et  le  droit,  in  "  Les  Documents  du 
Progres,"  June,  1909,  p.  497  ;  {Resume  in  the  "  Journal  du 
Droit  International  Prive,"  June,  1909,  p.  loio). 

Myers,  L' assurance  sur  la  vie  et  I'aviation,  R.J.L.A.,  1913,  p.  65. 

Neubauer,  Die  Ausgestellung  der  Luftschiffahrt  in  ihren  mut- 
masslichen  Wirkungen  auf  das  Rechtsleben,  in  "  Die  Gerichts- 
halle,"  vols.  52  and  53,  1908  and  1909. 

Neumeyer,  Zur  Geschichte  des  Luftschiffahrtsrechts,  in  "  Zeit- 
schrift  fiir  Volkerrecht  und  Bundesstaatsrecht,"  1909,  p.  378. 

Nys,  Droit  et  aerostats,  Report  presented  to  Institute  of  Inter- 
national Law,"Annuaire  de  I'lnstitut  de  Droit  International," 
1902,  p.  86,  and  in  the  "  Revue  de  Droit  International  et  de 
Legislation  comparee,"  1902,  p.  501. 

Pappafava,  Uber  die  rdumliche  Umgrenzung  des  notariellen 
Wirkungskreises  und  zwar  auf  dem  Lande,  dem  Wasser  und 
im  Luftraum,  1901. 

■  Paper  on  jurisdiction  and  procedure.  Proceedings  of  Congress 

of  Verona,  1910  {see  De  Valles). 

Das  Zusammenwirken  der  Kulturstaaten  zum  Zwecke  einer 

Vereinheitlichung  des  Luftschiffahrtsrechts,  1913. 

Paris,  Conference  iniernationale  de  navigation  aerienne,  Proces- 
verbaux  des  seances  et  annexes,  18  Mai — 29  Juin,  1910, 
Imprimerie  nationale,  Paris,  1910. 

Passion,  Rapport  sur  la  legislation  nationale  aerienne,  presents 
au  Comite  de  Tourisme  Aerien  du  Touring  Club  de  France, 
in  the  "  Revue  Aerienne,"  10  and  25  April,  1909. 

Paper  on  the  right  of  property  in  the  air,  R.J.L.A.,  1912, 

p.  5. 
Perowne,  Report  on  the  Freedom  or  Sovereignty  of  the  Air, 

28th   Report   of    International   Law   Association    (Madrid 

Session),  1914,  p.  529. 
Peyrey,  La  jurisdiction  de  I'atmosphere,  in  "  L'Auto,"  21  Dec, 

1908,  2,  4,  7,  and  8  January,  1909. 

Philit,  La  guerre  aerietme,  1910. 

La  guerre  aerienne  devant  le  droit,  R.J.L.A.,  1912,  p.  i. 

PiTTARD,  Paper  on  the  rules  of  aerial  circulation.  Proceedings 
of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910  {see  De  Valles). 

La  legislation  sur  la  circulation  aerienne  en  Suisse,  R.J.L.A., 

1911,  p.  73. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  225 

PoRRONE,  Esfensione  del  concetto  di  zona  di  froniiera,  in  the  "Atti 
del  primo  Congresso  Nazionale  di  locomozione  aerea," 
Turin,  1910. 

Reid,  The  use  of  explosives  in  aerial  warfare,  Journal  of  Royal 
United  Sendee  Institution,  June,  191 1,  p.  735  {see  p.  744 
as  to  bearing  of  Hague  Convention  on  the  question). 

RiccHiNi,  Delia  natura  giuridica  dello  spazio  aereo  secondo  il 
Diritto  privato,  1910. 

Richards,  Sovereignty  over  the  Air,  1912. 

RoLLAND,  L'accord  franco-allemand  du  26  Juillet  1913  relatif  a 
la  navigation  aerienne,  R.D.I.,  1913,  p.  697. 

Les  pratiques  de  la  guerre  aerienne  dans  le  confiit  de  1914 

et  le  droit  des  gens,  R.D.I.,  1916,  p.  497. 

Rosenberg,  Die  zivil-  iind  strafrechtliche  Haftung  des  Luft- 
sckiffers,  in  the  "  Deutsche  Zeitschrift  fiir  Luftschiffahrt," 
1901,  Vol.  v.,  pp.  89-93,  123-126. 

Sarfatti,  Paper  on  delicts  and  quasi-delicts  in  the  air.  Pro- 
ceedings of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910  {see  De  Valles). 

ScHMOLL,  L'aviation  devant  la  justice,   R.J.L.A.,   1912,   p.  33. 

Paper  on  domicile   in  connection   with  aircraft  damage, 

R.J.L.A.,  1914,  p.  3. 

ScHROEDER,  Der  Luftflug,  Geschichie  und  Recht,  191 1. 

SciOLLA  (BoRTOLo),  Paper  on  Licenses  and  industrial  property: 
Proceedings  of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910  {see  De  Valles). 

SciOLLA  (Odone),  Paper  on  Insurance.  Proceedings  of  Congress  of 
Verona,  1910  {see  De  Valles). 

S6e,  Les  lois  experimentales  de  l'aviation,  191 1. 

SoTERO  Mele,  La  teoria  del  sottosuolo  e  dello  spazio  aereo,  1910. 

Spaight,  War  Law  for  Aircraft,  in  "  Army  Review,"  April,  1914, 

P-  455- 
La  reglementation  de  la  guerre  aerienne,   R.J.L.A.,   1914, 

p.  129. 

Aircraft  in  War,  1914. 

Sperl,  Vortrdge  iiber  die  Rechtsfragen  der  Luftschiffahrt,  in 
"  Allgemeine  Osterreichischc  Gerichts-Zeitung,"  26  Nov., 
1910. 

La  navigation  aerienne  au  point  de  vue  juridique,  R  D.I., 

1911,  p.  473. 

Die  Luftschiffahrt  vom  Standpunkte  der  Rechtswissenschaft 

1911. 


226  BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Sperl,  Schadensersatz  filr  Schdden  diirch  Luftschiffe  und  Flug- 
maschinen,  igi2. 

Talamon, Paper  on  Exterritoriality  in  aerial  locomotion,R.  J.L.A., 

1911,  p.  203. 
TiNDAL  Atkinson,  see  Malcolm. 

Trentin,  //  diritto  dello  Stato  sullo  spazio  aereo,  "  Rivista  delle 
Comunicazioni,"  June,  1910. 

Paper  on  the  functions  and  powers  of  States  in  regard  to 

aviation.  Proceedings  of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910  {see  De 

Valles). 
Valentine,  The    Air — A  Realm    of  Law,  "  Juridical  Review," 

Vol.  XXII,  p.  85. 
Verona,  see  De  Valles. 
Verspeyen,  La  locomotion  aerienne,  in  the  "  Journal  des  Tri- 

bunaux,"  Brussels,  7  Nov.,  1909. 

Viola,  La  Telegrafia  senza  fill  e  la  navigazione  aerea  nei  loro 
rapporti  col  diritto  internazionale,  1912. 

Von  Bar,  Observations  et  pro  jet  sur  le  regime  des  aerostats, 
"Annuaire  del'Institut  de  Droit  International,"  1910,  p.  314. 

Von  Lyncker,  Das  Recht  der  Luftschiffahrt  in  privatrechtlicher 
Beziehung  auf  Grund  der  heutigen  Gesetzesquellen,  1909. 

Von  Pfuhlstein,  Die  privatrechtliche  Stellung  des  BallonfUhrers, 
"  Deutsche  Zeitschrift  fiir  Luftschiffahrt,"  1910. 

Wallace,  Chapter  on  Law  in  Grahame-White  and  Harper's 
The  Aeroplane,  Past,  Present,  and  Future,  1911,  p.  282. 

Warschauer,  Litftrecht,  19 10. 

Weck,  Deutsches  Luftrecht,  1913. 

WiLHELM,  De  la  situation  juridique  des  aeronautes  en  droit  inter- 
national, "  Journal  de  Droit  International  Prive,"  1891, 
p.  440. 

Wilson,  Aerial  Jurisdiction,  "  American  Political  Science 
Review,"  May,  1911,  p.  171. 

Wurth,  Luftzollrecht. 

Aeronautique  et  administration  douaniere,  R.J.L.A.,  1912, 

p.  65. 

Zitelmann,  Luftschiffahrtsrecht,  in  "  Zeitschrift  fiir  Internation- 
ales privat  und  offentliches  Recht,"  1909,  Vol.  XIX,  p.  458. 

Les  questions  du  Droit  de  la  locomotion  aerienne,  R.J.L.A., 

1914,  p.  97. 
Die  RecJitsfragen  der  Luftfahrt,  1914. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  227 

ZoccA  Rosa,  Paper  on  guarantees  of  capacity  of  constructors; 
Proceedings  of  Congress  of  Verona,  1910  {see  De  Valles). 

ZoRN,  Liiftschiffahrtsrecht,  in  "  Das  Juristische  Literaturblatt," 
15  Dec,  1909. 

Note. — In  addition  to  the  special  works  and  papers  included 
in  the  above  Bibliography,  there  are  valuable  references  to  the 
law  of  the  air  in  many  of  the  standard  works  on  International 
Law.  Mention  may  be  made  of  Professor  Pearce  Higgins's 
edition  of  Hall's  International  Law,  1917  ;  Lawrence,  Intcr- 
jiational  Law,  4th  ed.,  1910  ;  Nys,  Le  droit  international — les 
principes,  les  theories,  les  fails,  1912  ;  Bonfils-Fauchille,  Manuel 
de  droit  international  public,  yth  ed.,  1914  ;  Nippold,  Die  zweite 
Haager  Friedskonferenz,  II.  Das  Kriegsrecht,  1911  ;  Suarez, 
Tratado  de  derecho  internacional  publico,  1916  ;  Erie  Richards, 
International  Law,  Some  Problems  of  the  War,  1915  ;  De  Louter, 
Het  stellig  Volkenrecht,  1910  ;  I.  328-9  ;  II.  346-52  ;  Foignet, 
Droit  international  public,  1913  :  3*"  partie,  III,  Domaine  aerien  ; 
5^  partie,  Guerre  aerienne. 


Q2 


INDEX 


Accident,  see  Damage 

Accord,    Franco-German    of    1913, 

45.  49.  51.  133.  134 

Aerodromes,  Marking  and  lighting 
of,  94,  164-167  ;  use  of  by- 
foreign  aircraft,  58,  143  ;  licen- 
sing of,  185  ;    inspection  of,  186 

Airship  L.  19,  Case  of,  9-10,  205-206 

Airways,  Establishment  of  inter- 
national, 140,  145 

Airworthiness,  Certification  of,  see 
Certification 

"  Appointed  "  aerodromes,  184-185, 
196-202 

Areas,  Prohibited,  7-8,  48-50,  13S, 
183,  188,  194-195 

Arms,  Carriage  of,  in  aircraft,  143 

Assistance   to   aircraft   in   distress, 

143 
Austrian  Ordonnance  of  1912,  51 
Automobile    Convention    of    1909, 

15.  23,  29 


Ballast,  Dropping  of,  94,  164,  179, 
186 

Belligerents  of  191 4-1 8  and  the 
sovereignty  of  the  air,  i-ii, 
203-215  ;  not  bound  by  Inter- 
national Air  Convention  in  future 
wars,  148 

Bill,  Aerial  Navigation,  of  1910-11, 
58,  80-81,  102,  118 

Bill  of  lading  to  be  carried,  142 

Birth  on  an  aircraft,  11 3-1 14 

Brussels  Convention  on  Collisions 
at  sea,  30 

A:rchaft  in  peace  aag 


Bulgaria,    and    the    closing    of   air 

frontiers,  213 
Bureau  Veritas  for  aircraft,  38 


Carriage  of  passengers  and  goods. 
Reservation  to  national  aircraft, 
II,  51,  141 

Certificates  of  aircraft.  Period  of 
validity  of,  41,  193 

Certificates  of  departure,  45-46, 
47-48,  198 

Certificates  of  registration,  138-139, 
141,  150,  190 ;  suspension  of, 
109-110,  179 

Certification  of  aircraft  and  per- 
sonnel, 28-43,  139-141,  150,  154, 
167-175,  183-184,  186-188,  190- 
194 

China  and  the  closing  of  air  fron- 
tiers, 213 

Civil  Aerial  Transport  Committee, 
I.  39.  81 

Clearance  for  aircraft  journeys, 
45-47,  69,  198-201 

Cohen  v.  S.E.  d:  C.R.,  128 

Collisions,  89-100 

Comite  Juridique  International  de 
I'Aviation,  Views  as  to  sover- 
eignty of  the  air,  5  ;  as  to 
nationality  of  aircraft,  14  ;  use 
of  term  port  d' attache,  17  ;  rule 
as  to  nationality  of  company- 
owned  aircraft,  22  ;  as  to 
landing,  53,  58  ;  as  to  damage, 
79,  83  ;  as  to  wrecks,  loi  ; 
discussion  of  enforcement  of 
defence  and  immigration  laws, 
log  ;  view  as  to  jurisdiction, 
113  ;  as  to  births,  deaths,  and 
marriages  on  aircraft,  11 3-1 14; 
as  to  questions  of  discipline,  etc., 
129 


230 


INDEX 


Commission,  International,  of  Air 
Navigation,  139,  140,  141,  143- 
144.  145-146,  154.  176 

Competence,  see  Jurisdiction 

Conference  of  Paris,  1910,  see 
Paris  ;    of  Verona,  see  Verona 

Connecticut  draft  Act  of  191 1, 
35.  36.  41 

Construction,  Place  of,  as  governing 
aircraft's  nationality,  13-14  ;  con- 
trol of,  to  ensure  airworthiness, 
39-40,  186,  192 

Contracts  made  in  the  air,  120-121, 
127,  129-130,  142 

Convention,  Automobile,  of  1909, 
15,  23,  29  ;  on  Safety  of  Life  at 
Sea,  30,  41,  104 ;  on  Collisions 
at  Sea,  30 ;  Maritime  Conven- 
tions Act,  98-99  ;  on  Marriage, 
Divorce,  and  Guardianship  of 
Minors,  119;  International  Air 
Navigation,  1919,  11,  22,  26,  39, 
43,  48,  50,  52,  62,  70,  92-94,  102, 
109,    120,    133,   135,    137-181 

Corporations,  Nationality  of  air- 
craft belonging  to,  21-23,  27, 
139,  190 

Corridors  of  entry,  48-50,  68,  176- 
179 

Courts  competent  to  deal  with 
aerial  crimes,  etc.,  see  Jurisdiction 

Crashes,  Damage  done  in,  see 
Damage ;  notification  of  and 
first  aid  after,  104-105 

Crew,  Nationality  of  an  aircraft's, 
26 ;  questions  of  discipline, 
wages,    etc.,    128-130 ;     licensing 

of.  34-43.  139-140,  167-175,  183, 
I 90-1 9 I 
Crimes  in  the  air,  107-108,  1 10-125, 

129,  142 
Cujus  est  solum,  Doctrine  of,  54 
Customs,     52,     61-73,     109,     147, 
176-181,  196-202  ;    customs  air- 
craft, 134.  144 


Decrets,  French,  of  1911-1914,  8, 
15,  21,  23,  24,  25,  35,  51,  59,  62, 
91-92,    94,    102,    132,    134-135 

Defence  regulations,  Enforcement 
of,  109,  129,  142 

Denmark,  Action  of,  to  enforce 
respect  for  her  air  frontiers,  209, 
212,  215 

Departure  of  aircraft  for  abroad, 
past  and  present  rules,  45-48, 
141-142,    176-179,    184,   196-202 

Derelict  of  the  seas,  103 

Discipline,  Questions  of  an  aircraft 
crew's,  128-130 

Distress  signals,  see  Signals  ;  assis- 
tance to  aircraft  in  distress,  143 

Drawback  on  exports,  73 

Dutiable  goods,  see  Customs 


E 


Entry  and  landing  of  foreign  air- 
craft, 44-60,  140-142,  176-181, 
184,  185,  187,  196-202  ;  of 
military  aircraft,  131-133.  144  ; 
of  other  State  aircraft,  134-135, 
144 

Espionnage  by  aircraft,  47-48, 
108-109,  133-134,  188 

Exchange  of  registration  lists,   139 

Execution  of  foreign  judgments, 
111-112 

Exhibition  flying,  185 

Experiment,  Aircraft  built  for  the 
purpose  of,  183 

Explosives,  Carriage  of,  by  aircraft, 
143 

Exports  by  air,  see  Customs 

Exterritoriality  of  aircraft,  1 31-132, 
134-135,  144.  187 

Extradition  for  aerial  crimes,  iio- 
m 


D 


Damage  by  aircraft,  74-88  ;  general 
principles  of  law,  75-78  ;  plea 
of  force  majeure,  78  ;  theory  of 
risk  and  theory  of  fault,  79-80  ; 
absolute  liability,  80-81  ;  en- 
forcement of  right  to  indemni- 
fication, 82-88,  107-108,  no, 
125-126,  129-130 

Declaration  of  dutiable  articles, 
177-181,  198-202 


F.A.I.,  Rules  of,  14,  36,  92,  94 

"  Fault,  Theory  of,"  79 

Fees  for  registration  and  certifica- 
tion, 40,  190,  191,  192 

Fiscal  Laws,  Enforcement  of  re- 
spect for,  109,  129,  142,  179 

Flag,  Law  of  the,  15,  16,  25,  95, 
113-115,  123-126,  130-131,  142 


INDEX 


231 


Flight  over  private  property,  Right 
of,  54-56,  140,  178-179 

Force  majeure  in  damage  cases, 
78-82 

Forms  of  entry  of  dutiable  goods, 
72-73,  199-200 

France  and  the  sovereignty  of  the 
ail,  7-8,  207-208;  closing  of 
frontier  in  1911-1913,  8,  49; 
draft  act  of  1913,  58,  62,  80,  85, 
102,  133  ;  law  as  to  maritime 
collisions,  99-100 ;  law  as  to 
derelict  at  sea,  103 

Franco-German  Accord,  see  Accord 

Freedom  of  the  air,  4-1 1,  137-138 

French  Decrets,  see  Decrets  ;  law 
as  to  damage,  76-78 

Frontiers,  Air,  i-ii  ;  customhouses 
must  move  back  from,  63-65  ; 
doctrine  of  the  "  volume  fron- 
tier," 115,  130 


Germany  and  the  sovereignty  of 
the  air,  2-3,  9,  203-209  ;  Accord 
with  France  in  1913,  45,  49,  51, 
133.  134  ."  closing  of  frontiers  in 
1913.  7.  49 

Goods  aircraft,  184  ;  and  see 
Carriage,  Certification,  etc. 

Great  Britain  and  the  sovereignty 
of  the  air,  3-7,  206-207  >'  closing 
of  frontiers  in  1913,  7,  45-49 ; 
Home  Office  Regulations,  see 
Home  Office  ;  Air  Navigation 
Regulations,  see  Navigation ;  draft 
act  of  191 3,  see  Bill,  Navi- 
gation 

Guille  V.  Swann,  76 


H 


Holland,  Action  of,  to  enforce 
respect  for  air  frontiers,  9-10, 
203-206,  209-212,  213-215  ;  draft 
law  of  1913,  37 

Holmes  v.  Mather,  75 

Home  Office  Regulations,  1913,  7,  45, 
50,  51.  ^2 


I 


Immigration  laws,  enforcement  of, 

109,  129,  201-202 
Imports  by  air,  see  Customs 


Innocent  passage,  5,  137-138,   140 

Institute  of  International  Law, 
View  as  to  air  sovereignty,  5  ; 
as  to  nationality  and  registration 
of  aircraft,  14 

Insurance  against  damage  by  air- 
craft, 79,  82,  83-87 

International  Commission  of  Air 
Navigation,  see  Commission 

International  Law  Association,  View 
as  to  air  sovereignty,  5 

Internment  of  aircraft,  2,  9-10, 
203-213 

Interpretation  of  International  Air 
Convention,  147  ;  of  Air  Naviga- 
tion Regulations,  189 


Judgments,  Foreign,  Execution  of, 
111-112 

Jurisdiction  in  case  of  damage, 
82-85,  95-96 ;  for  enforcement 
of  flying  regulations,  94-95  ;  in 
case  of  crimes,  torts,  etc.,  107, 
117-130,  142 


Landing,  Right  of,  and  rules  as  to, 

II,    44,    46,     50-54,     57-60,    65, 

68-71,     142-143,     144,     176-181, 

184,    187,   196—202  ;    signals  for, 

see  Signals 
Law   of   the   Flag,   see   Flag ;     law 

applicable  in  damage  cases,  82- 

83  ;    in  collision  cases,   95—100  ; 

in    the    air    generally,     106-135, 

142 
Legal    relations    between    persons 

on  board  aircraft,  120,  142 
Legrand  case,  77 
Liability  for  damage  and  collision, 

see  Damage  and  Collision 
Licensing  of  aerodromes,  185 
Licensing  of  pilots  and  crew,  34-43, 

139-140,  167-175,  183,  190-191  ; 

cancellation     or     suspension     of 

licences,  66,  188 
Lights,    Rules   as    to,    90-92,    143, 

157-161,  183,  196 
Lloyd's  Register  for  aircraft,  37-39 
Log-books,   142,   154-156,    177-179, 

184,  186,  187,  194 
Low  flying,  56,  59,  185 


232 


INDEX 


M 


Mails,  see  Postal  aircraft 
Manifests,  System  of,  for  dutiable 

goods,  65-66,  142,  177-180,  198- 

202 
Maps,  Aeronautical,  Publication  of, 

146-147,  175 
Maritime     collision,     Bntisn     and 

French  law  as  to,  98-100 
Maritime  Conventions  Act,  98-99 
Maritime   precedents   and   air  law, 

17-20,  115-116 
Marking  of  aerodromes,   147,   164- 

167 
Marking  of  aircraft,   149-153,   183, 

194 
Marriage  on  an  aircraft,  11 3-1 14 
Massachusetts,  Law   of,  as  to  avia- 
tion, 25,  35,  41,  42,  59,  81,  92 
Merchant    Shipping    Acts,     18-19, 

30-32,  99 
Meteorological     information,     146- 

147.  175 
Mihtary  aircraft,  131-134,  144,  186, 

187 

N 

National  aircraft.  Reservation  of 
right  of  carriage  of  persons  and 
goods  to,  II,  51,  141 

Nationality  of  aircraft,  12-27, 
138-139  ;  nationality  marks, 
149-153,  183,  190,  194 

Navigation,  Aerial,  Bill  of,  1910-11, 
see  Bill 

Navigation,  International  Com- 
mission of  Air,  see  Commission 

Navigation  Regulations,  Air,  1919. 
27,  40-41,  42,  50,  52,  59,  69,  71, 
72,  93, 182-202 

Neutrality  and  air  frontiers,  1-4, 
9-10,  148,  203-215 

Norway,  enforcement  of  respect  for 
her  air  frontiers,  213 

Nuisance,  Legal,  through  low  fly- 
ing, 56,  186 


O 


Overhaul  before  flight.  Compulsory, 
40-41,  193 


Passenger  aircraft,  Certification  of, 

33-34.  37.  40.  183-184.  192-193 
Passenger  steamers.  Certification  of, 

30-32 

Passengers,  List  of,  to  be  carried, 
142 

Passports,  44,  48 

Patents,  Infringements  of,  by  visit- 
ing aircraft,  141 

Pennsylvania,  Rules  of  Aero  Club 
of,  36 

Photographic    apparatus.    Carriage 

of,  143 
Pilots,    Certification   and   hcensmg 

of,     34-43.      139-140,     167-175. 

183,  186-187,  190-191 
Pohce  aircraft,  134,  144,  147 
Port  d'attache  as  governing  nation- 

aUty,   16-17,  20-21,   117 
Postal    aircraft,     and    carriage    of 

mails,  70,  134,  144,  147,  177-179. 

183,  197 
Private   property,    Right   of   flight 

over,  54-56,   140,   178-179,   189  ; 

right  of  landing  on,  53-54,  57-6o, 

189 
Prohibited  areas,  see  Areas 
Property,  Private,  see  Private 
Protection  of  aviators,  58-59,  143, 

167 
Prussian  Ordinance  of  1910,  36 
Public  aircraft,  131-135.   i44.  ^86, 

187 

R 

Registration  of  aircraft,  12-27, 
138-139.  141.  149-153.  183,  187, 
190  ;   of  ships,  18-19 

Regulations,  British  Air  Naviga- 
tion, 1 91 9,  see  Navigation  ; 
Home  Office,  1913,  see  Home 
Office  ;  Serbian,  see  Serbian; 
French,  see  Decrets  ;  see  also 
Comite  Juridique,  F.A.L,  etc.  ; 
enforcement  of  flying  regulations, 
94,  108,  129,  142,  143,  187-188 

"  Risk,  Theory  of,"  79 

Roumania  and  the  closing  of  air 
frontiers,  213-215 

Rules  of  the  Road.  89-94,  143. 
183,  162-164,  196 

Rylands  v.  Fletcher,  76,  78 


P.  and  O.  Co.,  v.  Shand,  128  , 
Paris    Conference    of     1910,     5-7, 

14,  22,  25,  35,  41,  42,  48,  58,  61, 

65.  90,  134 


Safety  provisions  for  land,  sea, 
and  air  vehicles,  28-33  ;  of  life 
at  sea.  Convention  on,  30,  37,  41, 
104 


INDEX 


233 


Salvage  of  wrecked  aircraft,    100- 

104.  143 

Seacraft  and  aircraft,  Difference 
between,  17-21,  11 5-1 16 

Serbian  regulations  as  to  aviation, 
2,  36,  63,  134 

Shipping  Acts,  Merchant,  see  Mer- 
chant 

Ships,  Registration  of,  18-19  ; 
detention  of  foreign,  in  case  of 
damage,  85 

Signals,  Landing  and  distress.  Rules 
as  to,  90,  92,  138,  140,  161-162, 
183,  196 

Smuggling  by  air,  66-68 

Sovereignty  of  the  air,  i-ii,  137, 
138.  142,  144,  178  ;  precedents 
of  1914-1918  bearing  upon, 
203-215 

Spain  and  the  closing  of  air  frontiers, 
213 

Sped,  Proposal  of  Professor,  as  to 
damage,  83-85 

State  Sovereignty,  see  Sovereignty 
and  Jurisdiction  ;  state  aircraft, 
131-135.  144.  186,  187 

Steamships,  Certification  of,  30-32 

Stowell,  Lord,  on  maritime  col- 
lisions, 98 

Suspension  of  certificates  of  regis- 
tration, see  Certificates  of  regis- 
tration ;   of  licences,  see  Licences 

Sweden  and  the  Sovereignty  of  the 
air,  209,  213,  215 

Switzerland  and  the  Friederiks- 
hafen  raid,  3-4,  207  ;  action  of, 
to  enforce  respect  for  air  frontiers, 
207-208,  212,  215 

Syndicat  General  de  I'Aviation, 
Rules  of,  35,  57,  89,  102 


Taking  off  and  alighting,  Rules  for, 

94,  164-167 
Territorial    State,    Jurisdiction    of, 

see  Jurisdiction 
Testaments     made     in     the     air, 

128-129 


Torts  committed  in  the   air,  96-97 

107-108,  no,  119-129,  142 
Traffic   in   vicinity   of  aerodromes, 

Rules  for,  164-167 
Training  flights,  184 
Transport  Committee,  Civil  Aerial, 

see  Civil 
Trespass  by  aircraft,  55-60,  189 
Trick  flying,  59,  185 
Triptych  and  aircraft  journeys,  6r, 

178 
Type  aircraft.  Certification  of,  40, 

192-193 


V 


Validity,  Period  of,  for  aircraft 
certificates,  41,  193  ;  for  pilots' 
and  crew's  certificates,  42,  175, 
191 

Vaughan  v.  Taff  Vale  Railway  Co., 
78 

Verona,  Congress  of,  1910,  25,  57, 
79 

"  Volume   Frontier,"    Doctrine   of, 

115.  130 


W 

Wages,    Questions    of    an    aircraft 

crew's,  128-130 
War,    Effect    of,    on    International 
Air  Convention,  148  ;   precedents 
from    war    of    1914-18    bearing 
upon  question  of  air  sovereignty, 
203-215 
Water,  Right  of  alighting  upon,  53 
Wills  made  in  the  air,  128-130 
Wireless  apparatus,   40,    140,    141- 

142,  146-147,  183,  187 
Wrecks,  100-105,  143 


Zierikzce,  Incident  of,  3 


PRINTED   IN   GREAT   BRITAIN    BY   H.    CI.AY   AND   SONS,    LTD., 
BRUNSWICK    STREET      STAMFORD    STREET     S.U.   I      AND    DUNCiAY,    SUKKOLK. 


WORKS  BY  THE  SAME  AUTHOR, 

And  Extracts  from  Reviews. 

WAR   RIGHTS   ON   LAND.  Macmillan  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  1911. 

".  .  .  .  Toutes  les  questions  que  souleve  ainsi  la  guerre  sur 
terra  ont  ete  etudiees  par  I'auteur,  et  elles  I'ont  ete  de  la  fa9on  la 
plus  remarquable.  Ce  qui  fait  de  I'oeuvre  de  M.  Spaight  un  travail 
de  tout  premier  ordre,  ce  sont  les  nombreux  renseignements  pratiques 
qu'elle  renferme  .   .   .   ." — Reviie  de  Droit  International,  'M^y,  191 1. 

".  .  .  .  Nothing  that  we  have  read  goes  straighter  to  the  heart  of 
problems  ;    nothing  solves  them  with  a  more  accurate  and  decisive 

touch  or  with  greater  fairness " — Law  Magazine  and  Review, 

August,  191 1. 

".  .  .  .  Mr.  Spaight's  admirable  treatise,  lFa>' i?j^/j<s  ow  Lawcf.  .  .  ." 
— Prof.  Sir  L.  J.  Grant,  in  the  Scotsman,  21  November,  1914. 

"  Of  Mr.  Spaight's  War  Rights  on  Land  let  it  be  said  at  once  and 

without   qualification   that  it  is   an  admirable  work " — The 

Spectator,  16  March,  1912. 

".  .  .  .  The  book  is  of  special  interest  to  both  students  and  teachers 
of  International  Law.  Dealing  with  recent  movements  to  mitigate 
the  horrors  of  war  by  international  agreements  and  illustrated  by 
data  of  the  most  recent  conflicts,  its  subject-matter  is  of  general 
interest  and  is  presented  in  an  attractive  narrative  style  through- 
out .  .  .  ." — American  Political  Review,  November,  191 1. 

"  This  book  goes  most  thoroughly  into  the  subject  of  International 

Law  so  far  as  land  forces  are  concerned  in  war The  whole 

forms  a  most  interesting  and  instructive  book." — War  Office  General 
Staff  critique  in  Journal  of  the  R.U.S.I.,  November,  191 1. 

".  .  .  .  The  author  of  this  book  has  not  fallen  into  the  common 
error  of  writing  for  soldiers  and  laymen  merely  as  a  la^\yer  ;  he  has 
made  his  subject  deeply  interesting  and  has  illustrated  it  by  a  wealth 
of  examples  from  modern  campaign  history  .  .  .  ." — United  Service 
Magazine,  19  May,  191 1. 

AIRCRAFT   IN   WAR.     Macmillan  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  1914. 

"  .  .  .  .  Such  futilities  as  the  idea  that  it  is  possible  to  forbid  or 
restrict  the  warlike  use  of  aircraft,  or,  again,  that  '  the  air  is  free  ' 
(in  the  sense  that  a  State  has  not  an  unqualified  sovereign  right  to 
exclude  foreign  aircraft  from  its  air  space)  are  effectively  disposed  of — 
one  would  like  to  think,  for  ever.  But  Dr.  Spaight  has  far  more 
living  questions  than  these  to  discuss,  and  he  handles  them  with  such 
agreeable  lucidity  as  to  lend  a  charm  even  to  the  constipated  formulae 
of  International  Law " — The  Times,  31  July,  1914. 

"  .  .  .  .  Dr.  Spaight's  volume  as  a  whole  is  sufficiently  clear  and 
free  from  technical  difficulties  to  make  it  extremely  interesting  to 
every  class  of  intelligent  reader  who  desires  to  be  informed  upon  the 
rapidly  changing  conditions  of  modern  warfare  .  .  .  ." — Daily  Tele- 
graph, 5  August,  1914. 

"  .  .  .  .  An  author  well  acquainted  with  the  regulations  of  inter- 
national warfare — an  author,  moreover,  who  writes  with  clear  brevity 
and  unclouded  sense  .  .  .  ." — Saturday  Review,  15  August,  1914. 

"  .  .  .  .  Dr.  Spaight  tries  to  frighten  us  with  a  terrible  picture  of 
London  under  a  hailstorm  of  explosives,  drawn  perhaps  under  the 
inspiration  of  Mr.  H.  G.  Wells's  romance  .  .  .  ." — The  Economist, 
15  August,  1914. 

".  .  .  .  Dr.  Spaight's  excellent  and  well-matured  treatise  .  .  .  ." 
— Flight,  14  August,  1914. 

"  .  .  .  .  Dr.  Spaight's  book  is  a  valuable  and  interesting  essay — 
necessarily  tentative  in  its  nature — on  the  laws  of  aerial  warfare." — 
Daily  News,  11  September,  1914. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

IH  '<  Los  Angeles 

241  This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


REC'D  LD-IM 

^t8  ^5  1983 


h 


Fc 


""''  "'    II '  ''  ii  I.  |ii  I'  |ii  I  "  'rir  jl    J  I'lli        I 

3  1158  00817  4335 


V 


^ 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


AA    000  494  734    7 


IV>  *